| Patent application number | Description | Published |
|---|
| 20130021575 | OPTICAL TOMOGRAPHIC IMAGING APPARATUS - Provided is an optical tomographic imaging apparatus which enables simplification and cost reduction without reducing accuracy when moving part of an object is moved in an optical axis direction of measuring beam. The apparatus using return beam of measuring beam reflected or scattered by an object and reference beam reflected by a reference mirror to image the tomographic image, includes: a reflecting position controlling device for controlling the reflecting position of the reference mirror; a detecting device for a position in a moving part having an optical system for observing the moving part illuminated by an optical system imaging the same on an area sensor based on the Scheimpflug principle and detects position information that the moving part is moved in the direction; and a device for driving the reflecting position controlling device to control the optical path length of the reference beam based on the position information. | 01-24-2013 |
| 20130027609 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus includes a conversion unit for converting first video data having a first frame rate to second video data having a second frame rate which is “n” times as high as the first frame rate (“n” being an integer of two or larger), and a display unit for displaying the second video data. When the first video data is video data of two successive frame images having different brightnesses, the conversion unit performs a first frame rate converting process for converting the first video data to the second video data by outputting a frame image group made of two successive frame images in the first video data “n” times in a row at the second frame rate. Consequently, the frame rate converting process can be performed without causing a deterioration of a visual effect such as an HDR effect, and a viewing environment comfortable for the user can be realized. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130028537 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus, an image processing method, and a computer program, visually remove low-frequency noise contained in image data. Image data containing low-frequency noise is input from an input terminal. A window unit designates a window made up of a pixel of interest, and its surrounding pixels. A pixel selector selects a selected pixel to be compared with the pixel of interest from the window, and a pixel value determination unit determines a new pixel value of the pixel of interest on the basis of the pixel values of the selected pixel and pixel of interest. New image data is generated by substituting the pixel value of the pixel of interest by the new pixel value. | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130028634 | DEVELOPER SUPPORT MEMBER, ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developing roller which is excellent in image quality and image durability and stably outputs a uniform image, and a process cartridge and an electrophotographic apparatus using the developing roller are provided. The developing roller has a mandrel, an elastic layer and a surface layer covering the elastic layer surface, wherein the surface layer contains a urethane resin having at least one structure of the followings A) and B) between two adjacent urethane linkages: A) a structure represented by the following structural formula (1), and at least one structure selected from the group consisting of structures represented by the following structural formulae (2) and (3), and B) a structure represented by the following structural formula (4), and the surface layer contains polyurethane resin particles of which the elastic part of the indentation work based on ISO 14577-1 is 80% or more, is obtained: | 01-31-2013 |
| 20130033630 | IMAGING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - An object of the present invention is to provide an imaging system capable of improving S/N ratio and increasing dynamic range and a method of driving the imaging system suited to the improvement and increase. An imaging system includes: a solid-state imaging device having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, column amplifiers each corresponding to each of columns of the pixels and an output portion for outputting an image signal based on an amplification by the column amplifier; and a signal processing portion receiving the image signal, wherein the column amplifier amplifies a signal output from the pixel by a gain q larger than 1, and the signal processing portion multiplies, by a factor less than 1, the image signal based on the signal amplified by the gain q. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130034339 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - According to one aspect of the invention, an image processing apparatus comprises: a unit configured to obtain an input image and a subsequent image; a unit configured to obtain N replicated images from the input image; a generating unit configured to generate a low-frequency enhanced image; a subtraction unit configured to generate a high-frequency enhanced image; a synthesizing unit configured to generate a high-frequency output image; and an output unit configured to select and output one of the low-frequency enhanced image and the high-frequency output image. The generating unit comprises a unit configured to obtain a motion vector of an object, and a filter unit configured to apply the filter to pixels around a specified pixel position Q in the replicated image, to obtain a pixel value at a pixel position P in the low-frequency enhanced image. | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130034369 | CHARGING MEMBER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - A charging member is provided which can uniformly charge a photosensitive member without requiring any pre-exposure means in a low-, medium- or high-speed electrophotographic apparatus, and has a sufficient charging performance. An electrophotographic apparatus and a process cartridge are also provided which can keep multi-color ghost images from occurring and can form high-grade electrophotographic images stably. The charging member has a substrate, an elastic layer and a surface layer, which surface layer contains a high-molecular compound having an Si—O—Nb linkage; the high-molecular compound having a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (1) and a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (2). | 02-07-2013 |
| 20130038137 | IMAGE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS WIRELESSLY CONNECTABLE TO OTHER APPARATUSES, SYSTEM HAVING THE IMAGE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A wireless mode between a scanner and an image communication apparatus is changed, in response to completion of image transmission from the scanner to the image communication apparatus, completion of print of the image sent from the scanner to the image communication apparatus, completion of transmission via a communication line connected to the image communication apparatus of the image sent from the scanner to the image communication apparatus, instructions to stop print of the image sent from the scanner to the image communication apparatus, instructions to stop transmission via the communication line connected to the image communication apparatus of the image sent from the scanner to the image communication apparatus, and states of the scanner and the image communication apparatus at a predetermined time and so on. For example, a low power consumption mode and communication mode of Bluetooth communication are switched to each other. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130038386 | DIFFERENTIAL TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT - A differential transmission circuit comprises a sending unit that generates a pair of differential signals from an input signal, and sends the differential signals; a receiver that receives the differential signals sent by the sending unit; and a transmission path that transmits the differential signals from the sending unit to the receiver, wherein the sending unit has a selector that selects one of the input signal and a signal obtained by inverting a polarity of the input signal, and generates the differential signals from the signal selected by the selector. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130038653 | Information Processing Method, Printing Apparatus, and Computer-Readable Medium for Supressing Light Scattering - Print data is generated to form an image on a printing medium by superposing a plurality of types of printing materials in some or all pixels of an output image in an order complying with the intensities of the light scattering characteristics of the plurality of types of printing materials. The generated print data is transmitted to a printing apparatus. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130038721 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An imaging apparatus includes an image capturing unit including an image sensor capable of photoelectrically converting a subject image and configured to generate moving image data based on an output signal of the image sensor, a storage unit configured to store foreign substance information including information relating to at least a position and a size of a foreign substance adhered to an optical element disposed on a front side of the image sensor, a detection unit configured to detect a shake amount of the image sensor, a control unit configured to control an image clipping position on an entire screen of the image sensor according to the shake amount of the image sensor detected by the detection unit, and a recording unit configured to record the foreign substance information and information indicating the image clipping position in association with the moving image data. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130038753 | IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes an imaging unit to acquire image data, an integration unit to calculate a white balance integration value, a first calculation unit to calculate a still image white balance control value, a second calculation unit to calculate a histogram white balance control value, and a histogram processing unit. The second calculation unit calculates the histogram white balance control value by converting a white balance control value which is used in white balance processing on the image data acquired by the imaging unit in an electronic view finder (EVF) mode to the still image white balance control value, and the histogram processing unit adjusts color balance of the image data acquired by the imaging unit using the calculated histogram white balance control value and performs the histogram processing in parallel with calculation of the white balance integration value. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130038889 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEMORY MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM THEREIN - In an information processing apparatus for forming print data which can be interpreted by a printing apparatus in accordance with document data formed by an application in order to enable the user to easily set the switching between a printer and a mail box as destinations, a user interface which can set either a mail box mode to accumulate the print data into the printing apparatus without printing it or a printer output mode to sequentially print the print data received by the printing apparatus is provided. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039464 | RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS - A radiation imaging apparatus includes a C-arm, a radiation source configured to irradiate a subject with radiation, and a two-dimensional detection device configured to detect the radiation having passed through the subject. The radiation source and the two-dimensional detection device are arranged to face each other across the C-arm, and at least one of the radiation source and the two-dimensional detection device is attached to the C-arm via a sub-arm that is rotatably connected to a frame of the C-arm. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039583 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR CAUSING COMPUTER TO EXECUTE CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - Object recognition is executed by using, of feature data classified into a plurality of groups, only feature data belonging to a selected group. Hence, it is unnecessary to compare and refer to all feature data so that object recognition processing can be speeded up. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039677 | CHARGING MEMBER, MANUFACTURING METHOD FOR CHARGING MEMBER, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - Provided is a charging member which hardly causes a cleaning failure in a photosensitive member while having such flexibility that a sufficient nip width can be formed with respect to a photosensitive member. The charging member comprises: an electro-conductive support; and an elastic layer as a surface layer, wherein: the elastic layer has a hardened region formed by irradiation with an electron beam; and the hardened region supports a composite particle in a state in which the composite particle is exposed on the surface of the elastic layer, thereby roughening the surface of the elastic layer, and wherein: said composite particle includes a silica-containing porous particle whose surface is coated with a carbon-containing film. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130039682 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a movable belt; a transfer member opposed to the image bearing member with the belt therebetween; wherein the transfer member has a contact surface substantially parallel with a surface of the belt and contacted to the belt, and wherein when the belt is moving, the belt rubs the contact surface, and a toner image is transferred from such a part of image bearing member as is opposed to the contact surface; and a supporting member for supporting the transfer member, the supporting member being swingable. | 02-14-2013 |
| 20130043644 | SHEET FEEDING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A movable side regulating plate is provided on a frame body. The movable side regulating plate regulates side edges in a width direction of sheets stacked on a sheet stacking plate, and is movable in the width direction. A sheet pressing portion configured to press the side edges of the sheets and press the sheets onto a stationary side regulating plate is provided on the movable side regulating plate. The sheet pressing portion has a relief shape for reducing a pressing force exerted on the sheets when an amount of the sheets stacked on the sheet stacking plate becomes equal to or smaller than a predetermined amount. The relief shape is formed so that a downstream edge in a sheet feeding direction of a lower surface is located higher than an upstream edge in the sheet feeding direction of an upper surface. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130044242 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A capturing parameter and a capturing image are obtained by an image capturing device which uses the capturing parameter. Correction data, which corresponds to an optical transfer function of the image capturing device derived from the capturing parameter, and a noise amount of the capturing image dependent on the capturing parameter, is acquired to correct a blur of the capturing image. A first degree of correction by the correction data for a high noise amount is less than a second degree of correction by the correction data for a low noise amount. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130044780 | SURFACE-EMITTING LASER AND SURFACE-EMITTING LASER ARRAY, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SURFACE-EMITTING LASER AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SURFACE-EMITTING LASER ARRAY, AND OPTICAL APPARATUS INCLUDING A SURFACE-EMITTING LASER ARRAY - Provided is a method of manufacturing a surface-emitting laser capable of preventing characteristics fluctuations within the plane and among wafers and oscillating in a single fundamental transverse mode. The method includes after performing selective oxidation: exposing a bottom face of a surface relief structure by etching a second semiconductor layer with a first semiconductor layer where a pattern of the surface relief structure has been formed as an etching mask and a third semiconductor layer as an etching stop layer; and exposing a top face of the surface relief structure by etching the first semiconductor layer where the pattern of the surface relief structure has been formed, with the second semiconductor layer and the third semiconductor layer as etching stop layer. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130045026 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for forming an image on a sheet includes a transfer member for transferring a developed image formed on an electrophotographic photosensitive drum onto the sheet; a cartridge mounting portion for demountably mounting a cartridge accommodating the developer; an image forming unit movable, relative to a main assembly of the apparatus in a state that the cartridge is mounted to the mounting portion, between an image forming position for effecting image formation and a mounting and demounting position, away from the image formation position, for mounting and demounting the cartridge to the mounting portion; a cleaning member for removing a developer remaining on a surface of the drum; a residual developer container, demountably mounted to the image forming unit, for accommodating the developer removed by the cleaning member; wherein the residual developer container and the cartridge are detachably mountable individually relative to the image forming unit when the image forming unit is placed in the mounting and demounting position. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130045033 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS WITH ROTATABLE HEAT GENERATION MEMBER CAPABLE OF INDUCTION HEAT GENERATION BY A MAGNETIC FLUX - An image heating apparatus for heating an image on a recording material, includes a rotatable heat generation member capable of induction heat generation by a magnetic flux; a coil, provided outside the heat generation member, for generating the magnetic flux for the induction heat generation; a movable magnetic core provided at a position opposed to the coil; a moving device for moving the magnetic core between a first position opposed to the coil and a second position which is more away from the coil than the first position; and an electroconductive member mounted at a position where a magnetic circuit is capable of being formed with the coil when the magnetic core is in the second position. | 02-21-2013 |
| 20130050337 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND INKJET PRINTING METHOD - An inkjet printing apparatus and an inkjet printing method are realized which can improve a print quality while minimizing the volume of waste ink, running cost and throughput degradations. For this purpose, the scan width is set according to the size and position of the print medium and then, based on that scan width, a location where the preliminary ejections are to be executed and the number of times that the preliminary ejection is to be executed in a single preliminary ejection session are determined. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130050784 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR READING COLOR CHART AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided is a method for automatically determining an error of a user operation or a colorimeter caused when the colorimeter is manually slid to measure the colors of color patches on a row-by-row basis. Also provided is a method capable of determining an error or a scanning direction using a feature value obtained from the colorimetric values without using fixed reference and threshold values for each patch. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130054685 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus connected to a Web server and including a Web browser for displaying an operation screen provided by the Web server and a processing unit that, when requested to execute image processing by the Web server based on access from the Web browser, executes the requested image processing, where it is determined, depending on a destination of access by the Web browser, whether or not to supply information about the image processing apparatus to the destination of access, and if it is determined that the information about the image processing apparatus should be supplied, the information about the image processing apparatus is supplied to the destination of access made by the Web browser. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130055036 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, OPERATION RECORDING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus including an acquisition unit configured to acquire log data recording operation of the image forming apparatus, a first storage unit configured to store the acquired log data in a volatile memory, a calculation unit configured to calculate a total size of the log data stored in the volatile memory, a determination unit configured to determine whether the calculated total size of the log data has reached a threshold value, a second storage unit configured to store the log data from the first storage unit when the total size of the log data in the first storage unit has reached the threshold value, and a changing unit configured to change the threshold value according to an operation state of the image forming apparatus. | 02-28-2013 |
| 20130057609 | RECORDING HEAD AND RECORDING APPARATUS USING RECORDING HEAD - A recording head having a plurality of recording elements that are grouped into a plurality of blocks and ejecting ink by driving the recording elements in a time-divisional manner includes driving units configured to drive the recording elements, an input unit configured to receive an enable signal that defines a period during which the driving of the recording elements is enabled at one ink ejection, and a control unit configured to control the time-divisional driving by the driving units on the basis of pulses detected during the period defined by the enable signal received by the input unit. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057619 | LIQUID DISCHARGE HEAD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - Provided is a method of manufacturing a liquid discharge head including: forming a first pattern for forming the flow path on the substrate; forming a first coating layer which covers the first pattern; forming a hole in the first coating layer, through which the first pattern is exposed; forming a second pattern for forming the flow path on the first coating layer, such that the second pattern contacts with the first pattern through the hole; forming a second coating layer for covering the second pattern; forming the discharge port in the second coating layer; and removing the first pattern and the second pattern to form the flow path. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057730 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a distribution detection unit configured to detect whether a luminance distribution on the screen changes to a hill-shaped form, based on a result of adding photometric values of each of divided photometry areas by rows and by columns, a difference calculation unit configured to calculate a luminance value difference between one portion of the screen and the peripheral portion thereof, a ratio calculating unit configured to calculate a ratio of pixels having a luminance value higher than or equal to a threshold value in the one portion, and a spotlight determination unit configured to determine whether a scene of the captured image is a spotlight scene according to a detection result of the distribution detection unit, calculation result of the difference calculation unit, and a calculation result of the ratio calculation unit. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057741 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A solid-state image pickup device includes a plurality of common output lines receiving signals from a plurality of pixels, a plurality of column amplifier units amplifying the signals, a plurality of storage capacitors storing the amplified signals, a first transistor controlling electrical conduction between the output node of the column amplifier unit and the input node of a storage capacitor, a switch switching current for operating the column amplifier unit between a first current and a second current smaller than the first current, and a controller inhibiting, while the second current is flowing through the column amplifier unit, a potential at the output node of the column amplifier unit from approaching an off-state voltage supplied to a gate of the first transistor in an OFF state of the first transistor. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057827 | EYE PORTION DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT APPARATUS, METHOD THEREFOR, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - There is provided a technique for efficiently acquiring a tomogram of an eye portion. A diagnosis support apparatus includes a wide-area image acquisition means for acquiring a wide-area image of an eye portion, a detection means for detecting a lesion candidate on the eye portion by analyzing the wide-area image acquired by the wide-area image acquisition means, a determination means for determining a parameter associated with acquisition of a tomogram of the eye portion, based on a lesion candidate detection result obtained by the detection means, and a tomogram acquisition means for acquiring a tomogram of the eye portion based on the parameter determined by the determination means. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057877 | DATA CONVERSION APPARATUS, RECORDING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE DATA CONVERSION APPARATUS, AND DATA CONVERSION METHOD - A data conversion apparatus which converts data including a K pixel amount of bit data expressed as N bits/1 pixel, where N and K are plural, using conversion data of predetermined bits comprising: a holding unit configured to hold input data in K×N bits; an acquisition unit configured to acquire from the conversion data a number of bit patterns corresponding to a decimal value expressed by N bits among a conversion target to convert the input data held by the holding unit by N-bit units; a storage unit configured to store a pattern of N bits corresponding to a decimal value obtained from a bit pattern acquired by the acquisition unit in a bit position of the conversion target; and an updating unit configured to update the bit position of the conversion target each time the acquisition unit and the storage unit perform processing. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057901 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A control apparatus which makes it possible to realize a configuration for processing a plurality of print jobs efficiently without waste while meeting needs for performing a glossing process on prints. When a sheet printed in a first process is fed from a sheet feeder, the printing apparatus executes a second printing process for processing the fed sheet. When an interrupting factor occurs during execution of the second printing process to cause interruption of the processing, the interrupted processing is resumed on condition that the interrupting factor is removed. A resuming method of resuming the processing is determined based on contents of the processing in the second process. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057919 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus acquires communication setting information for communicating with an image processing apparatus by a second communication unit via a first communication unit. In accordance with the acquired communication setting information, communication by the second communication unit is established to execute, via the second communication unit, an image processing service provided by the image processing apparatus. When establishment of communication is detected, an operation window display request for executing the image processing service is transmitted via the second communication unit. The image processing apparatus receives the operation window display request from the information processing apparatus via the second communication unit. In accordance with the received operation window display request, an operation window for executing the image processing service is displayed. Image processing for input image data is executed on the basis of the settings set via the displayed operation window. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130057934 | IMAGE EDITING SYSTEM, IMAGE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND IMAGE EDITING PROGRAM - An image layout apparatus includes a cropping unit, a displaying unit, a checking unit, first and second computing units, a noticing unit, and a preventing unit. The cropping unit crops an image file image. The displaying unit displays and arranges cropped images on a page. The checking unit checks whether first and second image files are same. The first computing unit computes, in response to the first image file and the second image file being the same, an overlapping area between a first displayed image and a second displayed image. The second computing unit computes overlapping size ratio of the computed overlapping area. The noticing unit notices, in response to the first image file and the second image file being the same, information regarding duplication of image files. The preventing unit prevents, in response to the computed overlapping size ratio being smaller than a predetermined value, noticing the information. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130058420 | DECODING APPARATUS, DECODING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A selector selects one of a standard parameter corresponding to a filter strength contained in input movie image data and an original parameter originally set at the decoding side as a filter parameter to be used. A screen-display filter performs deblocking filtering using the filter parameter selected by the selector on decoded movie image data. A post-filter performs deblocking filtering using the standard parameter and stores the obtained decoded image data in a memory to allow it to be used in inter-frame compensation. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130058674 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND POWER CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An image forming capable of operating with reliability and shortening the down time. An operation unit forms an image. A power source unit supplies electric power supplied from an external power source to the operation unit. A storing unit stores successful data which shows that the image forming apparatus has started successfully. A mode selection unit selects a first mode in which regular electric power is supplied to the operation unit at a start-up when the storing unit stores the successful data, and a second mode in which electric power smaller than the regular electric power is supplied to the operation unit at the start-up when the storing unit does not store the successful data. A power control unit controls the electric power supplied from the power source unit to the operation unit according to the mode selected by the mode selection unit. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130058690 | ROTATIONAL HEATING MEMBER, AND IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS HAVING ROTATIONAL HEATING MEMBER - An image heating rotatable member for heating an image on a recording material, comprising a base layer; a heat generation layer, provided on the base layer, for generating heat by being supplied with electric power; an electrode layer, provided outside of the heat generation layer with respect to a widthwise direction and having an electric resistance which is smaller than that of the heat generation layer, for supplying the electric power to heat generation layer; an elastic layer provided on the electrode layer and having a length longer than that of the electrode layer measured in the widthwise direction; and a parting layer provided on the elastic layer and having a length which is substantially equal to the length of the electrode layer measured in the widthwise direction; | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130061075 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a reading unit, a first control unit, a second control unit, and a power supply control unit. The reading unit reads authentication information including a card type and a user code. The first control unit determines, in a state where power is not being supplied to the second control unit, whether a card type included in the authentication information read by the reading unit corresponds to a predetermined card type. The second control unit requests an authentication apparatus to perform user authentication based on the authentication information read by the reading unit. The power supply control unit controls power supply to the second control unit. In response to the first control unit determining that the card type included in the authentication information read by the reading unit corresponds to the predetermined card type, the power supply control unit supplies power to the second control unit. | 03-07-2013 |
| 20130063410 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS - The liquid crystal display apparatus includes a liquid crystal modulation element including first and second electrode, a liquid crystal layer disposed between the first and second electrodes, a first alignment film disposed between the first electrode and the liquid crystal layer, and a second alignment film disposed between the second electrode and the liquid crystal layer. The apparatus further includes a controller that respectively provides first and second electric potentials to the first and second electrodes such that a sign of an electric field generated in the liquid crystal layer is cyclically inverted in a modulation operation state. The controller respectively provides third and fourth electric potentials to the first and second electrodes such that the sign of the electric field is fixed in a state other than the modulation operation state. The apparatus can avoid an influence by cumulated charged particles without adding a new member. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130063639 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS AND IMAGING SYSTEM USING THE SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - It is an object of the present invention to provide a solid-state imaging apparatus that outputs digital signals at high speed. A solid-state imaging apparatus is provided that includes plural analog-to-digital converters that convert analog signals obtained by photoelectric conversion into digital signals, plural digital memories that store the digital signals converted by the analog-to-digital converters, plural block digital output lines that are provided to correspond to blocks of the plural digital memories and to which the digital signals stored in the plural digital memories included in the blocks are output, a common digital output line that outputs the digital signals output from the plural block digital output lines, buffer circuits that buffer the digital signals output from the block digital output lines, and block selecting units that can switch the block digital output lines electrically connected to the common digital output line. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130063657 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus and a driving method thereof capable of assuring reliability in frame inversion driving and improving cinema video image quality are provided. To accomplish this, a display apparatus of the embodiment replaces at least one of a plurality of frame images obtained by doubling the frame rate, with a different image before display. Specifically, the display apparatus replaces at least one of the double-speed converted plural frame images with a high-frequency emphasized image and at least one with a low-frequency component image, and displays the frame images. Furthermore, the display apparatus replaces an image at the border between cinema images with a different image before displaying. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130063666 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD FOR PERFORMING CORRECTION PROCESSING ON INPUT VIDEO - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention extracts a characteristic value of a luminance in relation to respective fields of an input video, and determines the presence of a scene change between adjacent fields. A gamma curve is then generated on the basis of the magnitude of the characteristic value. When a difference in the characteristic value between fields is larger than a predetermined value and a scene change does not exist, the gamma curve to be applied to a subsequent field is modified such that the correction characteristic of the gamma curve does not vary rapidly. The luminance is then corrected using the modified gamma curve. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130063782 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus configured to allow a plurality of installed applications to be executed includes a storage unit configured to include a storage area storing information about the plurality of applications, and a registration unit configured to receive the application information about the application from an external apparatus without involving the application and to register the received application information into the storage area, wherein the application information includes identification information for identifying the application and usage information to be used by the application. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130063783 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND STORING MEDIUM - To enable data in a WWW server on a network to be directly obtained without passing through an information processing apparatus and to reduce a load which is applied to the network when the data obtained from the WWW server is printed, a digital copier has a function, namely, a Web Pull Printing function for actively accessing to the WWW server, obtaining data of an HTML format in the WWW server, and printing by a self printer. A Web print request to the digital copier by the user is executed through a print utility which is operating on a client. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130064454 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An index detecting section detects an index in a physical space, from a captured image obtained by an imaging apparatus. An erroneous-detection prevention processing section performs erroneous-detection prevention processing, based on information relating to image coordinates of a detected index. An image output section outputs, to a display device, an image having been subjected to the erroneous-detection prevention processing. This prevents an image displayed on the display device from being mistaken for a real index when the display device is in the field of view of the imaging apparatus. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130066910 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An apparatus performs a first search for first information that contains a first character input through an operation, and performs a second search for second information that contains both of the first character and a second character when the second character is input after the first search is started. Before the searches are performed, either a first search mode or a second search mode is selected: in the first search mode, a search is started for the first information independently of an input of the second character after the input of the first character; and in the second search mode, a determination is made whether or not there is an input of the second character after the input of the first character, and a search is started for the first information when there is no input of the second character is selected. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130067462 | INSTALLATION METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND DEVICE DRIVER - In response to a request from a client for the download installation of a device driver, device informational data that has been registered in a server and an installation set, which also has been registered in the server and includes the device driver and applications related to the device driver, are downloaded from the server to the client. On the basis of the device information data that has been downloaded from the server, the device driver and the related applications are installed in the client. After installation, post-installation processing regarding the applications related to the installed device driver is executed at the client based upon the device informational data. | 03-14-2013 |
| 20130068784 | EJECTION LIQUID AND EJECTION METHOD - The ejection liquid of the present invention includes a compound having a guanidine group, and a carboxyl group or a sulfonic acid group in one molecule, and being represented by the general formula (1), or a salt of the compound, for the purpose of stably ejecting a solution including at least one of a protein and a peptide by imparting thermal energy to the solution. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130068959 | CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DRAWING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A drawing apparatus includes: a detector configured to output a current in accordance with a pulse of a charged particle beam; and a processor including a capacitor and configured to detect a value of a voltage of the capacitor and to obtain an intensity of the pulse based on a value of a capacitance of the capacitor and the detected voltage value. The processor is configured to detect a current output from the detector in accordance with a charged particle beam incident thereon through a voltage drop, to supply a current having a value determined based on the detected current, to the capacitor to detect a value of a voltage of the capacitor, and to obtain the value of the capacitance based on the determined current value and the detected value of the voltage of the capacitor. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130069298 | SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet processing apparatus that forms asperity on a sheet bundle so as to bind the sheet bundle, has a pair of rotating members having a concave and convex portions on the outer periphery, a moving portion that moves at least one of the pair of the rotating members so as to nip the sheet bundle by the pair of the rotating members or release the sheet bundle, and a controlling portion that controls the moving portion to allow the pair of rotating members to rotate with a concave portion of one rotating member and a convex portion of the other meshed with each other while nipping the sheet bundle or releasing the sheet bundle. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130069448 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS AND BATTERY CHECK METHOD - The present invention provides an electronic apparatus which detects a remaining level of a battery used as a power supply, comprising a current detection unit configured to detect a current value flowing through a circuit of the electronic apparatus, a voltage detection unit configured to detect a voltage value of the battery, and a calculation unit configured to calculate a voltage value of the battery when a consumption current of the electronic apparatus is a predetermined consumption current, based on current values and voltage values detected by the current detection unit and the voltage detection unit, respectively, in a plurality of states different in the consumption current of the electronic apparatus. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070032 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS - A turning operation of a headset lever is completed, and a printing head can be detached from a carriage part. By the above described turning operation of the head set lever, a supply port insertion and extraction part connected via a link slides, a needle pipe of the supply port insertion and extraction part is brought into a state of being the farthest from the printing head, and a needle insertion and extraction lever is brought into state in which it moves under a case wall. Thereby, an operator cannot turn only the needle insertion and extraction lever when the head set lever is in an opened state. In this manner, when the headset lever is in the opened state, the operation of the needle insertion and extraction lever which is used for connection of the supply port insertion and extraction part to ink supply port is restricted. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070127 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An image pickup apparatus that can reduce power consumption of the image pickup apparatus, and take high-definition moving images at high speed without bringing about decreases in recordable time and the number of still images taken. An image pickup processing unit is operated in a plurality of operation modes, and has an image pickup device and a plurality of processing units that process image pickup signals outputted from the image pickup device. An interval control circuit causes the image pickup processing unit to switch between a standby ON state and a standby OFF state in predetermined timing. A control signal is outputted to the interval control unit according to an operation mode of the image pickup processing unit. When the image pickup processing unit lies in a predetermined operation mode, a control signal for causing the interval control circuit to perform the switching is outputted to the interval control circuit. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070802 | LASER APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE LASER APPARATUS - Disclosed is a method of controlling a laser apparatus, which has a laser light irradiation unit, an excitation unit including a flash lamp, a laser light shielding unit, and a control unit configured to control light shielding by the light shielding unit and release of the light shielding and control setting conditions of the flash lamp. The control unit performs a process of blocking the laser light by the light shielding unit when irradiation of the laser light is stopped, then performs a process of controlling the setting condition so that consumption of the flash lamp is reduced, performs, when the irradiation is restarted, a process of controlling the setting conditions so that the laser light is stably irradiated, and then performs a process of releasing the light shielding. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070893 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS, X-RAY IMAGING METHOD, AND X-RAY IMAGING PROGRAM - An X-ray imaging apparatus includes a phase grating, an absorption grating, a detector, and an arithmetic unit. The arithmetic unit executes a Fourier transform step of performing Fourier transform for an intensity distribution of a Moiré acquired by the detector, and acquiring a spatial frequency spectrum. Also, the arithmetic unit executes a phase retrieval step of separating a spectrum corresponding to a carrier frequency from a spatial frequency spectrum acquired in the Fourier transform step, performing inverse Fourier transform for the separated spectrum, and acquiring a differential phase image. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130070987 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD AND DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM - In order to provide a technology which allows efficient understanding of images of a disease locus and diagnosis supporting information for the images, an information processing apparatus comprises: an input unit which inputs object identification information for identifying an object; an acquiring unit which acquires one or more schemas related to the object and medical image data related to the schema, an identification unit which identifies a disease locus region in medical image data respectively related to each of the one or more schemas, a time-series schema generating unit which generates a time-series schema of the disease locus, a time-series image data generating unit which generates time-series image data of the disease locus, and a display output unit which synchronizes and outputs the time-series schema of the disease locus and the time-series image data of the disease locus. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130071086 | VIDEO IMAGE DATA REPRODUCING APPARATUS - A video image reproducing apparatus reads out sub-content information related to sub-content to be reproduced, from a recording medium, obtains attribute information indicative of the features of the sub-content, on the basis of the sub-content information, and controls each reproduction procedure of the main content and the sub-content on the basis of the attribute information, so that the main content and the sub-content are reproduced in coordination with the features of the sub-content. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073391 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SHARING REVENUE IN AN INTERNET PRINTING SYSTEM - Systems and methods share revenue in an Internet printing system comprising a search engine provider, a host computer, and an advertisement sponsor. A user of the host computer registers with the search engine provider. The user of the host computer conducts a search utilizing the search engine provider and selects an option to print a displayed search result page. The host computer generates print data to print the search result page together with advertisement data, submits the generated print data to the printer, and receives a confirmation from the printer confirming the successful printout of the generated print data, which includes the advertisement data. The host computer notifies the search engine provider of the successful printout. The search engine provider charges the advertisement sponsor for the printing of the advertisement data and credits an account of the registered user a portion of the amount charged to the advertisement sponsor. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130073680 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - In order to enable more of the contents managed by a content server to be provided, an information processing apparatus connected to a communication network includes: a managing unit that manages a content and attribute information; a detecting unit that detects an external processing apparatus connected to the communication network; an acquiring unit that acquires capability information, which indicates a capability that can be provided by the external processing apparatus; a generating unit that generates content list information containing a first list containing a content that is managed by the managing unit and that can be directly provided by the information processing apparatus, and a second list containing a content that can be provided by giving a processing request to the external processing apparatus; and a providing unit that provides the content list information to a client terminal. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130074103 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus having an OS to perform exclusive control among programs that are based on a predetermined API on a channel for communicating with a peripheral, a first driver for the peripheral to startup based on a request that is based on the predetermined API and communicate with the peripheral via the channel, a second driver for the peripheral to startup based on a request that is not based on the predetermined API and communicate with the peripheral via the channel, a program to communicate with the peripheral via the channel, and a controller to, when the second driver is started up based on a request that is not based on the predetermined API, if the program is using the channel, close the channel that the program is using based on exclusive control by the OS by starting the first driver. | 03-21-2013 |
| 20130075744 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a display apparatus using an organic EL device in which blur in a display image to be a problem for the display apparatus is reduced while propagating light propagating through a high-refractive-index transparent layer is efficiently extracted outside. The display apparatus has a configuration in which a high-refractive-index transparent layer is provided on a light exit side of the organic EL device, a light extraction structure is provided on the high-refractive-index transparent layer so as to surround each of subpixels, a visible light absorbing member is arranged between pixels adjacent to each other, and the visible light absorbing member is not arranged in a region between subpixels adjacent to each other within a pixel. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130076935 | IMAGE RECORDING DEVICE THAT RECORDS MOVING IMAGE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image recording device capable of obtaining a moving image with less noise even in a low illuminance environment when obtaining a moving image having a wide dynamic range. An image pickup device picks up an image of an object over different exposure time periods to output a plurality of image signals. The plurality of image signals output from the image pickup device are synthesized to thereby obtain a synthesized image. The synthesized image is recorded in a memory at a predetermined frame rate. Respective vertical transfer periods for reading out the plurality of image signals are differentiated according to the different exposure time periods, and the sum of the vertical transfer periods is controlled to a time period defined by the predetermined frame rate. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130076969 | OPTICAL ELEMENT DRIVE MECHANISM AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An image pickup apparatus including a lens barrel with a bending optical system, in which a reflection optical element is movable between a storage state and a photographing state. When a rotary cylinder that retains a lens group to which light beams from an object are incident is being driven by a drive source to advance and retreat between a storage state and a photographing state, the coupling between a cam mechanism for rotary cylinder operation and a driving force transmission gear train for optical element operation is automatically established and released, whereby the operation for moving the reflection optical element between the storage state and the photographing state can be achieved by a single drive source. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130076970 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND FOCUS DETECTION METHOD - The image pickup apparatus includes an image sensor photoelectrically converting paired object images formed by light fluxes from mutually different pupil areas of an image capturing optical system, a signal producing part producing, by using output from each of plural pixel lines in a focus detection area in the image sensor, paired image signals corresponding to the paired object images for each pixel line, a calculating part calculating a defocus amount by using the paired image signals produced for each pixel line. The calculating part shifts the paired image signals relatively, produce first correlation data showing change of a correlation value of the paired image signals according to their relative shift amount, adds the first correlation data produced for the respective plural pixel lines to produce second correlation data, and calculates the defocus amount from the second correlation data. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130077747 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CAPTURING IMAGES WITH SAME - An image capturing apparatus includes a diffraction grating that diffracts radiation from an X-ray source to form an interference pattern, a detector that detects the radiation having passed through the diffraction grating, a shutter configured to be removably disposed between the X-ray source and an object to block the radiation from the X-ray source, and an adjustment mechanism that performs alignment of at least one of the X-ray source, the diffraction grating and the detector. When the shutter is disposed between the X-ray source and the object, the shutter defines a first space shielded from the radiation from the X-ray source and a second space not shielded from the radiation. The adjustment mechanism performs the alignment in accordance with at least part of an intensity distribution of the radiation having traveled through the second space and detected by the detector. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130077854 | MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - A measurement apparatus which measures the relative position and orientation of an image-capturing apparatus capturing images of one or more measurement objects with respect to the measurement object, acquires a captured image using the image-capturing apparatus. The respective geometric features present in a 3D model of the measurement object are projected onto the captured image based on the position and orientation of the image-capturing apparatus, thereby obtaining projection geometric features. Projection geometric features are selected from the resultant projection geometric features based on distances between the projection geometric features in the captured image. The relative position and orientation of the image-capturing apparatus with respect to the measurement object is then calculated using the selected projection geometric features and image geometric features corresponding thereto detected in the captured image. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130077941 | MOVIE REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND METHOD - If a movie reproducing apparatus detects an error during reproduction of encoded movie data, based on management information that includes a recording position of an intra-picture coded picture included in the encoded movie data, the movie reproducing apparatus determines a position used when the error is recovered by searching for an intra-picture coded picture subsequent to a frame including data with the error as well as updates elapsed time information to be displayed based on a frame number of the searched intra-picture coded picture at the time the error is recovered. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130077987 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - An electrophotographic apparatus suppresses the unevenness of image density, even though the electrophotographic apparatus has no heater for an electrophotographic photosensitive member. The electrophotographic photosensitive member is arranged in the electrophotographic apparatus so that when the electrophotographic photosensitive member is equally divided into two regions in a cylindrical shaft direction, absolute values of a temperature dependence of photosensitive-member characteristics in the two regions are not the same, and when a region out of the two regions which has a smaller absolute value of the temperature dependence of the photosensitive-member characteristics is defined as a first region, and a region which has a larger absolute value of the temperature dependence of the photosensitive-member characteristics is defined as a second region, the change of a surface temperature of the first region becomes larger than the change of a surface temperature of the second region when an image is formed by the apparatus. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130078016 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes; an image forming station for forming a toner image on a sheet; a fixing device including a fixing member and a pressing member; an air feeding member for air feeding cooling air toward the pressing member; and a shutter, provided between the air feeding member and the pressing member, for controlling an air feeding region, wherein the image forming apparatus operable selectively in a first mode for feeding the air an entire area with respect to the longitudinal direction of the pressing member, and in a second mode for feeding the air only a non-sheet-passing area when a small size sheet is fed. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130078577 | CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DRAWING APPARATUS, DRAWING DATA GENERATION METHOD, DRAWING DATA GENERATION PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM, AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - A drawing apparatus of the present invention is an apparatus that performs drawing on a substrate with a plurality of charged particle beams and includes a blanking deflector array including a plurality of blanking deflectors configured to respectively blank the plurality of charged particle beams; and a controller configured to control the blanking deflector array based on drawing data. The controller is configured to control the blanking deflector array such that a position error of the plurality of charged particle beams on the substrate due to a magnetic field generated by the blanking deflector array is less than that in a case where the controller controls the blanking deflector array in accordance with initial drawing data. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130079452 | COMPOSITE MATERIAL AND PRODUCTION PROCESS OF DISPERSANT - A composite material is constituted by fine nano-oxide particles, a dispersant, and a transparent resin material. The dispersant includes a polymer of vinyl monomer having a binding acidic group. When φ is a dimensionless number defined by an average particle size (nm) of the fine nano-oxide particles divided by nm, the polymer has a degree of polymerization of an integer of 3 or more and 8 ×φ or less with the proviso that the integer is a numerical value obtained by dropping a decimal fraction. The composite material is produced through a step of obtaining a dispersant comprising a polymer by polymerizing a vinyl monomer having a binding acidic group in the presence of polyamine or in an aqueous dilute dispersion, and a step of mixing the dispersant, fine nano-oxide particles, and a transparent resin material. | 03-28-2013 |
| 20130082166 | IMAGING APPARATUS, IMAGING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes a detector having a plurality of conversion elements for converting radiation or light into an electric charge, a power supply unit that supplies a first voltage to the conversion element in a first imaging operation, and a control unit that controls the detector and the power supply unit. During a period between the first imaging operation and a second imaging operation, the control unit controls to perform a first inter-imaging operation in which a second voltage different from the first voltage is supplied to the conversion element, and, subsequently to the first inter-imaging operation, a second inter-imaging operation in which a third voltage different from the first and the second voltages is supplied to the conversion element. The absolute value of the difference between the third and the first voltages is smaller than the absolute value of the difference between the second and the first voltages. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130082246 | DISPLAY UNIT - A display unit having satisfactory emission characteristics can be produced more easily and stably. Organic light emitting devices comprise an organic compound layer including at least a first and a second light emitting layer common in the respective organic devices. A layer constituting the organic layer has the same thickness in all the organic devices. The first layer contains a first and a second light emission dopant which are different in an emission color, a light emission spectrum, and a light emitting position in a thickness direction. The second layer contains a third light emission dopant different from the first and the second dopant in the emission color and the light emission spectrum. In at least two kinds of dopants, a distance between the first electrode and the light emitting position in the thickness direction satisfies an optical constructive condition in optical interference. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130082432 | SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR STABLY ALIGNING SHEETS HAVING A LONG LENGTH - The alignment unit includes: an upstream-side pressing portion that presses a side edge of the sheet; and a downstream-side pressing portion that presses the side edge of the sheet. The downstream-side pressing portion includes: a first pressing portion that is arranged downstream of the center of gravity of a predetermined-size sheet and upstream of the downstream edge of the predetermined-size sheet and that presses the predetermined-size sheet; and a second pressing portion that is arranged downstream of the downstream edge of the predetermined-size sheet and downstream of the center of gravity of a large-size sheet having twice or more than twice the length of the predetermined-size sheet and that presses the large-size sheet. The second pressing portion is formed to protrude further toward the center side in the width direction than the first pressing portion. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130082542 | ACTUATOR - An intermediate layer of polyurethane containing an electrolyte in a high concentration can be produced with good productivity and an actuator element having high generative force is provided. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083067 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PRESENTING HAPTICS RECEIVED FROM A VIRTUAL OBJECT - At the time of using a haptic device to present to a user haptics which a first virtual object superimposed on the haptic device receives from a second virtual object superimposed on a real object, the user is enabled to touch within the second virtual object, regardless of the real object. Accordingly, the haptics received from the second virtual object is obtained using a first haptic event model of the first virtual object and a second haptic event model of the second virtual object, and while the first haptic event model corresponds to computer graphics information of the first virtual object, the shape of the first virtual object differs from that of the haptic device, such that instructions can be made regarding the inside of the real object, using the first virtual object. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083111 | RECORDING APPARATUS AND RECORDING METHOD - In a mask pattern used in effecting multi-path recording, (A) a recording permission ratio in each pixel row of a non-boundary area of a first pattern portion corresponding to a first nozzle block is substantially a first value, and a recording permission ratio in each pixel row of a non-boundary area of a second pattern portion corresponding to a second nozzle block adjacent the first nozzle block is substantially a second value, and (B) in a boundary area including a boundary between the first pattern portion and the second pattern portion, the recording permission ratio in each pixel row is between the first value and the second value, and the recording permission ratios in each pixel line are made different depending on a position with respect to a scanning direction. In-band and inter-band unevenness and a connecting stripe are reduced by (A) and (B), respectively. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083144 | INK-JET RECORDING APPARATUS - An ink-jet recording apparatus includes a platen provided with a suction-collection section which sucks in and collects ink discharged deviating from an end portion of recording medium. The ink-jet recording apparatus includes a suction force generation unit for collecting ink configured to enable the suction collection section to generate a suction force, a collection flow path connecting the suction collection section to the suction force generation unit for collection, and a flow path control unit configured to vary an sectional area of the collection flow path. The sectional area of the collection flow path is varied according to an image forming time or a type of the recording medium. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083170 | STEREOSCOPIC IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - A stereoscopic image pickup apparatus includes: two optical systems arranged having binocular disparity; image pickup units for shooting images of an object from the optical systems; a convergence angle driver for changing directions of optical axes of the optical systems, and changing intersection distances from the optical systems to a position at which the optical axes of the optical systems intersect with each other; an object distance detector for detecting object distance; an intersection distance controller for computing the intersection distance in fusion limit range that is a stereoscopically viewable range based on the object distance and image pickup condition; and a convergence angle controller for controlling the convergence angle driver based on the object distance and a track delay amount set to cause the intersection distance fall within the fusion limit range such that the intersection distance tracks the object distance with a delay by the track delay amount. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083225 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR AND CAMERA - An image sensor includes a semiconductor substrate having first and second faces. The sensor includes a plurality of pixel groups each including pixels, each pixel having a photoelectric converter and a wiring pattern, the converter including a region whose major carriers are the same with charges to be accumulated in the photoelectric converter. The sensor also includes a microlenses which are located so that one microlens is arranged for each pixel group. The wiring patterns are located at a side of the first face, and the plurality of microlenses are located at a side of the second face. Light-incidence faces of the regions of the photoelectric converters of each pixel group are arranged along the second face such that the light-incidence faces are apart from each other in a direction along the second face. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083230 | IMAGE SENSOR AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - The image sensor | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083234 | IMAGE PICKUP INFORMATION OUTPUT APPARATUS AND LENS APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH SAME - Image pickup information output apparatus which outputs information about image pickup condition derived from combination of positions/states of condition decision members serving as optical members that affect fulfillment of the condition, comprising: setting unit for setting a condition setting value as the condition to be fulfilled; controller for driving one of the condition decision members to control its position/state based on the condition setting value, condition calculator for calculating information about the condition as calculated condition based on the combination of positions/states of the condition decision members; determination unit for determining whether or not the condition setting value changed; decision unit for determining the information about condition to be output, based on the calculated condition and the determination made by the determination unit as to whether or not the condition setting value changed; and output unit for outputting information about the condition to be output determined by the decision unit. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130083493 | ELECTRONIC COMPONENT, ELECTRONIC MODULE, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - An electronic component includes a unit including an electronic device; and an opposite member opposing the electronic device, wherein the unit and the opposite member are bonded together with an adhering member disposed between the unit and the opposite member and having light-cured resin and inorganic particles dispersed in the light-cured resin; and wherein in a particle-diameter distribution of the inorganic particles by volume, a particle diameter having a cumulative value of distribution of 50% is 0.5 μm or more, and a particle diameter having a cumulative value of distribution of 90% is 5.0 μm or less. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084015 | METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CREATING ANALYSIS MODEL - A method of creating an analysis model includes the steps of storing first shape information in association with instruction information that is used for creating the analysis model and that includes shape feature information about a connecting part in the first shape information; comparing second shape information with the first shape information associated with the instruction information; determining whether a difference between the first shape information and the second shape information is within an allowable range for the shape feature information included in the instruction information; and setting the instruction information if the difference between the first shape information and the second shape information is within the allowable range. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084026 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - This invention provides an image processing apparatus including a unit which generates index image data, a unit which obtains a position of thumbnail image data in the index image data, a unit which divides the index image data so as to prevent overlap of the thumbnail image data, a unit which calculates a histogram of a luminance value of image data corresponding to each partial area including the thumbnail image data, a unit which determines image correction characteristics of each piece of image data based on the histogram and performing image correction, and a unit which reconfiguring the index image data using the corrected image data to output the reconfigured index image data. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084093 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus configured to control a fixing temperature of a fixing device that fixes a formed image includes a fixing temperature control unit configured to control, based on a change amount between a toner amount of an N-th page, where N is a natural number, and a toner amount of an (N+1)th page in a print job having a plurality of pages, a fixing temperature for the (N+1)th page, and a toner amount control unit configured to control the toner amount of the (N+1)th page to be less than or equal to a toner amount which can be fixed at the fixing temperature controlled by the fixing temperature control unit. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084098 | DEVELOPING DEVICE AND CLEANING DEVICE - A developing device developing a latent image includes a developer bearing member configured to bear a developer, a frame member configured to rotatably support the developer bearing member, and a sealing member, provided on the frame member, including a contact portion configured to contact an end in an axial direction of the developer bearing member and a non-contact portion configured not to contact the developer bearing member, the sealing member including a cut portion provided in the non-contact portion by cutting a surface of the sealing member in a direction intersecting a rotational direction of the developer bearing member, wherein the cut portion does not connect one end and another end of the sealing member in the axial direction. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084104 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A control unit sets a first feedback gain for suppressing an angular speed variation of a first frequency, which causes a misalignment of images to be overlaid with each other, to the first and feedback unit in a first image forming mode in which images formed on the first and the second image carriers are overlaid, and sets a second feedback gain for suppressing an angular speed variation of a second frequency, which causes a periodic uneven density on an image that is to be formed with a uniform density, to the first feedback unit in a second image forming mode in which an image is formed using the first image carrier. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130084531 | METHOD OF PRODUCING ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a method of producing an organic electroluminescence display device including patterning by photolithography, the method including: forming an organic compound layer containing a low-molecular organic electroluminescence material and an intermediate layer for protecting the organic compound layer; forming a resist layer on the intermediate layer; irradiating the resist layer with ultraviolet light through a photomask to partially remove the resist layer in a region irradiated with the ultraviolet light; and removing the organic compound layer in a region from which the resist layer is removed, in which the resist layer includes a layer formed of a positive resist, and the intermediate layer includes a layer formed of a high-molecular organic material having a chain structure, capable of being selectively dissolved in a solvent that dissolves the organic compound layer. | 04-04-2013 |
| 20130086621 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE VALUE OF A DELAY TO BE APPLIED BETWEEN SENDING A FIRST DATASET AND SENDING A SECOND DATASET - The invention relates to a method and to a device for determining the value of a delay to be applied between sending a first dataset and sending a second dataset, the data being representative of a sequence of coded images, the datasets consisting of data subsets, the coded images being coded according to a first level of resolution and at least a second level of resolution higher than the first level of resolution, the data subsets containing data of a first level of resolution. According to the invention:
| 04-04-2013 |
| 20130087688 | RAMP SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT, ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION CIRCUIT, IMAGING DEVICE, METHOD FOR DRIVING RAMP SIGNAL OUTPUT CIRCUIT, METHOD FOR DRIVING ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION CIRCUIT, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGING DEVICE - A circuit configured to output a ramp signal having a potential varying depending on time includes a voltage supply unit configured to supply a plurality of voltages having different amplitudes, a current supply unit, an integration circuit configured to output the ramp signal, and a capacitive element. The voltage supply unit is connected to one terminal of the capacitive element. The integration circuit and the current supply unit are connected to another terminal of the capacitive element. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130087717 | ELECTROSTATIC LENS - An electrostatic lens includes multiple electrodes each having a through hole, and an insulating spacer that is provided between the electrodes and that fixes an interval between the electrodes. Both surfaces of the spacer are bonded with the electrodes opposing each other so that the spacer is integral with both the electrodes. A protective film is disposed on both surfaces of each of the electrodes. The protective film is present on the interior wall of the through hole and in a region around the through hole on the surface of the electrode. The region extends continuously from the interior wall to an end portion of the electrode. The protective film is not present at an interface between the electrode and the spacer. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130087838 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND IMAGING SYSTEM - A photoelectric conversion device includes a film that covers the photoelectric conversion part and a transfer gate electrode, wherein a first region having a refractive index lower than refractive indices of the film and the photoelectric conversion part, is provided between the film and the photoelectric conversion part, and a second region having a refractive index lower than the refractive indices of the transfer gate electrode and the film, is provided between the film and the top surface of the transfer gate electrode, and wherein T | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130087875 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND IMAGING SYSTEM - In a photoelectric conversion device capable of adding signals of photoelectric conversion elements included in each of photoelectric conversion units, each of the photoelectric conversion elements includes a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type for collecting a signal charge, a second semiconductor region of a second conductivity type is arranged between the photoelectric conversion elements arranged adjacent to each other and included in the photoelectric conversion unit, and a third semiconductor region of the second conductivity type is arranged between the photoelectric conversion elements arranged adjacent to each other among the plurality of photoelectric conversion elements and included in different photoelectric conversion units arranged adjacent to each other. An impurity concentration of the second semiconductor region is lower than an impurity concentration of the third semiconductor region. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130087968 | SHEET CONVEYING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet conveying device includes a blocking member having a blocking surface with which a leading end of a sheet that is being conveyed comes into contact for obliquity correction. The blocking member is rotated by being pushed by the sheet against an urging force of a positioning unit that positions the blocking member to be in the standby position. The blocking member is rotatable to be in a sheet-passage-allowing orientation in which the sheet is allowed to pass. When a trailing end of the sheet that is being conveyed has passed the blocking member, the blocking member that is in the sheet-passage-allowing orientation rotates in a same direction as a sheet conveyance direction and is positioned to be in a standby position. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088475 | LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - There is provided a liquid crystal display apparatus capable of preventing image degradation when driving a liquid crystal panel. In the liquid crystal display apparatus, a control unit, when there are more pixels indicating the first gradation than the second gradation, controls the supply state of the pixel voltage simultaneously supplied to the plurality of pixel electrodes to prolong the time period between the timing of changing the supply state of the pixel voltage corresponding to the first gradation and the timing of changing the supply state of the pixel voltage corresponding to the second gradation so as to become longer than that when there are fewer pixels indicating the first gradation than the second gradation. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088541 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD FOR PERFORMING PRINTING USING A CONTINUOUS SHEET - When a splice of a continuous sheet is detected, a printing apparatus defines an unprintable area including the splice on the continuous sheet and continues printing by changing the order in which unit images and maintenance patterns are printed so that the unprintable area is not used for the print operation and a maintenance pattern is printed in an area subsequent to the unprintable area. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088542 | EPOXY RESIN COMPOSITION - An epoxy resin contains at least a bisphenol-F-type epoxy resin, a latent hardener, and a thixotropic agent. When the amount of the bisphenol-F-type epoxy resin is 100 parts by mass, the amount of the thixotropic agent is in the range of 3.0 parts by mass to 5.0 parts by mass. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088543 | IMAGE-FORMING METHOD - An image-forming method includes a reaction solution-applying step of applying a reaction solution containing a thickening agent and a colorant-aggregating component aggregating a colorant in ink to an intermediate transfer medium, a first ink-applying step of applying a first ink to the intermediate transfer medium provided with the reaction solution, a second ink-applying step of applying a second ink to the intermediate transfer medium provided with the first ink, and a transfer step of transferring an intermediate image formed on the intermediate transfer medium provided with the second ink to a recording medium. An ink layer formed on the intermediate transfer medium by applying the first ink thereto has a yield value of 0.5 Pa or more. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088544 | WIPING METHOD FOR INKJET RECORDING HEAD - An inkjet recording apparatus to record an image by discharging ink includes a recording head, a processing-liquid transferring unit, a wiper, and a control unit. The recording head includes, at a discharge surface, a first discharge-port row configured to discharge a first ink and a second discharge-port row configured to discharge a second ink. The processing-liquid transferring unit provides processing liquid. The wiper wipes the discharge surface, wherein the wiper includes a first wiper segment positioned to wipe the first discharge-port row and a second wiper segment positioned to wipe the second discharge-port row. The control unit moves the wiper into and out of contact force engagement with the processing-liquid transferring unit, wherein the first wiper segment receives a quantity of processing liquid from the processing-liquid transferring unit that is greater than a quantity of processing liquid received by the second wiper segment from the processing-liquid transferring unit. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088547 | INK JET PRINT HEAD - An ink jet print head is provided which can improve throughput by increasing an ink ejection frequency and prevent crosstalk among a plurality of heat application portions, realizing a capability of printing high-quality images at high speed. An opening size of the supply ports in a direction perpendicular to the array direction of the heat application portions is made greater than the length in the direction of electrothermal conversion elements. The supply ports are arranged along the array direction so that they adjoin the heat application portions in the array direction. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088626 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND CAMERA - A method of manufacturing a solid-state image sensor having a photoelectric conversion portion includes forming a silicon nitride film by a low-pressure chemical vapor deposition method using hexachlorodisilane (Si | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088628 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE AND IMAGING SYSTEM - A solid-state imaging device includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, a plurality of readout circuits provided in each column of the plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, configured to read out for each column a signal of the plurality of pixels, a plurality of comparison units configured to compare a signal output from the plurality of readout circuits with a reference signal whose level changes with time, a counter configured to perform a count operation from when the level of the reference signal starts to change, first and second buffers each configured to buffer a count value of the counter, and a plurality of storing units connected to the plurality of comparison units, configured to store a count value of the counter when a magnitude relation between a signal output from the plurality of the readout circuits and the reference signal is inverted. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088636 | IMAGING LENS-EXCHANGEABLE IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An imaging lens-exchangeable image capturing apparatus comprises: a detection unit arranged to detect a focus state; a setting unit arranged to cause a user to set correction information for correcting the focus state or correction information for correcting control of a focus position based on the focus state; an acquisition unit arranged to acquire first lens identification information for identifying an attached imaging lens; an input unit arranged to enable the user to input second lens identification information for identifying the attached imaging lens; a storage unit arranged to store, for each imaging lens, the correction information, the first lens identification information, and the second lens identification information in association with each other; and a focus adjustment unit arranged to adjust a focus based on the detection result of the focus state and the correction information. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088732 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes first and second interpreters configured to interpret page description language data and generate intermediate data. The apparatus further includes a setting unit configured to set an image quality priority mode for one of the first and second interpreters and a color/monochrome determination priority mode for the other of the first and second interpreters. Either the first interpreter or the second interpreter, for which the color/monochrome determination priority mode is set, skips the generation of the intermediate data for a processing target page in a case where it is determined that the processing target page is a color page. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088736 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which is connected to an external device and prints a PDL file managed in the external device, comprises: an acquisition unit that acquires a size of a file to be printed; a comparison unit that compares a size storable in a reception buffer of the image forming apparatus with the size of the file; and a network mount unit that mounts a folder of the external device containing the file, wherein the network mount unit mounts the folder of the external device containing the file in a case where the size of the file exceeds the size of the reception buffer, and does not mount the folder of the external device containing the file in a case where the size of the file does not exceed the size of the reception buffer. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130088752 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A scanner that provides WSD standard scan service does not allow the notification and identification by a client PC of scan parameters, such as a resolution and a reading range, that are selected by a user in push scan on a panel, for example, attached to the scanner body. This prevents the push scan with the user-specified scan parameters. Accordingly, an event that temporarily limits the scanning functions is issued to inhibit the specification of parameters excluding user-specified scan parameters from a client PC. Thus, the client PC can instruct the scanning with the user-specified parameters, and the push scan requested by the user can be implemented. The limitation is valid only to the destination client of the push scan. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089117 | ECHELLE DIFFRACTION GRATING, EXCIMER LASER, MANUFACTURING METHOD OF ECHELLE DIFFRACTION GRATING, AND ArF EXCIMER LASER - An Echelle diffraction grating has a Littrow configuration. Each grating includes a resin layer made of light curing resin and having a thickness between 2 μm and 10 μm, and a reflective coating layer formed on the resin layer, having a thickness between 120 nm and 500 nm, and made of aluminum. An apex angle between a blazed surface and a counter surface is between 85° and 90°. A first blaze angle is an angle that maximizes diffraction efficiency of a set blazed order for incident light of a wavelength of 193.3 nm. A blaze angle has an initial value of a second blaze angle smaller than the first blaze angle. 0.25°≦bd−ba≦1.2° is satisfied where bd denotes the first blaze angle and ba denotes the second blaze angle. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089118 | ECHELLE DIFFRACTION GRATING AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, EXCIMER LASER AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD - A manufacturing method for an excimer laser that includes a reflective Echelle diffraction grating includes obtaining information of a wavelength of a light source, a blazed order, a repetitive pitch of the grating, a material of the grating, and a predefined orientation ratio B/A that is a ratio between that a diffraction efficiency A of the blazed order and a diffraction efficiency Bb of an order lower by one order than the blazed order, and determining an initial value of a blaze angle based upon these pieces of information. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089320 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION SYSTEM - A system includes: a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix; a reference signal generating unit for generating a ramp signal; A/D converters each arranged correspondingly to each of columns to A/D-convert a signal from the pixel; a counter that performs a count operation according to an output of the ramp signal, and supplies the count signal through the count signal line to the A/D converter; and a counter test circuit that is provided independently from the A/D converter, and tests the counter, based on a matching of the expected value of the count signal with the count signal supplied through the count signal line from the counter. This configuration allows the count signal to be checked concurrently with imaging of an object. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089345 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The image forming apparatus includes a correcting device for performing correction according to a variation of a light emission position of light emitter from a reference light emission position, wherein a measuring device measures a time interval from formation of a latent image on a photosensitive member by the light emitter to detection of arrival at a detecting position by a detector, wherein the correcting device performs the correction based on the time interval measured by the measuring device, and wherein the latent image formed, by the light emitter, on the photosensitive member at the reference light emission position reaches the detecting position when a rotation member rotates an integer number of times. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089346 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - This invention is to provide a technique of always obtaining a stable output image in image formation using toner. A supplier ( | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089347 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus comprising: a first image bearing member (drum); a second drum; a belt; a first transfer unit; a second transfer unit; a first voltage applying unit; a second voltage applying unit; a detecting unit, connected to the first transfer unit, for detecting a value of a current passing through the first voltage applying unit; and a controller for controlling the first voltage applying unit and the second voltage applying unit. The controller controls the first voltage applying unit during image formation on the basis of a detection result of the value of the current detected by the detecting unit at timing before and after the voltage applied to the second voltage applying unit is changed plural times before the image formation. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089349 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit that forms an unfixed toner image on a recording material and a fixing unit, wherein, in a case where an image is formed by using the toners of the plurality of colors, when a specific gravity of the toners is ρ (g/cm | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089352 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus having a display unit for displaying a program which can be executed in the apparatus so as to be identified is disclosed. The apparatus has: an input unit for inputting a program into the image forming apparatus; a display control unit for controlling a process for displaying select keys including a plurality of select keys to instruct a selection of a desired one of a plurality of programs stored in the image forming apparatus onto a display screen displayed on the display unit; and a discriminating unit for discriminating whether the select key to instruct a selection of the program inputted by the input unit can be further displayed onto the first display screen to display the select keys corresponding to the programs registered in the image forming apparatus in response to the input of the program from the input unit or not. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089947 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - Manufacturing a semiconductor device includes preparing a structure including a semiconductor substrate having a first region and a second region, a first insulating film arranged on the first region, a second insulating film arranged on the first insulating film, a third insulating film arranged on the second insulating film, a fourth insulating film arranged on the second region, a fifth insulating film arranged on the fourth insulating film, and a sixth insulating film arranged on the fifth insulating film, etching the second insulating film and the first insulating film under different etching conditions after etching the third insulating film, and continuously etching the fifth insulating film and the fourth insulating film under the same etching conditions after etching the sixth insulating film. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130089963 | MANUFACTURING METHOD OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A drain of a first transistor is formed by performing ion implantation on a semiconductor substrate using a first member as a mask for a gate electrode of the first transistor. Further, ion implantation is performed on the gate electrode of the second transistor after thinning a second member. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130090762 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication system including a parent station and a plurality of child stations, the parent station and the plurality of child stations being line-connected or loop-connected in a plurality of stages, and the parent station comprises a decision unit configured to decide, based on information representing states of the plurality of child stations, which one a first data relay method of transmitting data to a subsequent station in accordance with a clock reproduced from data received from a preceding station and a second data relay method of transmitting data to the subsequent station in accordance with a local clock generated in a local station should be employed by each of the plurality of child stations. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130091366 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An apparatus determines, when receiving a packet transited via a network in a power saving mode, whether or not the packet is a packet according to a predetermined protocol. If the packet is determined to be the packet according to a predetermined protocol, the apparatus analyzes the data of a succeeding packet described in a data description language, and instructs the apparatus to return from the power saving mode to a normal power mode depending on an analysis result. | 04-11-2013 |
| 20130092983 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS AND IMAGING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A plurality of photoelectric conversion elements including a first photoelectric conversion element, a second photoelectric conversion element, and a third photoelectric conversion element, are arranged in a photoelectric conversion apparatus of the present invention. Provided, between the first photoelectric conversion element and the second photoelectric conversion element, is a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type and of a first width in which a signal charge is a minor charier. And, provided, between the first photoelectric conversion element and the third photoelectric conversion element, is a second semiconductor region of the first conductivity type in a higher impurity concentration and of a second width narrower than the first width at a position deeper in a semiconductor substrate rather than a depth of the first semiconductor region. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093113 | IMPRINT APPARATUS AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD USING SAME - An imprint apparatus transfers a pattern formed on a mold to a resin on a substrate. The imprint apparatus includes a shape correction mechanism configured to apply a force to the mold to thereby deform a pattern region formed on the mold; a heating mechanism configured to heat a substrate-side pattern region formed on the substrate to thereby deform the substrate-side pattern region; and a control unit configured to obtain information regarding a difference between shapes of the pattern region formed on the mold and the substrate-side pattern region and control the shape correction mechanism and the wafer heating mechanism so as to reduce the difference between the shapes of the pattern region formed on the mold and the substrate-side pattern region based on the obtained information. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093673 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - In an information processing apparatus capable of receiving data and displaying objects, the convenience of display operation is improved. More specifically, an information processing apparatus for receiving data described in a markup language and including first hierarchical level elements delimited by predetermined tags and second hierarchical level elements which belong to a range delimited by the predetermined tags, and displaying the received data on a display device, includes a receiving unit for receiving key-input first and second signals, a switching unit for switching selection between the first hierarchical level elements or between the second hierarchical level elements when the first signal is received, and switching selection between the first and second hierarchical level elements when the second signal is received, and a selected element display unit for displaying the selected element on the display device. A desired display object can be selected by a few key input operations. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093808 | ELEMENT SUBSTRATE, PRINTHEAD AND PRINTING APPARATUS - An element substrate, comprising a first resistance element and second resistance element each of which includes a first terminal and a second terminal and is arranged in a predetermined direction, wherein the first terminals are connected to a first line for commonly supplying a current, and the second terminals are connected to a second line for commonly supplying a current, and a detection unit configured to detect a voltage of the first terminal of the first resistance element and a voltage of the first terminal of the second resistance element while power is supplied to the first resistance element and is not supplied to the second resistance element. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093815 | INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS AND DISCHARGE RECOVERY METHOD - An ink jet recording apparatus determines the timing of executing discharge recovery processing based on the discharge amount of ink for each predetermined region discharged from a recording head, and controls the discharge recovery processing to be executed at the determined timing. Thereby, the discharge performance of the ink can be kept to be good, and the discharge recovery processing can be executed at the suitable timing without producing any deterioration of the image quality of a recorded image, and with the deterioration of throughput reduced. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093825 | LIGHT SOURCE CONTROL APPARATUS USED IN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS USING ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY PROCESS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A light source control apparatus that do not always require calculations for the upper limit of driving current when characteristic of a light source varies. The light source control apparatus controls a light source that exhibits a characteristic including an uptrend region where the light amount increases with increasing driving current and a downtrend region where the light amount decreases with increasing driving current. A determination unit determines whether the light source is in the uptrend or downtrend region based on signals from a light variation detection unit and a current variation detection unit. A control unit matches the light amount (L) with target light amount (T), by increasing the driving current when LT in the downtrend region, and by decreasing the driving current when L>T in the uptrend region and when L| 04-18-2013 | |
| 20130093854 | THREE DIMENSIONAL SHAPE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A three dimensional shape measurement apparatus comprising: a projection unit configured to perform a projection operation to a measurement area; a photographing unit configured to photograph a target object in the measurement area undergoing the projection operation; and a measurement unit configured to measure a three dimensional shape of the target object based on the photographed image, wherein the measurement area includes a measurement reference surface serving as a reference for a focus position of a photographing optical system of the photographing unit, and is defined based on a projection range of the projection unit and a photographing range of the photographing unit, and the focus position is set deeper than a position of the measurement reference surface when observed from the photographing unit. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093881 | THREE DIMENSIONAL MEASUREMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A three dimensional measurement apparatus comprising: a projection unit configured to project a pattern including a measurement pattern and a feature pattern onto an object; an image capturing unit configured to capture an image of the object onto which the pattern is projected; a grouping unit configured to divide the captured image into a plurality of regions using the measurement pattern in the pattern and a plurality of epipolar lines determined based on a positional relationship between the projection unit and the image capturing unit, thereby grouping predetermined regions among the plurality of divided regions; a feature recognition unit configured to recognize the feature pattern based on a difference in the feature pattern between the predetermined regions; and a three-dimensional shape calculation unit configured to calculate a three-dimensional shape of the object based on the feature pattern. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093909 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - Image capturing is performed with an image pickup element being exposed to light, whereby a plurality of pieces of exposure image data are obtained. Image processing is performed on the plurality of pieces of exposure image data. The plurality of pieces of exposure image data output are combined into combined exposure image data. A plurality of pieces of dark image data are obtained and one piece of dark reference image data is generated. Image processing that uses a parameter based on the image processing performed on each exposure image data is performed on the one piece of dark reference image data, whereby a plurality of pieces of processed dark image data are output. The plurality of pieces of processed dark image data are combined into combined dark image data. The combined exposure image data is corrected in accordance with the combined dark image data. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093912 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image pickup apparatus and method which reduces fixed pattern noise appearing in multiple exposure shooting and which can obtain a high-quality multiple exposure image. Multiple pieces of exposure image data are obtained by exposing an image pickup device. The multiple pieces of exposure image data are subjected to image processing. The multiple pieces of image processed exposure image data are synthesized to generate synthesized exposure image data. Multiple pieces of dark image data are obtained by shielding the image pickup device from light. Each of the multiple pieces of dark image data is subjected to image processing equivalent to image processing performed on a corresponding one of the multiple pieces of exposure image data. The multiple pieces of image processed dark image data that are synthesized to generate synthesized dark image data. The synthesized exposure image data is corrected on the basis of the synthesized dark image data. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093925 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that enables a demosaicing process to be accurately carried out on a color image signal. With respect to a color mosaic image signal related to each pixel generated by photoelectrical conversion of an optical image reflecting a subject image, an interpolation process is carried out in which signals of missing colors in the each pixel are interpolated using image signals related to pixels in predetermined directions around the each pixel. The interpolation process is carried out in each of a plurality of predetermined directions. Color image signals in the predetermined directions subjected to the interpolation process are evaluated, and based on an evaluation result, a color image signal to be outputted as an interpolation process result is generated. The color image signals in the respective predetermined directions subjected to the interpolation process are evaluated with respect to homogeneity and signal intensity. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093928 | RECORDING SUCCESSIVE FRAMES OF RAW SENSOR DATA DEPICTING A MOVING SCENE - The recording of successive frames of raw sensor data depicting a moving scene is provided. The raw sensor data comprises pixel data for an image sensor having pixels arranged in correspondence to a mosaic of plural different colors in a color filter array. A first sampling mosaic pattern for sampling the pixel data at a first resolution is designated. A second sampling mosaic pattern for sampling the pixel data at a second resolution which is lower than the first resolution is designated. One of the first or the second sampling mosaic patterns is selected for a frame by applying a predetermined rule. Pixel data of the frame is sampled using the selected sampling mosaic pattern. The sampled pixel data for the frame is recorded onto a recording medium. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093939 | FOCUS ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A focus adjustment apparatus includes an object detection unit configured to detect feature information of an object, a plurality of signal generation units configured to accumulate charges to generate and output a pair of image signals respectively, and a focus detection unit configured to control charge storage of the plurality of signal generation units and detect a focus based on a phase difference between a pair of image signals output from a first signal generation unit corresponding to the feature information of the object detected by the object detection unit, wherein if reliability of detection by the object detection unit is a first level which is higher than a second level, the focus detection unit sets charge storage time of the first signal generation unit longer than that in a case of the second level. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130093943 | FOCUS ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS - In a focus position control apparatus, a control unit performs, when a size changing amount of an object image is larger than a predetermined amount during control for driving a focus lens according to a distance change of an object image in an optical axis direction based on a determination result of a determination unit, a following driving operation corresponding to the distance change as a driving control, and limits the following driving operation corresponding to the distance change when the size changing amount of the object image smaller than the predetermined amount. The predetermined amount is changed according to an imaging parameter and an object status. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094038 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE RECOMMENDATION METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes a first determination unit configured to determine a relationship between a user and another person established through utilization of a predetermined service, a second determination unit configured to determine a relationship between a first image, which is of the user and has been subjected to image correction processing, and a second image, which is of the another person, and a recommendation unit configured to, based on a determination result of the first determination unit and a determination result of the second determination unit, recommend image correction processing performed on the second image to the user. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094039 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to from a measurement image on a recording paper by a color material, a fixing unit configured to fix the measurement image onto the recording paper by heating, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement image fixed onto the recording paper downstream of the fixing unit in a conveyance direction of the recording paper, and a control unit configured to perform control such that a period of time from when the recording paper passes through the fixing unit until the measurement unit measures color of the measurement image is longer than a period of time from when the recording paper passes through the fixing unit until the measurement unit measures density of the measurement image. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094040 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - To suppress an effect caused by a thermochromism phenomenon in which the color of an image whose color is to be measured changes depending on temperature and to accurately detect the color of the image whose color is to be measured. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094041 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to form a measurement image on a recording paper by using a color material, a fixing unit configured to fix a plurality of measurement images onto the recording paper by heating the measurement images, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement images fixed onto the recording paper downstream of the fixing unit in a conveyance direction of the recording paper, a cooling unit configured to cool the recording paper heated by the fixing unit, and a control unit configured to perform control such that a cooling capacity of the cooling unit in a case where the measurement unit measures color of the measurement images is higher than a cooling capacity of the cooling unit in a case where the measurement unit measures density of the measurement images. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094045 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a first generation unit configured to generate a first print queue, and a second generation unit configured to generate a second print queue by operating a printer driver corresponding to the first print queue, wherein, after the second generation unit generates the second print queue, a printer list program for displaying printer information, which is printer-related information, displays the printer information about a printer corresponding to the first print queue and does not display the printer information about a printer corresponding to the second print queue. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094048 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND PRINTING DEVICE - In a system in which printing is performed by attaching electronic data to an electronic mail and transmitting the electronic mail to a printing device, the system includes a terminal, a printing device, and a server. The terminal includes a search-request transmitting unit to transmit a printing-service search request to a network. The printing device includes a search-response transmitting unit to transmit a printing-service search response including an authentication token in a case where the printing device has received the printing-service search request. The terminal further includes a mail transmitting unit to, in the case of transmission of print data using an electronic mail, also transmit an authentication token. The printing device further includes a determining unit to determine whether the authentication token transmitted by the terminal and the authentication token that the printing device holds match, and give, in accordance with a result of the determination, permission for printing. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094053 | PRINTING SYSTEM AND PRINTING METHOD - In a printing system in which a document received from a client terminal is registered in a print service, a fixed code corresponding to the registered document is sent back to the client terminal by e-mail, and when a printer notifies the fixed code, print processing is performed for the document corresponding to the fixed code, the URL of the print service which has registered the document is generated, and the network environment of the client terminal is determined. When it is determined that the network environment is an intranet, the fixed code and generated URL are sent back. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094054 | MONITORING APPARATUS, MONITORING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR ACQUIRING COUNTER INFORMATION FROM AN IMAGE FORMING APPRATUS - A monitoring apparatus that acquires counter information from an image forming apparatus includes a transmission unit configured to transmit a snapshot generation job to the image forming apparatus, a reception unit configured to receive a completion notification indicating completion of the snapshot generation job, and an acquisition unit configured to acquire the snapshot indicating the counter information from the image forming apparatus in response to reception of the completion notification, wherein the snapshot generation job is managed with a queue for a job related to printing processing and is restricted from being canceled by general user authority. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094068 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF IMAGING PROCESSING AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus determines a direction of document placement relative to a scanning direction based on a direction of a shadow region in an input image when a line sensor having a light receiving element performs a scan and an image read from a book document by a reading apparatus is input. When the direction of the binding portion of the document is determined to be along a longitudinal direction of the line sensor, an image of a region read by the light receiving element of the line sensor from reflected light undergoing specular reflection from the document is detected based on the amount of variation in luminance between adjacent pixels in the read image of the book document. Luminance of the image corresponding to the region is corrected. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094073 | VARIABLE TRANSMITTANCE ELEMENT, OPTICAL SYSTEM, AND OPTICAL APPARATUS UTILIZING ELECTROCHROMIC MATERIAL - A variable transmittance element includes two substrates, two transparent electrode layers held between the two substrates, an electrochromic layer held between the two transparent electrode layers and having transmittance that is reversibly changed by electric control, and a first dielectric layer provided between one of the two substrates and one of the two transparent electrode layers closest to the one of the two substrates and configured to reduce reflections. The first dielectric layer is a multilayer film made by alternately laminating two or more layers each having a high refractive index and two or more layers each having a low refractive index, a refractive index difference for a wavelength of 550 nm between the layer having the high refractive index and the layer having the low refractive index being 0.2 or more. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094097 | ZOOM LENS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - The zoom lens includes a first lens unit being disposed closest to an object and having a positive optical power, and at least one subsequent lens unit being disposed closer to an image than the first lens unit. The first lens unit is moved toward the object during variation of magnification from a wide-angle end to a telephoto end. The first lens unit is constituted by at least three lenses including a positive meniscus lens being disposed closest to the image among the at least three lenses and having an image side concave surface, and a negative lens being disposed on an object side next to the positive meniscus lens. A condition of 1.55| 04-18-2013 | |
| 20130094589 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ENCODING AND DECODING THE SIGNIFICANCE MAP FOR RESIDUAL COEFFICIENTS OF A TRANSFORM UNIT - Decoding includes identifying a scan pattern by which the bitstream is decoded. A set index value is decoded from the bitstream that specifies a set of flags according to the scan pattern that contains a last significant coefficient flag of the significance map, and individual significance flags are decoded and the decoded values written into the significance map according to the scan pattern and including the specified set of flags. Encoding a significance map includes identifying a scan pattern by which the significance map is scanned to form a list of significant coefficient flags. Encoding identifies a group of significant coefficient flags including a last significant coefficient flag and referencing the identified group with a scan index value. The significance map is then scanned in accordance with the scan pattern up to and including an entirety of the identified group and the scanned flag values then encoded. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094709 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING SPECIFIC OBJECT PATTERN FROM IMAGE - A face area is detected from an image captured by an image pickup device, pixel values of the image are adjusted based on information concerning the detected face area, a person area is detected from the adjusted image, and the detected face area is integrated with the detected person area. With this configuration, it is possible to accurately detect an object even in a case, for example, where the brightness is varied. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094721 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE SELECTION METHOD, ALBUM CREATION SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus for selecting images used in an album indicating a group of a plurality of images includes a person setting unit configured to set a person appearing in an image included in the album, an image evaluation unit configured to evaluate an image based on a composition of the image, a count unit configured to count a number of times in which the person set by the person setting unit appears in a plurality of images, and a selection unit configured to select images used in the album based on evaluation made by the image evaluation unit, and a count value obtained by the count unit. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094832 | RECORDING APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY RECORDING THE SAME MOVING IMAGE TO A PLURALITY OF RECORDING MEDIA - A recording apparatus includes an input unit configured to input moving image data, a recording unit configured to record the moving image data input by the input unit to a plurality of recording media, an output unit configured to output information to a display device, a selection unit configured to select any of a plurality of modes including a first mode for simultaneously recording the moving image data input by the input unit to the plurality of recording media, and a control unit configured, when a last clip is recorded in the first mode from the moving image data of a plurality of clips recorded to the plurality of recording media, to control the output unit to output a selection screen for selecting any of the plurality of recording media, and erase the moving image data of the last clip from the selected recording medium. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094871 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - An image forming apparatus includes a developer bearing member configured to bear a developer to develop a latent image, a developer regulating member configured to regulate an amount of the developer carried on the bearing member, a voltage application unit that can apply a plurality of direct current voltages of different values between the bearing member and the regulating member, and a current detection unit that can detect a plurality of direct currents of different values flowing in the regulating member when the voltage application unit applies the plurality of direct current voltages, wherein the image forming apparatus sets a direct current voltage value Vb applied by the voltage application unit when developing the latent image, so that the following expression is satisfied: |Vb|>|Vbmin|, where Vbmin indicates a direct current voltage value when the direct current detected by the current detection unit is a minimum value. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094874 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS PREVENTING FAILURE OF RECORDING MATERIAL DETACHMENT FROM CONVEYANCE BELT - A method controls the timing of conveying a recording material to a conveyance belt so that a leading edge position of the recording material overlaps with a separation assisting toner image transferred on the conveyance belt in advance to prevent failure of recording material detachment from the conveyance belt. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094877 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In a period that a first mode is executed, an image forming apparatus blows air at a first amount of flowing air in a period during which a recording material is conveyed on a conveying path and before a leading edge of the recording material reaches a fixing unit, and blows air at a second amount of flowing air smaller than the first amount in a period during which the recording material passes through the fixing unit. In a period that a second mode is executed, the image forming apparatus blows air at a third amount of flowing air larger than the second amount for at least a period during which a recording material on which an image is formed passes through the fixing unit. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094878 | CHARGING DEVICE - A charging device includes a corona charger including a grid electrode, a cleaning member configured to clean the grid electrode, a sheet-type shutter configured to open/close an opening of the corona charger, and a drive source configured to drive both the cleaning member and the shutter in a longitudinal direction of the corona charger, wherein the cleaning member is provided such that a cleaning ability thereof is higher in a case where the cleaning member and the shutter are moved in a closing direction of the opening of the corona charger than in a case where the cleaning member and the shutter are moved in an opening direction of the opening of the corona charger. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094879 | CHARGING DEVICE - A charging device includes a corona charger including a grid electrode, a cleaning member configured to clean the grid electrode, a sheet-type shutter configured to open/close an opening of the corona charger, a drive source configured to drive both the cleaning member and the shutter in a longitudinal direction of the corona charger, and a control unit configured to control drive of the drive source such that, when the shutter is moved in a closing direction of the opening of the corona charger after image formation is finished, the cleaning member and the shutter are driven at a first speed, and when the shutter is moved in an opening direction of the opening of the corona charger at least from when power is turned on until image formation is started, the cleaning member and the shutter are driven at a second speed higher than the first speed. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094880 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A container is detachably mountable on an apparatus body in a mounting-detaching direction that is along the same direction as a mounting-detaching direction of a transfer unit and that is in the reverse direction of the mounting-detaching direction of the transfer unit. When the transfer unit and the container are mounted on the apparatus body, a belt, a cleaning device, and the container are arranged in that order in a transport direction of the belt. A discharge portion is provided, the discharge portion extending in the mounting-detaching direction of the container, for discharging the toner removed by the cleaning device to the container. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094882 | CARTRIDGE, MOUNTING METHOD FOR COUPLING MEMBER, AND DISASSEMBLING METHOD FOR COUPLING MEMBER - A cartridge is detachably mountable to a main assembly of an electrophotographic image forming apparatus. The cartridge includes coupling member that is provided for receiving a rotational force for rotating a developing roller, with a cylindrical member movably supporting one end portion of the coupling member inside of the cylindrical member, and a cylindrical member side force receiving portion being provided inside the cylindrical member for receiving the rotational force received by the coupling member. The cartridge further includes a first regulating portion for preventing one end portion of the coupling member from disengaging in an axial direction of the cylindrical member; and a second regulating portion for regulating deformation of the first regulating portion in a state in which one end portion of the coupling member is mounted to an inside of the cylindrical member with deformation of the first regulating portion. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094884 | CHARGING MEMBER AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - This invention provides a charging member exhibiting high electrical charge injection efficiency. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094887 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heater a hollow heating roller having a hole at an axial end portion thereof; a bearing supporting the heating roller; a heat insulating bush fitted between an outer surface of the heating roller and the bearing; a retaining ring for retaining the heat insulating bush in an axial direction of the heating roller, the retaining ring including a projection engaging with the hole; an annular spacer provided between the retaining ring and the heat insulating bush, wherein the spacer includes a connecting portion having a connecting hole, the retaining ring includes a hooking portion engaging with the connecting hole. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130094888 | RECORDING MATERIAL CONVEYANCE APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a conveyance unit configured to convey a recording material, a driving unit configured to drive the conveyance unit based on a manipulated variable corresponding to a deviation between a conveyance speed of the recording material and a target conveyance speed, and a control unit configured to change a control method for controlling the manipulated variable required to drive the driving unit according to a state in which the recording material is conveyed by the conveyance unit. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095038 | PARTICLES, AND PHOTOACOUSTIC IMAGING CONTRAST AGENT AND SLN CONTRAST AGENT INCLUDING THE PARTICLES - Provided are particles where a hydrophilic coloring agent having an anionic functional group, such as ICG, hardly leaks from the particles. The particles include a coloring agent having an anionic functional group, such as ICG, ions of a polyvalent metal, such as iron ions (Fe | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095376 | ELECTRODE ACTIVE MATERIAL FOR SECONDARY BATTERY AND SECONDARY BATTERY - An electrode active material for a secondary battery includes a radical compound represented by formula (1): | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130095421 | TONER INCLUDING COMPOUND HAVING BISAZO SKELETON - An object of the present invention is to provide a toner having high dispersibility of an azo pigment in a binder resin and a good color tone, having suppressed image fogging and high transfer efficiency, and providing a stable image for a long time. The toner including toner base particles, each of which includes: at least a binder resin, a compound in which a specific bisazo skeleton unit bonds to a specific polymer resin unit, and an azo pigment as a colorant. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130096730 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - In an image forming apparatus, a shutdown request unit controls the image forming apparatus to perform shutdown at shutdown execution date and time included in schedule information, which is set beforehand and managed by a schedule management unit. A function restriction management unit restricts at least part of a plurality of functions of the image forming apparatus stepwise at timing earlier than the shutdown execution date and time, and a message management unit notifies a user of a message whose content is differentiated in each of steps. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130096862 | ENCODER AND APPARATUS WITH THE SAME - The encoder includes a scale provided with a periodic pattern, a sensor relatively movable with respect to the scale and reading the periodic pattern to output analog signals each having a changing period corresponding to the periodic pattern and having mutually different phases, an A/D converter performing time-division analog-to-digital conversion on the analog signals output from the sensor to produce digital signals, and a phase detector detecting a phase from the digital signals. The encoder further includes a corrector calculating a correction value by using a relative movement speed of the scale and the sensor and the detected phase detected by the phase detector, and calculating a corrected phase from the correction value and the detected phase, and a position detector calculating a position in a direction in which the scale and the sensor are relativity moved by using the corrected phase. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130096871 | ENCODER SYSTEM HAVING FUNCTION OF DETECTING ORIGIN POSITION, MACHINE TOOL, AND TRANSFER APPARATUS - An encoder system includes a supporting member including a plurality of marks, first and second sensors provided to be shifted from each other by a first distance and capable of reading the marks, and a calculation processing unit that performs a calculation processing of detected signals of the first and second sensors, and the calculation processing unit calculates a first time that is required for one mark to move the first distance and a second time that is required for two adjacent marks to pass a detection position of the first or second sensor while the supporting member moves relatively to the first and second sensors, and determines that a mark pattern used to calculate a first index is an origin mark pattern when the first index calculated based on the first and second times corresponds to a second index that characterizes an origin position. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097258 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus and method includes receiving a plurality of addresses for transmitting mail including URL of a web page provided by the image forming apparatus, transmitting the mail including the URL of the web page to the plurality of addresses, and delivering, in response to a download request from an external apparatus via the web page indicated by the URL, to the external apparatus a setup file of a device driver for the image forming apparatus registered in a storage region of the image forming apparatus. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097297 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM - A job execution instruction is received from an information processing apparatus, an environment variable instructed in the job execution instruction is acquired, and an environment variable management table is searched for an environment variable definition that corresponds to the acquired environment variable. An apparatus that is in the network and holds a value that is to replace the environment variable is selected based on an environment variable definition that was searched, the value that is to replace the environment variable is acquired from the selected apparatus, and the environment variable is replaced with the value. | 04-18-2013 |
| 20130097861 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING INKJET RECORDING HEAD - A method for manufacturing an inkjet recording head includes preparing a substrate having a mold to become an ink flow passage and an orifice layer covering the mold, and immersing the substrate in a solvent, whereby in immersing the substrate in the solvent, the mold at the substrate immersed in the solvent is irradiated with deep-UV light. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130098900 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes a coil for generating a magnetic flux by a current flowing therethrough; an image heating member having an electroconductive layer in which an eddy current is produced by the magnetic flux by which heat is generated, the image heating member being effective to heat an image on a recording material; an electroconductive magnetic flux adjusting member movable from a first position and a second position to decrease the eddy current produced in the image heating member by the magnetic flux; a temperature sensor for sensing a temperature of image heating member; electric power control means for control electric power supplied to the coil on the basis of an output of the temperature sensor, wherein the electric power control means changes an electric power condition to be supplied to the coil before start of the movement from the first position to the second position of magnetic flux adjusting member. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130099046 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND REWINDER SYSTEM - A printing apparatus is provided which can perform skew correction without damaging the print medium when rewinding a print medium into a roll. Therefore, when rewinding of the print medium roll is performed, the two pairs of conveying rollers are employed, and the conveying speed of the conveying roller pair near the print medium roll is set so lower than the conveying speed of the other conveying roller pair located apart from the print medium roll. Further, a guide member for the print medium is provided between the two pairs of the conveying rollers. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130099105 | ENCODER AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The encoder includes a scale including first and second periodic patterns, and a detector relatively movable with respect to the scale and whose detection state is switchable between a first detection state to read the first periodic pattern and output a first signal and a second detection state to read the second periodic pattern and output a second signal. A processor performs a first process to detect a first absolute position by using the first and second signals and then performs a second process to calculate a relative movement amount by using a specific signal that is one of the first and second signals and detect a second absolute position by using the relative movement amount and the first absolute position. The specific signal is obtained from the detector set in a same detection state as that set last in the first process. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100165 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit, a display control unit, and a determination unit. The acquisition unit acquires information about a plurality of markers included in an image. The display control unit performs control to superimpose on the image and display on a display unit a plurality of virtual objects corresponding to the plurality of markers. The determination unit determines whether the plurality of virtual objects is a specific combination. In response to the determination unit determining that the plurality of virtual objects is a specific combination, the display control unit performs control to superimpose on the image the plurality of virtual objects in a specific arrangement corresponding to the specific combination. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100184 | INKJET RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CLEANING CARRIAGE - A method for cleaning a carriage of an inkjet recording apparatus including a recording head configured to discharge ink to execute recording on a sheet, a conveyance unit configured to convey the sheet, a carriage configured to mount the recording head thereon and to move in a main-scanning direction crossing to a sheet conveyance direction, and a height change mechanism configured to move the carriage in a height direction includes moving the carriage in the main-scanning direction to the outside of a sheet conveyance area of the conveyance unit, conveying a cleaning sheet, to which a fold is previously given, to a recording position, moving the carriage to a first height position via the height change mechanism, moving the carriage to the inside of the sheet conveyance area, moving the carriage to a second height position via the height change mechanism, and conveying the cleaning sheet via the conveyance unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100187 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A print control apparatus configured to cause a printing unit to perform print processing includes a determination unit configured to determine whether a condition for executing maintenance processing of the printing unit is satisfied, a shortening unit configured to shorten redundant maintenance operations in first maintenance processing and second maintenance processing in a case where the determination unit determines that a condition for executing the second maintenance processing is satisfied before completion of the first maintenance processing, and a control unit configured to cause the first maintenance processing and the second maintenance processing to be carried out after the shortening unit shortens the redundant maintenance operations. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100189 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A printing apparatus includes a printhead configured to array a nozzle array in which a plurality of nozzles for discharging ink are arrayed in the first direction, a reading unit configured to read, as a plurality of luminance values aligned in a nozzle arrayed direction, an inspection pattern formed by discharging ink from the plurality of nozzles of the printhead, a calculation unit configured to calculate a plurality of difference values each by calculating a difference between two luminance values spaced apart by a predetermined number of luminance values, and an analysis unit configured to analyze an ink discharge state in the plurality of nozzles based on the plurality of difference values. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100198 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - A printing apparatus includes a cooling unit configured to actively cool a sheet, a humidification unit configured to increase a moisture content of the sheet by supplying a humidified gas onto the sheet, and an inkjet print head configured to perform printing on the sheet having a moisture content increased by the humidification unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100199 | INK JET PRINTING APPARATUS AND MAINTENANCE METHOD - Even when a pressurizing operation is performed, degradation of the quality of a printing head due to wiping of a nozzle surface is suppressed. In an ink jet printing apparatus including a printing head, an ink tank, a first pump arranged in an ink supplying path for supplying ink from the ink tank to the printing head, a second pump arranged in an ink collecting path for collecting ink from the printing head to the ink tank, a switch valve arranged between the printing head and the second pump, and a cleaning mechanism, by driving the first pump in a state where the switch valve is closed, the ink is discharged from the nozzle row, and after driving of the second pump in a state where the switch valve is opened, the cleaning mechanism is caused to clean the printing head. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100200 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRELIMINARY EJECTION METHOD - In a case where a temperature of the print head at a cap closing time is 35° C. or more and the cap closing time is less than six hours, a predetermined preliminary ejection is performed and the ejection number is set to 4000. That is, the predetermined preliminary ejection is, in a case where it is determined that the temperature of the print head at a cap closed time is lower than 35° C., performed by the ejection number larger than the ejection number of other preliminary ejection having the same cap closing time of six hours as that in the predetermined preliminary ejection. Therefore in a case where the temperature of the print head at a cap closing time is a predetermined relatively high temperature or more, the preliminary ejection more accurately reflecting the degree of the ink thickening in the print head at that time is performed. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100202 | INKJET RECORDING APPARATUS - An inkjet recording apparatus includes a recording head configured to discharge ink, a first waste ink retaining member configured to absorb ink discharged from the recording head, a second waste ink retaining member arranged below the first waste ink retaining member, a first inclined surface configured to flow waste ink overflowing the first waste ink retaining member downward, a waste ink receiving surface connected with a bottom end of the first inclined surface and including a porous body sheet for absorbing waste ink, and a second inclined surface configured to flow waste ink overflowing the porous body sheet to the second waste ink retaining member. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100205 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCHARGING SHIPPING INK - The method of this invention for discharging a shipping ink from a newly installed print head filled with that ink minimizes the amount of shipping ink that may remain in the print head after the ink discharging process is performed. The shipping ink discharging method according to this invention comprises: a print head; an ink tank; a first pump; a second pump; a switch valve; and a cleaning mechanism; wherein the switch valve is closed and the first pump is operated to discharge the shipping ink from the ink ejection nozzles and the cleaning mechanism is operated to clean the print head, after which the switch valve is opened and the second pump is operated to supply ink from the ink tank to the print head. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100206 | DRIVING APPARATUS AND RECORDING APPARATUS - A driving apparatus includes an endless belt supported by a drive pulley configured to be driven by a motor and an idler pulley, and a moving member configured to be coupled to the endless belt and moved by driving the drive pulley by the motor, wherein a first limit value of electric power to be supplied to the motor when the moving member is moved in a first direction approaching the drive pulley is set larger than a second limit value of electric power to be supplied to the motor when the moving member is moved in a second direction approaching the idler pulley. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100208 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIQUID EJECTION HEAD AND LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A method of manufacturing a liquid ejection head includes: defining a first imaginary reference line along the longitudinal direction of a base member and measuring the distances between the first imaginary reference line and at least two liquid supply port portions of a liquid supply port row, including defining a second imaginary reference line passing the liquid supply port portion at the shortest distance from the first imaginary reference line and the liquid supply port portion at the longest distance from the first imaginary reference line respectively from among the at least two liquid supply port portions and defining the second imaginary reference line between two imaginary lines parallel to the first imaginary reference line. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100210 | SEALANT, INKJET RECORDING HEAD USING SEALANT, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A sealant contains a dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin represented by formula 1 below, a hydrogenated bisphenol A epoxy resin, and a photo-induced cationic polymerization initiator, in which the content of the dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin is 15 to 40 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total mass of epoxy resins contained in the sealant. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100219 | SHEET CONVEYANCE APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, AND JAM CLEARING METHOD - A sheet conveyance apparatus comprising: a first processing unit including a first sheet conveyance mechanism; a second processing unit including a second sheet conveyance mechanism; a cutting unit, interposed between the first processing unit and the second processing unit, for cutting the sheet; and a controlling unit that controls, in a case of trouble with sheet conveyance, driving of the first sheet conveyance mechanism until an end of the sheet reaches the first processing unit side beyond a cutting position of the cutting unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100223 | SHEET CONVEYANCE APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A sheet conveyance apparatus comprising: a sheet conveyance path; a loop forming unit that is disposed on the sheet conveyance path and bends, in a loop, the sheet to be conveyed; and a guide unit that is stepwise high at both sides whereas low at the center, as viewed in a sheet conveyance direction, and extends in the sheet conveyance direction, wherein the sheet sagging in the loop by the loop forming unit enters a guide region being defined between opposite guide faces of paired steps in the stepwise guide unit and having a width according to the width of the sheet, so that the side edges of the sheet abut against the guide faces, thus correcting the skewing of the sheet in the sheet conveyance direction. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100270 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME - A person is detected as a subject from an image obtained by image capture, and information, for example, the number of such subjects, is obtained as subject-related information. Then, the greater the number of subjects, the more a setting of a condition that the subjects should satisfy is relaxed. As a result, in an image processing apparatus having a function that identifies a subject state, the usability of that function that identifies the subjects can be improved even in a case in which multiple subjects are present. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100298 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS - In the presence of a switching instruction of operation modes in an image capture apparatus, it is examined whether image data is being transferred or not. When the image data is not being transferred, the operation modes are immediately switched. When the image data is being transferred, the operation modes are switched after the completion of transfer. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100309 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT CORRECTS DETERIORATION OF IMAGE, IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus includes a data storing portion configured to store coefficient data for reconstructing an optical transfer function of an image pickup optical system in accordance with a type of the image pickup optical system and an imaging condition, a tap number determining portion configured to determine a tap number of the optical transfer function that is reconstructed by using the coefficient data in accordance with a size of one pixel of an image pickup element, and a reconstruction portion configured to reconstruct the optical transfer function in accordance with Nyquist frequency of the image pickup element and the tap number in a frequency space. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100316 | IMAGE DATA MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD, IMAGE DATA SEARCH APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An apparatus capable of managing image data includes a display unit configured to display image data whose predetermined date is known among image data stored in a storage unit, and a setting unit configured to set a date to another image data using the image data displayed on the display unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100319 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus includes a display unit configured to display a captured image, an object region detection unit configured to detect the main object region in a photographic screen, a determination unit configured to determine whether the main object region is in a focused state, an enlarge unit configured to enlarge and display the main object region in focus on the display unit larger than when the main object region is not in focus, an object movement detection unit configured to detect whether the main object in the main object region moves in the photographic screen, and an enlarge control unit configured to, when the object movement detection unit detects that the main object is moving, limit the enlarge from performing enlargement and display. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100322 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR AND CAMERA - A solid-state image sensor has a plurality of pixel units, each pixel unit including a plurality of pixels, and a charge-voltage converter shared by the plurality of pixels. The sensor includes a structural portion including a plurality of wiring layers, an interlayer insulating film, and light waveguides configured by embedding, in portions of the interlayer insulating film located above the photoelectric converters, a material having a refractive index higher than that of the interlayer insulating film. A dummy pattern is formed in the structural portion to reduce a difference between a sensitivity of a first pixel and that of a second pixel, which is produced by a difference between a structure in a periphery of the light waveguide arranged above the photoelectric converter of the first pixel and that of the second pixel. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100325 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a front lens group including a first lens unit having positive refractive power and a second lens unit having refractive power, and a rear lens group including a plurality of lens units. The second lens unit includes a reflective member configured to bend an optical path. At least the first lens unit and at least two lens units of the rear lens group move during zooming. The second lens unit does not move for zooming. A reflection unit including the reflective member moves perpendicularly to an optical axis of the front lens group during retraction. At least part of the front lens group is retractable into a space caused by movement of the reflection unit. A focal length f | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100335 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, first to fifth lens units respectively having positive, negative, positive, negative, and positive refractive powers. During zooming from a wide-angle end to a telephoto end, each of the lens units moves in such a way that a distance between the first and second lens units increases, a distance between the second and third lens units decreases, a distance between the third and fourth lens units increases, and a distance between the fourth and fifth lens units increases. The distances D | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100337 | OPTICAL SYSTEM AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An optical system includes a first lens unit fixed during a focusing operation and having a positive refractive power, a second lens unit moving in an optical axis direction during the focusing operation and having a negative refractive power, a third lens unit positioned at the image side relative to the second lens unit and having a positive or negative refractive power, the first lens unit is configured by first, second, and third partial lens units, the first partial lens unit is configured by two positive lens components, the second partial lens unit is configured by one cemented lens having a negative combined refractive power, the third partial lens unit is positioned between the second partial lens unit and the second lens unit and has a positive refractive power as a whole, and each lens unit is configured so as to meet an appropriate condition. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100458 | MULTI-WAVELENGTH INTERFEROMETER, MEASUREMENT APPARATUS, AND MEASUREMENT METHOD - A multi-wavelength interferometer includes a beam splitter configured to split plural light fluxes into a reference beam and a measurement beam, a frequency shifter configured to shift a frequency of at least one of the reference beam and the measurement beam to make the frequencies of the reference beam and the measurement beam different from each other, an optical system configured to cause the measurement beam to be incident on a measurement surface and to cause the measurement beam reflected from the measurement surface to interfere with the reference beam to obtain interference light, a dividing unit configured to divide the interference light into a plurality of light beams, and a detection unit configured to detect the plurality of light beams divided by the dividing unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100459 | DETECTOR, IMPRINT APPARATUS, AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - A detector for detecting interfering light of diffracted light components diffracted by marks formed on first and second objects includes: an illumination optical system configured to form an intensity distribution including first and second poles which illuminate a first mark arranged on the first object and a second mark arranged on the second object; and a detection optical system configured to detect interfering light of light components diffracted by the first and second marks illuminated by the illumination optical system. The detection optical system detects interfering light of diffracted light components generated when light of the first pole is radiated on and diffracted by the first and second marks. The detection optical system does not detect diffracted light components generated when light of the second pole is radiated on and diffracted by the first and second marks. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100469 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR THE SAME - When an image processing apparatus transmits image data input thereto to an external apparatus via a network, and image processing is performed on the image data in the external apparatus, the image processing apparatus selects and transmits a component signal of the image data required according to the type of the image processing to be applied. The image processing apparatus receives the component signal processed with the image processing in the external apparatus, and synthesizes the received signals with the component signal stored in the apparatus. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100470 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT IS CAPABLE OF TWO-COLOR PRINTING, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus that is capable of reducing the printing time when printing data saved and is capable of two-color printing. A raster conversion unit generates raster image data by developing image information that shows an image expressed in arbitrary colors. A storage unit stores the raster image data converted by the raster conversion unit and a color mode that is specified from among “full color”, “single color”, and “two-color” when the raster image data is printed. A color conversion unit generates output image data by processing the raster image data according to the selected color mode. A control unit makes a printer unit print the output image data that is generated by processing the raster image data stored in the storage unit by the color conversion unit when being instructed to print the image. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100477 | SERVER APPARATUS, CLIENT APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A method and apparatus for controlling the use of a service includes receiving an acquisition request, including user identification information identifying a user, for service identification information identifying a usable service, specifying, based on the user identification information included in the acquisition request, service identification information identifying a service that can be used by the user identified by the user identification information, transmitting the specified service identification information, and transferring, when a print request including the service identification information and print data is received, the print data to a service identified by the service identification information. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100480 | PRINTER, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printer performing printing for a cloud print server that provides a print service includes an acquisition unit, a determination unit, a flag enabling unit, a request unit, and a control unit. The acquisition unit acquires a job list from the cloud print server. The determination unit determines presence/absence of a job including a valid PIN code. A valid PIN code indicates that the job is to be secure printed. The flag enabling unit does not enable a suspension flag in response to determining the absence of the job, and enables the suspension flag in response to determining the presence of the job. The request unit requests input of a PIN code if the suspension flag is enabled when the acquisition unit acquires the job list again. The control unit controls printing of the job to be secure printed based on the input PIN code. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100490 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A management apparatus, which manages status information of a printing apparatus that processes a print job, comprises: a status acquisition unit configured to acquire, as the status information, device status information of the printing apparatus and job status information of a print job processed by the printing apparatus; a status analysis unit configured to analyze the status information acquired by the status acquisition unit; and a change unit configured to change a status item included in the status information acquired by the status acquisition unit at a next or later time based on information analyzed by the status analysis unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100493 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which transfers a print job to a lower apparatus that is included in a print system and located at a lower level in print processing, comprises: a determination unit configured to determine whether to cancel the print job; and a cancel command issuing unit configured, when the determination unit determines to cancel processing for the print job, to issue, to the lower apparatus for the print job, a cancel command to which information about a cancel reason is added. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100494 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM AND MANAGEMENT METHOD - A set value management service holds first operation setting information that is applied to an image forming apparatus belonging to a first management range managed thereby and second operation setting information which is applied to an image forming apparatus belonging to a second management range. The set value management service generates third operation setting information, which is applied to the image forming apparatus, when a user who corresponds to the second management range uses the image forming apparatus belonging to the first management range, using the second operation setting information. The set value management service accepts the operation setting information acquisition request from an image forming apparatus belonging to the first management range, which is used by a user who corresponds to the second management range, and returns the corresponding third operation setting information to the image forming apparatus. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100498 | IMAGE FORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - To realize effective load distribution and improve the performance in image formation processing, an image processing apparatus includes a first image processing unit configured to perform image processing on a drawing area, a second image processing unit configured to be differentiated from the first image processing unit, a load analysis unit configured to analyze a composition processing load of an object in the drawing area, a rotational angle analysis unit configured to analyze a rotational angle of the object in the drawing area, and a load distribution determination unit configured to determine whether to distribute a part of image formation processing to be applied on the drawing area from the first image processing unit to the second image processing unit based on the analyzed composition processing load of the object and the analyzed rotational angle of the object. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100509 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An optical scanning apparatus, including: light sources; a deflector configured to deflect beams emitted from the light sources; and imaging optical systems configured to focus the beams deflected by a deflecting surface of the deflector on surfaces to be scanned, respectively, wherein: the beams entering the deflecting surface are P-polarized beam; the optical scanning apparatus further includes at least one reflection optical element reflecting a beam in a sub-scanning cross section on each of optical paths from the deflecting surface to the surfaces to be scanned; the optical paths include first and second optical paths having different numbers of the reflection optical elements from each other; and the optical scanning apparatus further includes an adjustor configured to adjust an output of a light source corresponding to at least one of the first and the second optical paths from among the light sources so that predetermined conditions are satisfied. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100531 | PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE, DUST REMOVING APPARATUS, AND IMAGING APPARATUS - A piezoelectric device includes an elastic member, an electrical-mechanical energy conversion element fixed to the elastic member, configured to cause the elastic member to generate vibration, and a supporting member that supports the elastic member. The electrical-mechanical energy conversion element is formed of a piezoelectric material in which, in a usage temperature range of the piezoelectric device, a piezoelectric constant decreases along with temperature rise. A supporting member that supports the elastic member is formed of a material in which, in the usage temperature range of the piezoelectric device, Q value increases along with temperature rise. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100712 | POWER SOURCE DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A power source device that outputs a DC voltage includes a rectification unit configured to rectify an input pulse voltage, a voltage-current conversion unit disposed on a side where the pulse voltage is input into the rectification unit, a current-voltage conversion unit configured to convert a current from the voltage-current conversion unit into a voltage, and a comparison unit configured to compare the voltage from the current-voltage conversion unit with a reference voltage. An operation of the rectification unit is controlled based on an output from the comparison unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130100822 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatus for communicating between a first node and a plurality of second nodes in a network, including a first uplink mode in which a first message is transmitted from multiple second nodes in sequence, and a second uplink mode in which a second message is sent from only a subset of nodes. A first receiving node evaluates communication path information based on messages received in the first uplink mode and returns this information via an acknowledgement to allow the subset to be selected. The first message from multiple nodes includes sequence information to allow the first node to acknowledge at an appropriate point in time. This is particularly applicable where multiple spatially separated antennas offer a receiver several observations of the same signal in an antenna diversity scheme. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101233 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, LINE NOISE REDUCTION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus performs first filter processing to combine pixels of an image along a predetermined direction. A line noise image is extracted by executing second filter processing for the processed image along a direction different from the predetermined direction. The extracted line noise image is subtracted from the image to acquire a line noise reduced image. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101301 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING METHOD - An image forming apparatus for forming an image based on an electrophotographic process applied to image data that represents the image includes a device configured to perform a periodic movement for image formation, a storage unit configured to store a table for correcting density variation caused by the device, the table initially generated when a physical property of the device is in a reference state, a prediction unit configured to predict an amplitude of the variation caused when the physical property is in a state different from the reference state, and an adjustment unit configured to adjust the table based on the amplitude predicted by the prediction unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101323 | BELT DRIVING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING BELT DRIVING DEVICE - A belt member driving device includes an arm configured to be movable with movement of a belt member in a width direction thereof while being in contact with an end of the belt member in the width direction thereof, a first detected portion provided on the arm, a second detected portion provided on the arm and disposed in a position different from that of the first detected portion in a direction perpendicular to a movement direction of the arm on a plane where the arm is moved, a first sensor configured to detect the first detected portion, and a second sensor configured to detect the second detected portion. The second sensor and the first sensor partly overlap each other in the movement direction of the arm as viewed in a direction perpendicular to the movement direction of the arm. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101329 | SHEET CUTTING DEVICE AND PRINTER - A sheet cutting device includes a conveyance unit configured to convey a sheet, a cutting unit configured to cut the sheet conveyed by the conveyance unit, and a conveyance belt configured to convey a cut piece cut from the sheet cut by the cutting unit in a direction orthogonal to a conveyance direction of the conveyance unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101330 | SHEET CUTTING APPARATUS AND PRINTER - A sheet cutting apparatus includes a cutting unit configured to cut a sheet, a discharge unit configured to discharge a fragment of the sheet cut by the cutting unit, a blowing unit configured to blow air on the fragment discharged from the discharge unit, and a storage unit configured to store the fragment discharged from the discharge unit. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101382 | PROCESSING MACHINE SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POSITIONING PROCESSING MACHINES - At least three processing machines are positioned on a supporting structure including a plurality of beams spaced apart from each other. The at least three processing machines include a first processing machine, a second processing machine supported by at least one of beams which support the first processing machine, and a third processing machine supported by beams different from all the beams which support the first processing machine. A distance between the first processing machine and the second processing machine, at which an amount of vibration transferred from the first processing machine to the second processing machine becomes smaller than a predetermined amount, is determined, thereby positioning the first processing machine and the second processing machine with a distance not less than the determined distance. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130101931 | TONER AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME, AND TWO-COMPONENT TYPE DEVELOPER - A toner containing toner base particles and an external additive, wherein regions with different tribocharging polarities with respect to a magnetic carrier are present in a domain-matrix structure on the surface of the toner base particles. The island region B has a predetermined height, the external additive has a reverse polarity to the region B in terms of tribocharging polarity to the magnetic carrier, the external additive contains a first external additive having a number-average primary particle size of 80-150 nm and a second external additive having a number-average primary particle size of 10-60 nm, and an average coverage Cb (%) with the first external additive in the region B is 27-100% and a coverage Ca (%) with the first external additive in the sea region A is 12% or less. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130102245 | RADIATION IMAGING SYSTEM AND PROCESSING METHOD THEREFOR - A radiation imaging system includes: a synchronous communication unit that performs synchronous communication for taking a radiation image via a wireless communication path before radiation is irradiated; a determination unit that determines that the radiation is to be irradiated when the synchronous communication has been performed, and that the radiation is not to be irradiated when the synchronous communication has not been performed; and a radiation image communication unit that performs radiation image communication for transmitting the radiation image via the wireless communication path after the radiation is irradiated. Values of communication parameters for the radiation image communication are set so as to exhibit the same or a higher tolerance for noise on the wireless communication path compared to values set to communication parameters for the synchronous communication. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103346 | MEASUREMENT METHOD - The present invention provides a measurement method of measuring a shape of a surface to be measured having an outer shape of a regular hexagon, including a first step of setting, on the surface to be measured, a plurality of partial regions having an identical outer shape of a parallelogram to cover the entire surface to be measured, a second step of measuring surface shapes of the respective partial regions by a measurement apparatus to obtain measurement data of the respective partial regions, and a third step of connecting the measurement data of the respective partial regions to calculate the shape of the surface to be measured, wherein the parallelogram has internal angles of 120° and 60°, and a maximum length of one side is not larger than a length of one side of the regular hexagon. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103675 | DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A document management apparatus comprises: a base folder setting unit configured to set a base folder used as a base point of search processing from folders which are allocated above a folder of interest; a search unit configured to detect, from folders allocated below the base folder, a folder having a path from the base folder, which path is similar to a path from the base folder to the folder of interest, as a similar folder similar to the folder of interest; and a search result display unit configured to display a link to the similar folder detected by the search unit on a display window. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130103857 | DATA TRANSFER APPARATUS, DATA TRANSFER METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data transfer apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a first list indicating arrangement information of transfer source data, a second list indicating arrangement information of transfer destination data, a third list indicating arrangement information of data to be inserted, and a fourth list which includes a deletion offset address indicating a deletion start position and a data size of data to be deleted; a control unit configured to select a necessary list from the first to fourth lists, and generate data to be transferred from a transfer source to a transfer destination; and a transfer unit configured to transfer the data to the transfer destination. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130104081 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A display apparatus including a display unit which receives input upon a tap on a display screen, comprises a property display unit configured, when a thumbnail image of data displayed on the display screen is tapped, to change a display region of the thumbnail image to a property screen indicating property information of the data corresponding to the thumbnail image. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130104142 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A CPU executes initialization for allocating a storage area of an auxiliary storage device for a program execution area after a particular application program is loaded into the program execution area and becomes executable. Subsequently, the CPU loads a plurality of application programs into the program execution area. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130104183 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus includes a first communication unit that includes a first connector, a second communication unit that includes a second connector, and a control unit that controls not to set the second communication unit to one of a first mode and a second mode based on a predetermined device connected to the first connector, wherein the first mode is used for transmitting video data, and the second mode is different from the first mode. | 04-25-2013 |
| 20130112097 | IMPRINT METHOD IMPRINT APPARATUS, AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - An imprint method of transferring a pattern formed on a mold onto a resin on a substrate. The substrate is held on a holding surface in a holding step. A shape of a substrate-side pattern area where the pattern is formed on the substrate is deformed in a deforming step. A resin on the deformed substrate-side pattern area is brought into contact with the mold in a contacting step. The resin is cured in a curing step, and the mold is released from the resin in contact with the mold in a mold-releasing step. In the deforming step, a deformation force, which is greater than a maximum static frictional force acting between a rear surface of the substrate corresponding to the substrate-side pattern area and the holding surface, is applied to the substrate in a direction along the surface thereof. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130112860 | REFLECTIVE OPTICAL SCALE FOR ENCODER AND REFLECTIVE OPTICAL ENCODER - A reflective optical scale for an encoder, in which a first region and a second region are alternately arranged on an underlying member, wherein the first region has a reflecting member on the underlying member, a layer made up of a first material, and a layer made up of a second material, the second region has the layer made up of the second material, the first and the second material have transparency, the first material has a lower refractive index of the light than the reflecting member and the second material, the second material has a lower refractive index of the light than the underlying member, and optical thicknesses of the first and the second material are set so that a reflectance of the light of the first region is higher than the second region. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130112891 | CHARGED PARTICLE OPTICAL SYSTEM AND SCRIBING APPARATUS - A charged particle optical system includes: a member | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113024 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE, IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A solid-state image pickup device including a photoelectric conversion element, a floating diffusion, and an element isolation region that are disposed above a first semiconductor region has a second semiconductor region of a first conductivity type disposed on the first semiconductor region. An interface between the first semiconductor region and a portion of the second semiconductor region corresponding to the photoelectric conversion element is located at a first depth, whereas the interface between the first semiconductor region and a portion of the second semiconductor region disposed under the element isolation region and the floating diffusion is located at a second depth smaller than the first depth. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113136 | IMPRINT APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - The present invention provides an imprint apparatus which performs an imprint process, the apparatus including a holding unit configured to hold a mold, a stage configured to hold a substrate, and a control unit configured to control the imprint process, wherein in the imprint process for an outer peripheral shot region among shot regions on the substrate, the control unit controls at least one of the holding unit and the stage to relatively rotate the mold and the substrate so that an outermost portion, in a radial direction of the substrate, of the imprint material supplied to the outer peripheral shot region at least partially separates from the mold last. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113155 | PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus has a first storage unit, a second storage unit, a reception unit that receives a job, a switching unit that switches the storage unit that is used, from the storage unit currently in use to another storage unit holding the same type of sheets as the storage unit currently in use, when the remaining amount of sheets in the storage unit currently in use reaches a predetermined amount during the execution of the job, and a control unit that controls the timing at which blowing of air into the sheets held in the other storage unit is started, to vary this timing depending on whether the type of sheets held in the storage unit currently in use or in the other storage unit is the first type of sheets or the second type of sheets. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113158 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A reference member which regulates a position of one side end of a sheet along the sheet conveying direction is provided at one side of a sheet conveying path in the width direction so as to follow the sheet conveying direction and to be rotatable about its downstream end portion in the sheet conveying direction. Then, one side end of the sheet is skew-conveyed toward the reference member by a plurality of pair of skew-conveying rollers which is arranged in the sheet conveying path along the sheet conveying direction. Then, when forming an image on both faces of the sheet, a control portion rotates the reference member so that the sheet is displaced to the center side in the sheet conveying path compared to the case of forming an image on one face of the sheet. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113160 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - An apparatus includes a print control unit, a determining unit, and a control unit. The print control unit causes a printing unit to print an image on a sheet and causes one of a plurality of discharge units to discharge at least one sheet on which the image is printed by the printing unit facing downward. The determining unit determines whether some of the discharge units are to be used for discharging sheets for an input print job. In response to determining that the some of the discharge units are to be used for the input print job, the print control unit discharges the sheets to the some of the discharge units such that a former page of the sheets is discharged to a lower-level discharge unit and a latter page of the sheets is discharged to an upper-level discharge unit. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113856 | DATA GENERATION APPARATUS, INKJET RECORDING APPARATUS, AND DATA GENERATION METHOD - An apparatus for generating data used to apply a plurality of inks similar in color and different in color material density, including a first ink and a second ink higher in color material density than the first ink, onto a pixel area on a recording medium with a recording head includes a generation unit configured to generate the data in such a way that out of a plurality of pixels constituting the pixel area, a number of pixels onto which dots of the first ink are applied in an overlapped manner is greater than a number of pixels onto which dots of the second ink are applied in the overlapped manner. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113864 | AQUEOUS INK, INK JET RECORDING METHOD, INK CARTRIDGE, RECORDING UNIT AND INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS - The invention provides an aqueous ink comprising a polymer having hydroxyl groups and a pigment, which can provide images excellent in scratch resistance and highlighter resistance and can inhibit the seeping out phenomenon of the polymer and the deterioration of ejection characteristics even when it is stored for a long period of time. The aqueous ink comprises a polymer having hydroxyl groups, a pigment and a water-soluble organic solvent, wherein the water-soluble organic solvent comprises a polyhydric alcohol having a value of number of hydroxyl groups/number of carbon atoms in its molecule of 0.50 or less. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113947 | IMAGE CAPTURE DEVICE - An image capture device has a first image transfer method for storing a captured digital image on a storage medium and transferring the digital image to a communication device, and a second image transfer method for storing the digital image on the storage medium, reading the digital image from the storage medium and then transferring the digital image to the communication device. The first image transfer method or the second image transfer method is manually or automatically set. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113949 | CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A control apparatus includes an independently exchangeable first circuit board that has an electric component and a non-volatile first storage unit; a second circuit board that has an electric component, a non-volatile second storage unit, and a third storage unit; and a controller that accumulates and stores information corresponding to an imaging count in the third storage unit at a first timing that corresponds to imaging performed by the image capture apparatus, and causes information corresponding to the information stored in the third storage unit to be stored in the first or second storage unit at a second timing that occurs at a longer interval than the first timing. The controller stores the information corresponding to the imaging count in the third storage unit after comparing information regarding the imaging count stored in the first and second storage units. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113963 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing method includes a restore step of performing blur restoration for image data, an acquisition step of acquiring image-related information stored together with the image data, and an extraction step of extracting the range of object distances at which the blur restoration is performed, based on the image-related information. In the restore step, blur restoration is performed for the image data in the range of object distances extracted in the extraction step. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113966 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - A solid-state imaging apparatus has a plurality of pixels and an amplifying unit ( | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130113980 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A zoom lens including, in order from object side to image side: a first positive lens unit which does not move for zooming; a second negative lens unit which moves during zooming; a third positive lens unit which moves during zooming; a fourth lens unit which moves during zooming; and a fifth positive lens unit which does not move for zooming. The second unit passes through a point at which magnification of the second unit becomes −1 during zooming from wide-angle end to telephoto end, and −1<β34<−0.3, and 4.0<|m2/m3|<15 are satisfied where β34 represents a magnification of a combined unit including the third and fourth units at a zoom position fz at which the magnification of the second unit becomes −1, and m2 and m3 respectively represent displacements of the second and third units on optical axis at the zoom position fz with reference to the wide-angle end. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114086 | DEVICE, LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE, AND IMAGING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A device includes a first resonating cavity and a second resonating cavity. The first resonating cavity includes a first end surface and a second end surface. The first resonating cavity has a first free spectral range. The first free spectral range is a first frequency of a wavelength dependent ripple in a gain of the device that is a function of a first distance between the first end surface and the second end surface. The second resonating cavity includes a third end surface and a fourth end surface. A second distance between the third end surface and the fourth end surface is set such that an amplitude of the wavelength dependent ripple is reduced. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114099 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - This invention provides an image processing system and image processing method, which can acquire a document such as a paper document or the like as data of a format that allows easy re-use and re-edit processes. Image information is acquired by scanning a document, and its features are recognized. The image information is converted into character codes, vector data, or a predetermined image format in accordance with the recognized features. In this case, parameters used upon recognizing the features of the image information are variably set, and the operations of the character process, vectorization, and image conversion are controlled in accordance with the set parameters. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114100 | PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD - An information processing apparatus, which is configured to communicate with a server apparatus and an image forming apparatus, comprises a receiving unit configured to receive AR information that includes AR guidance for a first operation of an image forming apparatus, wherein the AR information superimposes the AR guidance on an image that was captured by the information processing apparatus; a display control unit configured to command the information processing apparatus to display the AR guidance to guide a user to operate the image forming apparatus, and an obtaining unit configured to obtain information that originated from performance of the first operation by the image forming apparatus, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive AR information that includes additional AR guidance that presents operations for recovering from the error. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114101 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - This image forming apparatus determines, when a user authentication function of the image forming apparatus is set to be valid and a re-execution function of re-executing an executed job is set to be valid, that the re-execution function can be executed, and determines, when the user authentication function is set to be invalid, that the re-execution function cannot be executed. The apparatus stores job information of an executed job when determining that the re-execution function can be executed. The apparatus permits an authenticated user to handle stored job information when determining that the re-execution function can be executed, the user authentication succeeds, and the authenticated user has execution authority for the job. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114102 | INSPECTION APPARATUS, INSPECTION METHOD, INSPECTION SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an inspection apparatus. When the inspection apparatus inspects a printed product, whether positional alignment of a print image obtained by reading the printed product and a reference image is to be performed is determined, and in a case where it is determined that the positional alignment is to be performed, the positional alignment is performed and an inspection based on a comparison of the print image and the reference image is executed, and in a case where it is determined that the positional alignment is not to be performed, an inspection based on a number of feature points of the print image is executed. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114106 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A rendering process is not distributed in units that take into consideration an object construction. The rendering process divides printing data into page units, generates a plurality of divided printing data, merges divided printing data related to the same double spread page from the plurality of divided printing data, and converts each of the merged divided printing data into bitmap data by a plurality of rendering units. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114626 | Methods and network devices for communicating data packets - Methods and network devices for communicating data packets in a set of transmissions between a transmitter and a receiver of a communications network are described. The method includes prior exchanging transmitter-provided packet information and receiver-provided packet information between the transmitter and the receiver, generating an initial compression dictionary before the first transmission, based on the exchanged transmitter-provided packet information and the exchanged receiver-provided packet information. At the transmitter, the method further includes compressing the data packets of the first and subsequent transmissions of the set using the initial compression dictionary, and sending the compressed data packets over the communications network to the receiver. At the receiver, the method further includes receiving compressed data packets from the transmitter via the communications network, and decompressing the compressed data packets received in the first and subsequent transmissions of the set, using the initial compression dictionary. Improved compression of the first transmission is thus obtained. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING COMPONENTS OF AN IMAGE - A method for processing components of an image for coding a sample of the image, the image being composed of a first type of component and a second type of component, wherein samples of the second type of component are predictable from samples of the first type of component using a prediction model, computing one parameter value for use in representing, in the prediction model, the link between the first type of component and the second type of component; detecting, whether or not, one type of error exists in one such computed parameter value of the prediction model and in the case where a first type of error is detected; adapting the computed parameter value to correct for the error detected; and predicting a sample of the second type from a sample of the first type using the prediction model and the adapted parameter value. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114709 | IMAGE CODING APPARATUS, IMAGE CODING METHOD, IMAGE DECODING APPARATUS, IMAGE DECODING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image coding apparatus includes a quantization matrix coding unit configured to code quantization matrices, wherein the quantization matrix coding unit is configured to code a difference between a coefficient to be coded and a coefficient adjacent to the coefficient to be coded, and to use, when coding the difference having a positive value, a coding table that uses a code of a bit number equal to or less than that of a code used to code the difference having a negative value having the same absolute value as the absolute value of the positive value. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114724 | IMAGE ENCODING METHOD, IMAGE ENCODING APPARATUS, AND RELATED ENCODING MEDIUM, IMAGE DECODING METHOD, IMAGE DECODING APPARATUS, AND RELATED DECODING MEDIUM - The invention is directed to a technique capable of improving an coding efficiency by setting a quantization parameter of a peripheral block that is strongly correlated with a quantization parameter of an encoding target block as a prediction value. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114726 | IMAGE CODING METHOD, IMAGE CODING APPARATUS, IMAGE DECODING METHOD, IMAGE DECODING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image coding method for an image coding apparatus includes determining an anchor picture in a same view as a picture to be coded, determining an anchor block corresponding to a block to be coded, selecting an inter-view prediction method, encoding an inter-view prediction mode indicating the inter-view prediction method, and calculating, using a parallax vector of the anchor block, a parallax vector of the block to be coded. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114740 | IMAGE CODING METHOD, IMAGE CODING APPARATUS, IMAGE DECODING METHOD, IMAGE DECODING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image coding apparatus includes a determination unit configured to determine, from a progressive image and format information indicating characteristics of the progressive image, whether an input progressive image is an image that is deinterlaced from an interlace image, a deinterlace information extraction unit configured to extract information indicating a deinterlace method from the format information when the input progressive image is a deinterlaced image, a first coding unit configured to encode a result of the determination unit, a second coding unit configured to encode a result of the deinterlace information extraction unit, an image coding unit configured to encode an input progressive image, and an output unit configured to integrate and output a result of the first coding unit, a result of the second coding unit, and a result of the image coding unit. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114795 | X-RAY WAVEGUIDE, METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING X-RAY WAVEGUIDE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING X-RAY WAVEGUIDE - An X-ray waveguide includes a core having a periodic structure in which basic structures made of a plurality of materials having different real parts of refractive indexes are periodically disposed, a cladding formed on an outer side of the core to confine X-rays in the core through total reflection and including at least a portion with a gap between the cladding and the core, and a driving unit which drives at least a portion of the cladding or the core to change a distance of the gap. A critical angle for total reflection of the X-rays in the interface between the cladding and the gap is larger than a Bragg angle corresponding to the periodic structure of the core, and a critical angle for total reflection in an interface between a plurality of ingredients which form the periodic structure of the core is smaller than the Bragg angle. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114892 | Method and device for generating a super-resolution image portion - A method for generating a super-resolution image from at least two input images, represented by digital samples. The super-resolution image having a final resolution higher than an initial resolution of one of at least two input images. The method including obtaining, for each input image of the at least two input images, a distortion model to register the input image on a reference grid at the final resolution. The method including warping each input image into a warped image according to the distortion model. Computing warped coordinates respectively for digital samples of the input image. Wherein, the contribution of each digital sample of the input image to the warped image is weighted. The weight applied to each digital sample depending on the warped coordinates of the digital sample. Combining the warped images in order to generate a combined warped image having the final resolution. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114948 | SHAKE CORRECTION APPARTUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A shake correction apparatus comprises a shake detection unit which detects a shake of an image capture apparatus, a calculation unit which calculates a shake correction amount for correcting an image blur based on an output from the shake detection unit, a shake correction unit which corrects the image blur based on the shake correction amount, a shake level determination unit which determines a shake level of the image capture apparatus based on an output from the shake detection unit, an offset determination unit which determines an offset value based on the shake correction amount and the shake level, and a subtraction unit which subtracts the offset value from the output from the shake detection unit. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114967 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes an endless belt having a heat generation layer; a driving rotatable member forming a nip; a pressing pad for pressing the endless belt toward the driving rotatable member; an electric energy supply device for supplying electric energy to the heat generation layer; and a shut-off element configured to break electric connection between the electric energy supply device and the heat generation layer when a temperature of the endless belt reaches a predetermined upper limit temperature, wherein the shut-off element is disposed contacted with the endless belt in a region, with respect to a widthwise direction of the endless belt, outside a passing region of a maximum width of the sheet usable with the apparatus and inside of a heat generating region of the heat generation layer. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114968 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image bearing member; a rotatable transfer member; a conveying portion for conveying a recording material; a controller for controlling an operation for forming a test image of a toner on the image bearing member in an interval region between consecutive output images of the toner; and a detecting portion for detecting the test image. The controller permits the formation of the test image, when next one of the consecutive output images is to be transferred onto a first side of the recording material, and the controller is capable of preventing the formation of the test image, when next one of the consecutive output images is to be transferred onto a second side of the recording material. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114971 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A process cartridge includes a first engaging portion and a second engaging portion. The first engaging portion is configured to engage with a first body engaging portion of a body supporting member to temporarily position the body supporting member in a longitudinal direction of the process cartridge before the process cartridge is mounted to a cartridge mounting position provided in an image forming apparatus body and before a body electrical contact is electrically connected to a cartridge electrical contact. The second engaging portion is configured to engage with a second body engaging portion of the body supporting member to position the body supporting member in the longitudinal direction of the process cartridge after mounting of the process cartridge to the cartridge mounting position is further advanced. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114972 | CARTRIDGE - A cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of an image forming apparatus, includes: a member to be supplied with electric energy; a frame molded with a resin material; and an electrode member formed on the frame by injection molding of an electroconductive resin material. The electrode member includes a supporting portion for supporting the member to be supplied with electric energy and a contact portion to be contacted to a main assembly electric contact, provided in the main assembly, when the cartridge is mounted to the main assembly. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114974 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114975 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - In an electrophotographic photosensitive member having a photoconductive layer and, provided on the photoconductive layer, a surface layer constituted of a hydrogenated amorphous silicon carbide, the ratio of the number of atoms of carbon atoms (C) to the sum of the number of atoms of silicon atoms (Si) and number of atoms of carbon atoms (C), C/(Si+C), in the surface layer is from 0.61 or more to 0.75 or less, and the sum of atom density of the silicon atoms and atom density of the carbon atoms in the surface layer is 6.60×10 | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114978 | CHARGING MEMBER, ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING PROCESS - To provide a charging member showing a high charge injection efficiency, the charging member has an electro-conductive substrate and electro-conductive fibers one ends of which stand bonded to the electro-conductive substrate, and the electro-conductive fibers each have a core portion composed of a thermoplastic resin and a sheath portion with which the core portion stands covered, where the sheath portion contains a thermoplastic resin and a plurality of carbon nanotubes standing entangled one another, and the carbon nanotubes stand exposed to the surface of the electro-conductive fibers each at their tip portions. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130114981 | IMAGE-RECORDING METHOD - An image-recording method includes steps of supplying an intermediate transfer medium with a liquid composition containing a reaction agent that makes a coloring material contained in ink precipitate or aggregate, forming an intermediate image by supplying the ink to at least a portion of the area of the intermediate transfer medium to which the liquid composition has been supplied, and transferring the intermediate image to a recording medium. The liquid composition contains a particulate silicone rubber. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130116101 | SHEET POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet post-processing apparatus includes a discharge portion configured to discharge a sheet having a folding portion, a conveyance portion configured to abut on a lower surface of the sheet discharged by the discharge portion, to convey the sheet downstream in a sheet conveyance direction of the discharge portion, a pressing portion arranged at a position opposing the conveyance portion, configured to press an upper surface of the sheet discharged by the discharge portion, and a moving portion configured to move the pressing portion in the sheet conveyance direction of the conveyance portion, in which the moving portion moves the pressing portion upstream in the sheet conveyance direction of the conveyance portion, to move the pressing portion from a position where the sheet discharged by the discharge portion is not pressed to a position where the sheet discharged by the discharge portion is pressed. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130116536 | ACOUSTIC WAVE ACQUIRING APPARATUS AND ACOUSTIC WAVE ACQUIRING METHOD - Provided is an acoustic wave acquiring apparatus including: a probe configured to measuring acoustic waves that propagate from an object; scanning unit configured to moving the probe; region designating unit configured to receiving designation of a plurality of regions of interest in the object; and track determining unit configured to determining a plurality of designated measuring regions as regions for which the probe is to measure acoustic waves based on positions of the plurality of regions of interest, and determining a track upon moving the probe by the scanning unit based on positions of the plurality of designated measuring regions. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130116537 | ACOUSTIC WAVE MEASURING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF ACOUSTIC WAVE MEASURING APPARATUS - Provided is an acoustic wave measuring apparatus including: an acoustic probe; region-of-interest setting unit for setting two or more regions of interest for an object; priority setting unit for setting priorities on the regions of interest; region calculating unit for determining, for each of the set priorities, an inclusion region including the regions of interest set with the priority; scanning method determining unit for assigning a scanning stripe to each of the inclusion regions so as to include all regions of interest included in the inclusion region; scanning path identifying unit for determining a scanning order of a plurality of scanning stripes having a same priority so as to shorten a movement distance of the acoustic probe; and scanning unit for scanning the scanning stripes according to the determined scanning order, based on the priority order, by moving the acoustic probe. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130116539 | OBJECT INFORMATION ACQUIRING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided is an object information acquiring apparatus including: a probe for receiving the acoustic waves; a holding member for holding the object; scanning unit for moving the probe in a first direction and a second direction; region designating unit for receiving information on a designated region which is a region for acquiring the characteristic information; and information processing unit for at least determining a scanning track in a scanning region to be scanned, wherein, of the scanning track in the scanning region when the first direction is used as a main scanning direction as a direction in which the probe moves while receiving the acoustic waves, and the scanning track when the second direction is used as the main scanning direction, the information processing unit uses the scanning track, in which scanning can be implemented in a shorter period of time. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130116553 | BIOLOGICAL MEASURING APPARATUS AND BIOLOGICAL MEASURING METHOD - A biological measuring apparatus measures physical parameters in a part of a living body by diffuse optical tomography. The apparatus includes at least one first light source and one first detector both disposed inside the living body, at least one second light source and one second detector both disposed outside the living body. A processor processes measured values and reconstructs the distribution of scattering coefficients or absorption coefficients of light interacting with the living body. The measured values are acquired from at least one measurement light beam emitted from the first light source and detected by one of the first and second detectors, and at least one measurement light beam emitted from the second light source and detected by one of the first and second detectors. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130117682 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR REMOTE CONTROL OF DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus capable of easily remote-controlling a device connected thereto through a network. The information processing apparatus, e.g., a PC is installed with a remote control client application in which a display control part causes a display unit of the PC to display a software key screen, and a key operation acceptance part accepts a key operation performed on the software key screen and holds key operation information corresponding to the key operation. The key operation information is converted into transmission data that is transmitted through the network to the device. When the key operation acceptance part accepts a particular key operation, display of a software key button associated with the key operation is changed under the control of the display control part. | 05-09-2013 |
| 20130119052 | IMAGE HEATING DEVICE - An electromagnetic induction heating type image heating device is capable of preventing image defects caused by an increase in the temperature of a non-sheet passing portion during thin paper passage, and uses a magnetic shunt alloy having a predetermined Curie temperature. The image heating device is configured to heat a material based on heat generated by an eddy current generated in a conductive member by inducing a magnetic field in a conductive member with a magnetic flux generation unit. The conductive member includes a magnetic shunt alloy whose composition is adjusted to have a predetermined Curie temperature. The image heating device includes a cooling device configured to cool an end portion of the conductive member. Consequently, the image heating device can increase a cooling effect by the cooling device during thin paper passage, in which a fixing temperature is lower than during plain paper passage. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130119235 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - A solid-state imaging apparatus includes: a plurality of pixels each configured to output a signal generated by a photoelectric conversion via a source follower circuit; an output line connected to the plurality of pixels; a current source circuit portion for supplying a current to the output line; and a first amplifier unit configured to clamp a signal from the output line of the pixel at a reset state to a clamping capacitor, and to amplify thereafter the signal from the output line of the pixel at a non-reset state, wherein the current source circuit portion changes from a state of supplying no current to the output line to a state of supplying the current to the output line before a timing of terminating the clamping of the signal. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130119244 | LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT DRIVING CIRCUIT - A light-emitting element driving circuit comprising, a light-emitting element, a driving unit which has a control terminal and is configured to drive the light-emitting element according to a potential of the control terminal, a node connected to the control terminal, a monitor configured to monitor an emitted light amount of the light-emitting element, a potential control unit configured to control a potential of the node so that the emitted light amount of the light-emitting element approaches a target value, and an auxiliary potential control unit configured to assist potential control of the node by the potential control unit when a difference between the emitted light amount of the light-emitting element detected by the monitor and the target value is larger than a reference amount. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130119541 | PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD - In a printed wiring board of a printed circuit board, a region for mounting a first semiconductor package is divided into a first region on which first solder ball electrodes are disposed and a second region on which first solder ball electrodes are not disposed, and a region for mounting a second semiconductor package on the back side of the first semiconductor package is located within a region on the back side of the second region. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130119821 | ACTUATOR - An actuator includes a pair of electrodes facing each other, an intermediate layer containing an ionic liquid and arranged between the pair of electrodes, the electrodes and the intermediate layer being deformed when a potential difference larger than a potential window of the ionic liquid is applied between the electrodes, and insulating layers that suppress direct contact between ions of the ionic liquid and the electrodes, the insulating layers being arranged between the intermediate layer and the electrodes. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120011 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - A semiconductor device including a plurality of sensor units and a plurality of storage units, the device comprising a controller which in a normal mode, sets first control information based on outputs from the plurality of sensor units, stores the first control information in the plurality of storage units, and accumulates charges in each of the plurality of sensor units up to a reference defined in the corresponding first control information, and in a test mode, stores second control information for tests determined in advance in the plurality of storage units, accumulates charges in each of the plurality of sensor units up to a reference defined in the corresponding second control information, and tests the plurality of sensor units based on the amounts of charges accumulated in the plurality of sensor units. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120289 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - An information processing apparatus having a display unit equipped with a touch panel is provided. A movement detection unit detects the amount of movement of a body contacting the touch panel, and a number detection unit detects the number of bodies. An identification identifies an object being displayed on the display unit, the object having been designated by a body contacting the touch panel. A control unit decides a manipulated variable of the object and controls display of the object in accordance with the amount of movement of the body contacting the touch panel and the number of bodies. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120311 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus comprises a proximity detection unit which detects that an object has come close to the apparatus, a touch detection unit which detects that an object has come close to a display unit, and a control unit which, when the proximity detection unit detects approach of the object and the touch detection unit detects the approach of the object in a region of not smaller than a predetermined range on the display unit, controls not to perform a display, to reduce a luminance of the display unit, or to turn off the display unit, and when the proximity detection unit detects the approach of the object and the touch detection unit does not detect the approach of the object in the region of not smaller than the predetermined range on the display unit, controls to carry on the display. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120417 | DISPLAY CONTROLLING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - A display controlling apparatus that is capable of communicating with an image processing apparatus that sends image data to the display controlling apparatus in response to a notification from the display controlling apparatus, includes the following elements: a sending unit configured to send the notification to the image processing apparatus; a first receiving unit configured to receive the image data sent from the image processing apparatus in response to the notification; and a first computing unit configured to compute a first time required to display the image data received by the first receiving unit. The sending unit sends a new notification to the image processing apparatus at a timing based on the first time computed by the first computing unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120451 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - When combining a virtual subject with a background image, there may be a case where the hue is different between both and a feeling of difference arises. Moreover, conventionally, it is necessary to manually adjust rendering parameters etc. from the rendering result, which takes time and effort. An image processing device that combines a virtual subject with a background image to generate a combined image is characterized by including a correction coefficient deriving unit configured to derive a correction coefficient by performing rendering of a color object arranged in a position where the virtual subject is placed using an environment map indicating information of a light source around the virtual subject, a background image correcting unit configured to correct the background image based on the derived correction coefficient, and a combining unit configured to combine a corrected background image and the virtual subject using the environment map. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120484 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND DETERMINATION METHOD OF DRIVING PULSE APPLIED TO INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS - An inkjet printing apparatus comprise a printhead including a temperature sensor and an element array formed by arraying a plurality of heat generation elements each of which generates a thermal energy required to discharge an ink in response to application of a driving pulse, a specifying unit configured to specify a portion used in printing of the element array, and a selection unit configured to select a driving pulse to be applied to the respective heat generation elements based on the portion specified by the specifying unit and a temperature of the printhead measured by the temperature sensor. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120487 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - A printing apparatus includes a conveyance unit, a printing unit, a detection unit, and a control unit. The conveyance unit conveys a sheet that is a continuous sheet. The printing unit prints an image onto the conveyed sheet. The detection unit detects a splice of the conveyed sheet. A following sheet area follows and is continuous from the splice. The control unit adjusts, in response to the detection unit detecting a splice of the conveyed sheet, the conveyance by the conveyance unit of the following sheet area depending on conveyance characteristics of the following sheet area. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120491 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND INK REMAINING AMOUNT DETECTION METHOD - According to this invention, an inkjet printing apparatus having an arrangement for detecting an amount of remaining ink in an ink tank starts a printing operation in a short time immediately after power-on. If an operation in preceding use is ended without any error at the time of power-off, and no error has occurred even at the time of power-on, the inkjet printing apparatus of this invention starts the printing operation without executing the operation of detecting the amount of remaining ink in the ink tank after power-on. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120502 | INKJET PRINT HEAD - Provided is an inkjet print head in which, without causing an increase in print head size, printing elements that can perform ejection at a high frequency are densely arrayed. For this purpose, an ink supplying port and a wiring line, which are common to a predetermined number of printing elements, are prepared, and a substrate on which the ink supplying ports and the wiring lines are alternately arranged at the same pitches as an array pitch of the printing elements is also prepared. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120511 | INKJET PRINTER - A printer includes an ink tank for retaining ink, nozzles for ejecting the ink, an ink flow passage for connecting the ink tank and the nozzles, and a filter chamber in which a filter is arranged. A first room is disposed downstream of the filter and a second room is disposed upstream of filter in the filter chamber. An ink discharge opening is disposed in the first room for supplying the ink to the nozzles. An ink supply opening to which the ink is supplied from the ink tank and an air bubble storage unit for storing air bubbles flowing with the ink are disposed in the second room. The ink supply opening and the ink discharge opening are displaced from each other in a horizontal direction. The air bubble storage unit is arranged upward of the ink discharge opening in such a manner as to sandwich the filter therebetween. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120516 | PRINTING APPARATUS - Provided is printing apparatus which includes: a light-emitting device array and a photoconductor, wherein the light-emitting device array includes the light-emitting devices of the number greater than the number of pixels of a single line of the print image, data of the single line of the print image are allocated to a portion of the light-emitting devices in the light-emitting device array, and in a period in which exposure of the photoconductor is halted, the light-emitting devices to which the data of the single line of the print image are allocated are shifted in position in the light-emitting device array. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120585 | AUTOMATIC TRACKING CAMERA SYSTEM - An automatic tracking camera system includes: an image pickup unit; a driving unit for rotating the image pickup unit in panning or tilting direction; a signal receiver for receiving an object information signal; an image signal processor for recognizing an object in an image and detecting motion of the object in the image; a controller for controlling the image pickup unit, the driving unit, and the image signal processor; and a memory for storing, for each passageway, standby positions at which the image signal processor detects the object. The controller calculates an approaching passageway and angle of the object; selects a corresponding standby position from the standby positions stored in the memory; drives the driving unit and a lens apparatus to the standby position; and controls, when the image signal processor recognizes the object, the driving unit and the lens apparatus to automatically track the object based on detected information. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120586 | AUTOMATIC TRACKING CAMERA SYSTEM - An automatic tracking camera system includes: a rotating unit for panning and tilting an image pickup unit including a lens apparatus and an image pickup apparatus; a tracking object detector; a motion vector detector for detecting a motion vector of the object to be tracked; a capture position setting unit for setting a capture position of the object to be tracked in the picked up image; and a controller for controlling drive of the rotating unit. The controller controls the rotating unit in a capture mode to capture the object to be tracked at the capture position based on the motion vector detected by the motion vector detector after the tracking object detector has detected the object to be tracked in the picked up image, and a maintenance mode to continuously capture the object to be tracked at the capture position after the capture mode. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120597 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, IMAGING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus has a communication control function, which enables the apparatus to operate as a control apparatus that forms a wireless network and controls the wireless network, and has an apparatus function other than the communication control function. The communication apparatus includes a determination unit configured to determine whether priority is to be given to the apparatus function over the communication control function in the case that an instruction to implement the apparatus function is received while the apparatus is implementing the communication control function and operating as the control apparatus, and a control unit configured to control operation of the apparatus such that priority is given to the apparatus function over the communication control function in a case that the determination unit determines that priority is to be given to the apparatus function over the communication control function. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120598 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING CAPTURED IMAGES TO A TERMINAL VIA A NETWORK - An image pickup apparatus includes image pickup means; holding means for holding a coordinate system used to represent an image capturing direction or a region in an image capturing range of the image pickup means; reception means for receiving a first command for rotating a captured image obtained by the image pickup means or a captured image cut out from the region in the image capturing range by a certain angle, a second command for rotating the coordinate system held in the holding means about the origin by the certain angle, and specification information for specifying the image capturing direction in the coordinate system; and change control means for executing control to change the image capturing direction of the image pickup means to the image capturing direction specified by the specification information. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120603 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS WITH INCLINATION GUIDE DISPLAY - An image pickup apparatus is disclosed which provides an appropriate inclination guide display in accordance with an aspect ratio of a picked-up image and the like. The image pickup apparatus includes an inclination detector which detects an inclination of the image pickup apparatus, a display device capable of superimposedly showing an inclination guide display corresponding to a detection output from the inclination detector, on a picked-up image, and an aspect ratio setter which sets the aspect ratio of a picked-up image. The apparatus includes a display controller which controls whether or not to show the inclination guide display on the display device on the basis of the aspect ratio set by the aspect ratio setter. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120606 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING CAPTURED IMAGES TO A TERMINAL VIA A NETWORK - An image pickup apparatus according to the present invention includes image pickup means; holding means for holding a coordinate system used to represent an image capturing direction of the image pickup means or a region in an image capturing range of the image pickup means; reception means for receiving a first command for rotating a captured image obtained by the image pickup means or a captured image cut out from the region in the image capturing range by a certain angle, a second command for rotating the coordinate system held in the holding means about the origin by the certain angle, and specification information for specifying the image capturing direction in the coordinate system; and change control means for executing control to change the image capturing direction of the image pickup means to the image capturing direction specified by the specification information. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120610 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The number of images to be composited used to generate a dynamic range-extended image, and exposure conditions for respective images to be composited are determined. A proper exposure condition is determined for a subject corresponding to a moving object region, and one of the exposure conditions of the images to be composited is changed to the proper exposure condition. An image capture apparatus specifies a moving object region for a plurality of images to be composited, which are captured under the exposure conditions of the images to be composited including the proper exposure condition. A dynamic range-extended image is generated using pixels of the image to be composited, which is captured under the proper exposure condition, as those of the moving object region, which is specified for the plurality of images to be composited. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120611 | IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS, IMAGE REPRODUCING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE RECORDING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE REPRODUCING APPARATUS, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A system, method and computer program product for arranging digital data in a file in an apparatus-implemented system, is disclosed. One or more pages are generated, where each page includes: i. a mode field containing a camera operation mode, ii. an image data field containing image data, iii. an offset field containing an offset to a next page in the file, and a total size field containing a page size. Each page is recorded in the file using the same format. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120620 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus has an input unit for inputting an image captured by an image sensor, a shading correction amount calculation unit for calculating per pixel a shading correction amount to be applied to the image inputted from the input unit, a γ correction gain calculation unit for calculating a γ correction gain depending on the shading correction amount and pixel values of the image sensor pixels, and a gain correction unit for applying gain correction to the pixel values based on the γ correction gain, wherein shading correction and γ correction are performed simultaneously by the gain correction with the gain correction unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120624 | METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - A signal for focus detection is generated by a first operation, in which a signal of at least one photoelectric conversion element included in a photoelectric conversion unit is read to an input node of an amplification unit and the signal is supplied to a common output line by the amplification unit and signals for forming an image are generated by a second operation, in which a signal of another photoelectric conversion element included in the same photoelectric conversion unit as that including the at least one photoelectric conversion element from which the signal has been read in the first operation is read to the input node of the amplification unit while holding the signal read in the first operation using the amplification unit and the signals are supplied to the common output line by the amplification unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120639 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DIAPHRAGM - An imaging apparatus includes an imaging unit, a first information acquisition unit configured to acquire information on a focal length of a lens unit configured to guide light to the imaging unit, a second information acquisition unit configured to acquire information on an amount of light incident on the imaging unit, and a control unit configured to control a diaphragm configured to adjust the amount of light incident on the imaging unit, wherein the control unit is configured to determine a maximum opening value, which is used for diaphragm control of the diaphragm, based on the information on the focal length acquired by the first information acquisition unit and the information on the amount of incident light acquired by the second information acquisition unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120640 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes a negative lens unit having a negative refractive power and a positive lens unit having a positive refractive power arranged in order from an object side to an image side. For focusing from infinity to a closest distance, the negative lens unit moves towards the image side and the positive lens unit moves towards the object side. Predetermined mathematical conditions are satisfied to obtain high optical performance over the entire focusing range. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120653 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus, equipped with a common input terminal inputting different video signals, can discriminate the type of an input video signal entered from the common input terminal. The display apparatus includes the common input terminal inputting different video signals. A synchronizing signal separation unit separates a synchronizing signal from a video signal entered from the common input terminal. A frequency measurement unit measures a frequency of the synchronizing signal. An input signal discrimination unit discriminates the video signal entered from the common input terminal based on a type of the synchronizing signal separated by the synchronizing signal separation unit and a measurement result obtained by the frequency measurement unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120733 | POSITION MEASUREMENT APPARATUS AND EXPOSURE APPARATUS WHICH MEASURE POSITION OF OBJECT USING REFERENCE MARK, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DEVICE - A position measurement apparatus that measures a position of an object using a reference mark includes a first illumination optical system configured to illuminate the object using measurement light from a light source which emits light of a first wavelength band, a second illumination optical system configured to illuminate the reference mark using reference light of a second wavelength band, and a position measurement unit configured to detect light from the object and light from the reference mark and to obtain the position of the object based on the detection result, and the second wavelength band of the reference light is set between an upper limit and a lower limit of the first wavelength band of the measurement light from the light source. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120768 | PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CHANGING LAYOUT, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Logical pages are laid out on a physical page according to setting of a multipage printing condition. When a user drags a logical page, a layout of logical pages is changed based on an area to which the logical page is dragged. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120784 | PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A system comprises an image forming apparatus and a server, the image forming apparatus including: a receiving unit which receives the series of data from the server; a transfer unit which transfers a plurality of print jobs included in the series of data to a printing unit; and an accepting unit which accepts a cancel instruction for the series of data from a user, wherein when the receiving unit accepts the cancel instruction while receiving the series of data, the receiving unit discards the plurality of print jobs until termination data is received, and when the transfer unit accepts the cancel instruction while transferring the series of data, the transfer unit cancels transfer of the plurality of print jobs to the printing unit, and instructs the printing unit to cancel printing of a transferred print job. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120785 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING USER LOGIN FUNCTION, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which is capable of improving ease of operation for users and also improving security when destinations are made public. The image processing apparatus is shared by a plurality of users and capable of selecting a destination from a plurality of address books and carrying out file transmission to the destination. It is determined whether or not a user has logged in, and when it is determined that the user has logged in, only personal addresses for the logged-in user are displayed on a display unit. The personal destinations displayed on the display unit are switched to destinations other than the personal destinations according to selection by the user. When it is determined that the user has not logged in, all destinations which are registered in the plurality of address books are displayed on the display unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120786 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND MEMORY MEDIUM - An object of the present invention is to solve dissatisfaction of the user who can not take out the source data in a case where a code image in the original can not be decoded. In order to accomplish the above object, the invention provides an image processing apparatus comprising code image detection unit that determines whether or not an code image is included in the original image data, code image decoding unit that decodes the code image to extract source data if it is determined that the code image is included by the code image detection unit, and synthesizing unit that encodes information obtained by decoding a partial area of the code image and overlaying encoded information on the area where the code image is included, if the code image decoding unit is successful in decoding only the partial area of the code image. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120791 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - This invention provides a mechanism which improves the operability by speeding up an operation of displaying a personal address book. To accomplish this, an information processing apparatus manages a plurality of transmit destinations by classifying the plurality of transmit destinations into a plurality of first transmit destination groups individually for respective users, and a second transmit destination group shared by a plurality of users, and displays on a display unit a list of transmit destinations included in a first transmit destination group corresponding to an authenticated user if an authentication function is valid, and displays on the display unit a list of transmit destinations included in the second transmit destination group if the authentication function is invalid. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120794 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a storage unit, a selection unit, and a generation unit. The storage unit stores first route information for acquiring first print information from an information processing apparatus, and stores second route information for acquiring second print information via an information conversion apparatus. The selection unit selects the second route information if conversion of the first print information into the second print information is necessary. In response to determining that a factor disturbing an acquisition of the second print information exist, the generation unit changes the second route information selected by the selection unit to the first route information, and request the conversion to the information processing apparatus so that, among pieces of print information which can be output from the information processing apparatus and can be printed by the image forming apparatus, the first print information becomes print information closer to the second print information. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120796 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus issues information for identifying a printing apparatus, determines, based on the information, whether printing is to be performed by the printing apparatus, and transmits a print target image to the printing apparatus based on a result of the determination. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120799 | JOB PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - It is confirmed whether or not a job that instructs the execution of multiple processes using the XML language includes a process that cannot be executed by a job processing unit, and in the case where it has been confirmed that the job includes a process that cannot be executed by the job processing unit, the job processing unit is caused to execute a process that the job processing unit is capable of executing from among the multiple processes. Processes that cannot be executed by the job processing unit are ignored, cancelled, or processed according to a pre-set specification. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120802 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is an image processing apparatus and image processing method that make it possible to reduce jaggedness and blurring that may occur when performing resolution conversion of an inputted image from low resolution to high resolution, and make it possible to output a high-resolution image. When performing the conversion from low resolution to high resolution, a multi-gradation signal value pattern that surround a pixel of interest for which interpolation is being performed is acquired. By performing pattern matching, a pattern that corresponds to the acquired signal value pattern is extracted from among pattern files that are prepared in advance for the acquired signal value pattern, after which the image is converted to high resolution by signal value substitution and then outputted. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120803 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus, when correcting image data using correction information, corrects skew of the image in the sub-scanning direction that is formed by the image forming unit by correcting the image data also at an end portion of an area where an image forming unit forms the image. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120807 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Banding can be prevented and image-quality degradation can be reduced. An image processing apparatus includes first creation means configured to distribute density of image data to a pixel on another scanning line on the basis of a difference between an actual print position of the image data and a reference position and to create position-corrected image data, second creation means configured to correct the image data using a correction value corresponding to a position of the image data and to create density-corrected image data, and generation means configured to generate output image data using the position-corrected image data created by the first creation means and the density-corrected image data created by the second creation means. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120811 | IMAGE DETERMINING APPARATUS AND IMAGE DETERMINING METHOD - Erroneous determination of an image caused by color shift is prevented. Image data is divided in a sub-scanning direction into a first region where color shift hardly occurs and a second region where color shift easily occurs. There are detected a first color line drawing extending in a main-scanning direction in the first region, a second color line drawing extending in the main-scanning direction and having a width larger than that of the first color line drawing in the second region, and a third color line drawing extending in the sub-scanning direction in the image data. On the basis of the detected first, second, and third color line drawings, it is determined whether a document is a color document or not. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120818 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS - The optical scanning apparatus including a light source unit having plurality laser light sources for emitting laser light and one lens in which the laser light emitted from the plurality laser light sources is transmitted, a deflect device that deflects and scans the laser light on an image bearing member, an optical member that images the laser light on the image bearing member, a housing that internally includes the deflect device and the optical member, the housing forms an opening portion that passes through the laser light emitted from the plurality of the laser light sources, and an elastic member that blocks a gap between the lens and the opening portion, the elastic member being pinched between the lens and the housing. It achieves sealing of the flow-in path and sealing of the gap between the light source unit and the housing with a simple configuration. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120851 | COLOR SEPARATING OPTICAL SYSTEM AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A color separating optical system includes a first prism including a second surface for separating an beam into reflected and transmitted beams; and a second prism including a third surface disposed to have an air gap interposed between the third and second surfaces and a fourth surface for separating a beam from the third surface into reflected and transmitted beams. At least one of the second and third surfaces has a multi-layer film, and 0.70| 05-16-2013 | |
| 20130120852 | ZOOM LENS - A zoom lens includes, from the object side, a first lens unit having a positive refractive power, a second lens unit having a negative refractive power, and a subsequent lens unit. The first lens unit includes an optical element composed of an anomalous dispersion optical material, a positive lens, and a negative lens. The shape of the negative lens and the ratio of the Abbe number of the positive lens and the Abbe number of the negative lens satisfy predetermined conditions. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120853 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided is a zoom lens comprising, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit having positive refracting power; a second lens unit having negative refracting power; a third lens unit having positive refracting power; a fourth lens unit having negative refracting power; and a fifth lens unit having positive refracting power, wherein the lens units move when zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end; the third lens unit and the fifth lens unit move together when zooming; the fifth lens unit includes an aperture stop in the optical path thereof; the third lens unit or the fourth lens unit moves during focusing; and the following conditional expression is satisfied: 0.5<|f | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120857 | LENS BARREL - A lens barrel capable of distributing, upon receipt of the impact of, e.g., dropping, a torque load so as not to concentrate on a particular linear movement key and groove for linearly moving a barrel member, thereby suppressing occurrence of a failure. The lens barrel has a fixed barrel ( | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120860 | OPTICAL ELEMENT DRIVING APPARATUS AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - The optical element driving apparatus includes a voice coil motor moving an optical element in a first direction, and a magnetic sensor detecting a position of the optical element. A yoke of the motor includes a first yoke portion having a magnet attaching surface to which the magnet is attached and a second yoke portion disposed away from the first yoke portion in a second direction so as to form a space with magnet, allowing movement of a coil of the motor in the first direction. The second yoke portion is disposed closer to the magnetic sensor than the first yoke portion in a plane orthogonal to the first direction. In a third direction orthogonal to the first and second directions, a magnetic path width A of the second yoke portion and a width C of the magnet have the following relationship of A>C. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130120862 | BARREL UNIT AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - A barrel unit includes a barrel, a holding member configured to hold an optical element, a cylindrical member configured to support the barrel and the holding member, and a driving unit configured to generate a thrust by electrifying in a magnetic field formed by a magnet and a yoke a coil fixed onto the cylindrical member and to drive the holding member in an optical axis direction of the optical element by using the thrust. The yoke, the magnet, and the coil are located outside of a part of the cylindrical member which supports the barrel. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121402 | IMAGE CODING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image coding apparatus includes: a division unit configured to divide a coding target picture included in an input video signal into a plurality of slices each including one or more data blocks; a coding unit configured to code the video signal in a unit of the slice divided by the division unit; and a setting unit configured to set at least one of a division position of the slice and a number of divisions of the slice, to the division unit. In the image coding apparatus, the setting unit sets at least one of the division position of the slice and the number of divisions of the slice so that slice boundaries differ from each other between adjacent pictures. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121418 | MOVING IMAGE CODING APPARATUS - An image coding apparatus determines an image pattern of image data and, based on the determined image pattern, selects a prediction mode for generating predicted pixel values by predicting pixel values in a frame using pixel values in the same frame. Alternatively, based on photographing information concerning input image data, an image coding apparatus selects a prediction mode for generating predicted pixel values by predicting pixel values in a frame using pixel values in the same frame. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121473 | RADIATION GENERATING TUBE AND RADIATION GENERATING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A radiation generating tube includes a cathode connected to an electron emitting member; an anode including a target; and an insulating tube disposed between the cathode and the anode to surround the electron emitting member. The insulating tube includes an electrical potential defining member at an intermediate portion of the insulating tube in a longitudinal axis direction of the insulating tube. The electrical potential defining member is electrically connected to an electrical potential defining unit. The potential of the electrical potential defining member is controlled to be higher than that of the cathode and lower than that of the anode. A boundary of the electrical potential defining member and the insulating tube does not face a portion of the anode exposed to the inside of the radiation generating tube. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121578 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An apparatus comprises a unit which stores a size and scene information for each of a plurality of divided areas obtained by dividing an input image, a unit which obtains a plurality of scene-based images by processing the input image based on the scene information of the plurality of divided areas, a unit which determines composite ratios of the plurality of scene-based images by determining, for each of the plurality of divided areas, a transition pattern of a composite ratio from a first composite ratio within the divided area to a second composite ratio within an area other than the divided area based on the size of the divided area, and a unit which composites the plurality of scene-based images in correspondence with the plurality of the divided areas, in accordance with the determined composite ratios. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121590 | EVENT DETECTION APPARATUS AND EVENT DETECTION METHOD - An event detection apparatus includes an input unit configured to input a plurality of time-sequential images, a first extraction unit configured to extract sets of first image samples according to respective different sample scales from a first time range of the plurality of time-sequential images based on a first scale parameter, a second extraction unit configured to extract sets of second image samples according to respective different sample scales from a second time range of the plurality of time-sequential images based on a second scale parameter, a dissimilarity calculation unit configured to calculate a dissimilarity between the first and second image samples based on the sets of the first and second image samples, and a detection unit configured to detect an event from the plurality of time-sequential images based on the dissimilarity. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121603 | RESOLUTION CONVERSION UPON HIERARCHICAL CODING AND DECODING - In a decoding method of decoding encoded image data which has been hierarchically encoded in advance, a size of an image to be outputted is determined, and then the encoded image data is decoded up to a layer of hierarchy which is at least one layer more than a minimum number of layer/layers of hierarchy necessary to acquire an image of the determined size. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121673 | LENS SYSTEM AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A lens system includes an operating unit for operating a lens apparatus, an operation-side communication unit performing bidirectional communication to/from the operating unit via a transmission line, and a lens-side communication unit performing bidirectional communication to/from the lens apparatus via a transmission line. The operation-side and lens-side communication units perform wireless communication to/from each other. The operation-side communication unit includes a command selecting unit selecting a command to be transmitted to the lens-side communication unit from commands input from the operating unit, and an answer interpolating unit generating an interpolated answer by interpolating answers with respect to commands that are not selected. The lens-side communication unit includes an answer selecting unit selecting an answer to be transmitted to the operation-side communication unit from answers input from the lens apparatus, and a command interpolating unit generating a command by interpolating commands received from the operation-side communication unit. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121709 | PRINTING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A printing apparatus according to the present invention is a printing apparatus that performs printing using a recording material, and includes a plurality of storage units configured to store a recording material, a reception unit configured to receive designation information for specifying a storage unit to which the recording material is supplied, and a moving unit configured to move the storage unit that the designation information specifies, into a position at which the recording material can be supplied, according to an instruction. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121710 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a first acquisition unit for acquiring a target value and a first surface characteristic value that is a surface characteristic of a first chart, a second acquisition unit for acquiring a second surface characteristic value that is a surface characteristic of a second chart, and a calibration unit for calibrating, when a difference between the first and second surface characteristic values is smaller than a threshold value, a mixed color using the target value and a measured value of the second chart. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121711 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a profile storage section that stores distortion characteristic of a scanning line, a correcting section that corrects image data by lines in the sub scanning direction, and a registration sensor that detects a pattern image for detecting color misregistration amounts in a sub scanning direction of images formed on an intermediate transfer member. When the pattern image is formed, the distortion correcting section shifts image data of the pattern image by lines in the sub scanning direction so that, with reference to a detection position of the registration sensor, a positional displacement amount of the pattern image in the sub scanning direction becomes less than or equal to ½ of a scanning-line distance, in accordance with a positional displacement amount of the scanning line in the sub scanning direction at a detection position of the registration sensor along a main scanning direction. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121712 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE HEATING SYSTEM - When a heater is turned off before passing of a rear end of a sheet through a fixing device, a poor image such as a poor fixing occurs and it is difficult to reduce power consumption. A stop timing of the heater is controlled according to a temperature state of the fixing device, an installation environment of the apparatus, a kind of the sheet, or the like. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121717 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The image forming apparatus includes a fixing section which has a heater and heats and fixes an unfixed image, formed on a recording material, to the recording material, a power supply section which has a rectification section rectifying alternating current, a power factor improvement section receiving input of current output from the rectification section, and a DC/DC converter DC/DC converting current output from the power factor improvement section, a current detection section which detects current flowing to the heater, and a control section which controls operation of the power factor improvement section according to current detected by the current detection section. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121720 | CARTRIDGE AND UNIT - A cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of an image forming apparatus includes a cartridge frame formed of a resin material; a plurality of resin members molded on the cartridge frame by injection molding of a resin material different from that of the cartridge frame; a plurality of contact surfaces, provided on the cartridge frame, to which metal molds corresponding to the resin members are to be contacted from the same side when the resin members are molded; and a plurality of resin material inlet ports, provided in an opposite side of said cartridge frame from a side where the contact surfaces are provided. The resin material has been flowed into the cartridge frame when the resin members are molded. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121721 | DEVELOPER CONVEYANCE APPARATUS DEVELOPING APPARATUS AND PROCESS CARTRIDGE - A developer conveyance apparatus includes a developer storage portion storing developer, an opening for supplying developer from the developer storage portion, a sealing member configured to seal the opening, a removing member configured to remove the sealing member, and a conveyance portion arranged inside the developer storage portion and configured to convey the developer in a predetermined developer conveyance direction, wherein the conveyance portion can move between a first position and a second position on the upstream side with respect to the first position in the developer conveyance direction, and wherein when the conveyance portion receives a force not smaller than a predetermined magnitude from the developer with the conveyance portion rotating while the removing member is removing the sealing member from the opening, the conveyance portion moves from the first position to the second position. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121723 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND SUPPORTING MEMBER - An electrophotographic image forming apparatus includes a supporting member for supporting a plurality of electrophotographic photosensitive members. The supporting member is movable between an inside position inside the main assembly and an outside position outside the main assembly in a state in which the supporting member is supported by the main assembly and is disengageable from the main assembly at the outside position. The apparatus further includes a portion to be prevented, provided to the supporting member, with the portion to be prevented being movable between a preventing position in which the portion to be prevented contacts a preventing portion in order to prevent the supporting member from being disengaged from the main assembly and a retracted position in which the portion to be prevented is retracted from the preventing position in order to disengage the supporting member from the main assembly. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121724 | CARTRIDGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A cartridge attachable/detachable to/from a main assembly of an image forming apparatus, the cartridge includes a developer storage unit configured to store developer, a partitioning member movably provided inside the developer storage unit and configured to partition the developer storage unit, a developer conveyance member configured to convey the developer stored in the developer storage unit, and an operated portion configured to move the partitioning member, wherein when the cartridge is attached to the main assembly, the operated portion is moved by touching the main assembly to move the partitioning member from a first position to a second position where the developer storage unit is caused to be greater in capacity than that in the first position. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121725 | IMAGE FORMING UNIT - In a process cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of the apparatus and including a photosensitive member and a charging roller, a spacer member for spacing the charging roller from the photosensitive member during the transportation and the displaying is recessed relative to the photosensitive member. The spacer member receives a driving force from the main assembly of the apparatus, by which the spacer member is disengaged to contact the charging roller to the photosensitive member. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121736 | IMAGE HEATING DEVICE - An image heating device includes an endless belt including a base layer and an elastic layer formed around the base layer, a contact member contacting an inner surface of the endless belt, a pressure rotating member forming a nip portion configured to convey a recording material while nipping the recording material along with the contact member via the endless belt, wherein an image formed on the recording material is heated at the nip portion using heat from the endless belt, and wherein one end of the endless belt is coated with the elastic layer and the other end of the endless belt is not coated with the elastic layer, and a belt lateral shifting direction regulating mechanism configured to regulate a direction in which the endless belt shifts when the endless belt is rotated, toward the end coated with the elastic layer. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121737 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes an endless belt; a heater, provided in an interior of the endless belt, for heating the endless belt; a back-up member contacted to an inner surface of the endless belt; a pressing member for forming a nip for nipping and feeding a recording material together with the back-up member through the endless belt; and a protecting member, provided surrounding the heater in the interior of the endless belt and rotatable around the heater, the protecting member includes a shield portion for blocking between the endless belt and the heater and an opening, arranged in a circumferential direction of the protecting member. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121739 | SHEET COOLING APPARATUS, SHEET CONVEYING APPARATUS AND SHEET MOISTURIZING APPARATUS - A sheet cooling device includes a fixing device for heat fixing an unfixed image formed on a sheet; and a cooling device for cooling the sheet heated by the fixing device, the cooling device including, a rotatable endless belt contactable with the sheet heated by the fixing device and traveling above the fixing device; and a cooling member for cooling the endless belt to condense water vapor produced by a fixing operation. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130121790 | SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - A sheet processing apparatus includes: a holding portion which holds a booklet containing a two-folded sheet; and a pressing portion which presses a spine of a booklet into shapes during movement along the spine of the booklet held by the holding portion. The pressing portion can decrease, or release a pressing force to be applied to the booklet spine within a predetermined area of a moving range in which the pressing roller moves along the booklet spine. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122414 | TONER - Provided is a toner comprising a toner particle having a core-shell structure in which a shell phase containing a resin A is formed on a core that contains a binder resin, a colorant and a wax, wherein the resin A is a vinyl resin prepared by copolymerizing a vinyl monomer X that has an organopolysiloxane structure and a vinyl monomer Y that has a polyester segment capable of forming a crystalline structure; the content of the vinyl monomer X in a total monomer used for the copolymerization is in a particular range; the toner particle contains resin A in a particular proportion; and the binder resin contains a crystalline resin. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122644 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A semiconductor device comprises a semiconductor substrate, and a multilayer wiring structure arranged on the semiconductor substrate, the multilayer wiring structure including a plurality of first electrically conductive lines, an insulating film covering the plurality of first electrically conductive lines, and a second electrically conductive line arranged on the insulating film so as to intersect the plurality of first electrically conductive lines, wherein the insulating film has gaps in at least some of a plurality of regions where the plurality of first electrically conductive lines and the second electrically conductive line intersect each other, and a width of the gap in a direction along the second electrically conductive line is not larger than a width of the first electrically conductive line. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122805 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A first user instruction for turning on a communication unit of a communication apparatus is detected. An instruction which is performed firstly, out of the first user instruction and a second user instruction for turning on a communication unit of the other communication apparatus, is determined. Based on this determination result, data designated by a user is transmitted from the communication apparatus to another communication apparatus. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122815 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A method for controlling a communication apparatus includes communicating with an external device through close proximity wireless communication, receiving a remote control signal transmitted from a remote controller, storing a remote control setting which enables or disables an operation of the remote controller, making a determination as to whether a connection between the communication apparatus and the external device through the close proximity wireless communication is established, and controlling an operation of the remote controller for the communication apparatus on the basis of the determination. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130122820 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus acquires a delay profile for a first transmit signal from a transmitting apparatus and determines an end time at which to end detection of a second transmit signal from the transmitting apparatus, based on the delay profile. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130123627 | OBJECT INFORMATION ACQUIRING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is an object information acquiring apparatus for acquiring object information, including: a probe including a plurality of elements arranged along at least a first direction and configured to sequentially perform transmitting of acoustic wave beams and receiving of reflected waves along the first direction by the plurality of elements; a scanning unit configured to set a second direction intersecting the first direction as a main scanning direction and move the probe at a predetermined speed; and a adjusting unit configured to acquire information on a measurement depth for acquiring object information in a transmitting direction of the acoustic wave beams and determine the number of times of transmitting of acoustic wave beams and receiving of reflected waves along the first direction based on the depth, resolution of the object information in the main scanning direction, and a moving speed of the probe. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124582 | DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - This invention is directed to a document processing system and control method thereof. The system stores a plurality of items of document data each containing metadata pertaining to the contents of each item of document data, and relation information representing the relations between the plurality of items of document data. When scanned image data or facsimile-received image data is input, document data related to the input image data is specified among the plurality of items of stored document data, based on the metadata contained in each item of document data. Relation information representing the relation between the input image data and the specified related document data is stored. Even document data obtained from a paper document is able to be stored as document data subjected to search processing. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124729 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus establishes a communication link with another communication apparatus, and establishes a communication session with another communication apparatus using the established communication link. After a predetermined number of communication sessions have been established, the communication apparatus restricts communication sessions other than the predetermined number of established communication sessions. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124737 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus receives, from a first apparatus which has established a communication session, a signal indicating a state in which the communication session should be maintained. If the signal is not received from the first apparatus within a predetermined period of time while the communication session with the first apparatus is established, and a communication session establishment request is received from a second apparatus, the communication apparatus disconnects the communication session with the first apparatus. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124857 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - It is determined whether a user who has logged in in communication using a selfsigned certificate stored by default is an administrator or a general user. If it is determined that the user is an administrator, an install page for a CA-signed certificate which is more reliable than the selfsigned certificate is returned to the user. Alternatively, if it is determined that the user is a general user, an error page is returned to the user. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130124881 | NETWORK SYSTEM, ANALYSIS SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An analysis system according to the present invention has a configuration for obtaining power consumption of an image forming apparatus in which a power log has been collected, and controlling a display of the power consumption. In a case where if the image forming apparatus is in a predetermined state, and power consumption of the image forming apparatus in the predetermined state has not been recorded in a log, then the analysis is performed and power consumption in the predetermined state is obtained by using time spent in the predetermined state and power consumption per unit time of the image forming apparatus in the predetermined state. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130125054 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT DISPLAYS ICON, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus which is capable of improving the visibility and operability of icons for a user. The image processing apparatus includes a console section. A button data import-processing section acquires location information of a server on a network. A server stores icon data indicating an icon to be displayed on a console section, for use in executing predetermined processing. When the location information is acquired, a communication section accesses the server indicated by the location information to thereby acquire icon data. The console section is caused to display the icon indicated by the acquired icon data. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130125134 | SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD - If a specific task is to perform a process at the time of processing a specific job, the specific task performs a process specified in the specific task by accessing a third party system using a stored access token and receiving a third party service. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130125234 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - The history of the output destination of a job is displayed, and selection of a send destination in the history by a user is accepted. It is determined whether the user has an authority to register the selected send destination in a database in which output destination candidates used when executing a job are registered. If it is determined that the user has the authority, an acceptance display is presented to be able to accept an instruction of registration of the send destination in the database. | 05-16-2013 |
| 20130125359 | PIEZOELECTRIC MATERIAL, PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE, AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE - Provided are a bismuth-based piezoelectric material whose insulation property is improved while its performance as a piezoelectric body is not impaired and a piezoelectric device using the piezoelectric material. The piezoelectric material includes a perovskite-type metal oxide represented by the following general formula (1): | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130126603 | APPARATUS HANDLING CODES, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME AND PROGRAM - An apparatus for reducing a first document image and a second document image in a size and producing output images on a single sheet, the apparatus including: a creating unit configured to create a code containing information with a higher security level selected from first information contained in a code of the first document image and second information contained in a code of the second document image; and a unit configured to add the code created by the creating unit to the output image. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130126718 | OPTICAL ENCODER AND APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - The optical encoder includes a scale provided with a periodic pattern in which an optical portion is periodically formed with a first period in a first direction, and a light receiver movable relatively with the scale in the first direction and photoelectrically converts a detection light from a light source and then passing through the optical portions. The optical portion periodically has a pattern, which is formed by pattern portions mutually adjacent in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction and mutually shifted in the first direction, in the second direction with a second period of t. A width w of the light source in the second direction satisfies w=(a+b)/b·nt where n represents a natural number, and a:b represents a ratio of a distance from the light source to the periodic pattern and a distance from the periodic pattern to the light receiver. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130126833 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ORGANIC EL APPARATUS - In a method of manufacturing an organic EL apparatus, a mask layer is formed on an organic compound layer, and a region not covered with the mask layer is patterned by dry etching, in which a charge injection layer is formed using an inorganic compound that has a low etching rate with respect to an etching gas used for patterning of the organic compound layer and that is not decomposed even when exposed to the etching gas. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127109 | SHEET FEEDING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet feeding device, capable of reliably feeding sheets that have a curl, includes a sheet surface detection mechanism configured to detect an upper surface of a topmost sheet of sheets supported on a tray. The sheet surface detection mechanism includes a sensor unit arranged on a upstream side of a suction and conveyance mechanism in a sheet conveyance direction, a sensor lever configured to turn the sensor unit ON/OFF, and a detection unit having one end connected to the sensor lever and another end that extends toward a downstream side in the sheet conveyance direction. The detection unit includes, on a downstream side in the sheet conveyance direction, a protruding member that protrudes in a downward direction and that is capable of contacting the topmost sheet supported on the tray. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127812 | DRIVING CIRCUIT OF DISPLAY ELEMENT AND IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - A new driving circuit is provided. The driving circuit according to the present invention comprises a first period for setting a current to be supplied to a display element, a second period for setting a gray-scale of the display element, and a third period for supplying a driving current to the display element. The present invention, in the driving circuit of the display element, is provided with a current source circuit for supplying a constant current to the display element and a control circuit for controlling the time to supply a constant current to the display element from the current source circuit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127820 | DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT, AND LIGHT EMITTING DEVICE - A driving circuit that switches a light emitting element between an ON state and an OFF state in synchronization with an input signal is provided. The circuit includes a driving current supply unit that has a control terminal and supplies the light emitting element with a driving current whose value changes with dependency on the potential of the control terminal; a control unit that changes the potential of the control terminal in synchronization with the input signal; and a supplementary current supply unit that supplies the control terminal with a supplementary current that promotes change in the potential of the control terminal. The supplementary current supply unit has a capacitor, a voltage that is applied to the capacitor changes in synchronization with the input signal, and the supplementary current is generated by change in the voltage of the capacitor. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127942 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING METHOD - In an inkjet printing method of performing printing on a printing medium by ejecting inks from a printing head configured to eject chromatic inks and an achromatic ink while moving the printing head, high-quality printing with few boundary stripes produced when the amount of inks is large is realized without complicated control being performed. To this end, print data in a boundary and the vicinity thereof is divided into unit regions, and for each unit region, performed are (A) a first reduction processing which determines a hue of the unit region based on amounts of the chromatic inks, and reduces the amount of chromatic inks applied to the unit region according to the determined hue; and (B) a second reduction processing which reduces an amount of achromatic ink based on the amount of achromatic ink applied to the unit region. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127974 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An optical scanning apparatus, including: a light source; an incident optical system; and an imaging optical system, in which: the imaging optical system includes at least one plastic lens; in a sub-scanning section, principal rays of the beams intersect each other on an optical axis of the imaging optical system; the principal rays intersect each other at different positions between a case of entering a central region of the at least one plastic lens and a case of entering an end region of the at least one plastic lens; and the principal rays entering one of the central region and the end region of the at least one plastic lens intersect each other, and the principal rays entering another of the central region and the end region of the at least one plastic lens intersect each other. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127976 | DISPLAY APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a display unit configured to display image information, and a plurality of image pickup units configured to be capable of picking up a user who observes image information of the display unit arranged on a rear surface of a display surface of the display unit, wherein the plurality of image pickup units is two-dimensionally arranged, and an array pitch in a vertical direction of the image pickup units is wider than an array pitch in a horizontal direction. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127997 | 3D IMAGE PICKUP OPTICAL APPARATUS AND 3D IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An optical apparatus used for a 3D image pickup apparatus for taking two subject images having a disparity by using two lens apparatuses, each of which is directly connectable to an image pickup apparatus, and one image pickup apparatus, the optical apparatus including: a first attaching unit for detachably attaching a first lens apparatus; a second attaching unit for detachably attaching a second lens apparatus; a camera attaching unit for detachably attaching the image pickup apparatus, the image pickup apparatus including an image pickup portion; and a switch unit for alternately switching light rays from the first and second lens apparatuses to guide the light ray to the image pickup apparatus in a state that the first and second lens apparatuses and the image pickup apparatus are connected to the optical apparatus. Intermediate images are formed in the optical apparatus by the first and second lens apparatuses. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130127998 | MEASUREMENT APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A measurement apparatus includes a projection unit configured to project pattern light onto an object to be measured, an imaging unit configured to capture an image of the object to be measured on which the pattern light is projected to acquire a captured image of the object to be measured, a measurement unit configured to measure a position and/or orientation of the object to be measured on the basis of the captured image, a position and orientation of the projection unit, and a position and orientation of the imaging unit, a setting unit configured to set identification resolution of the pattern light using a range of variation in the position and/or orientation of the object to be measured; and a change unit configured to change a pattern shape of the pattern light in accordance with the identification resolution. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128006 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS, PLAYBACK APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, IMAGE CAPTURING SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A first image nonalignment amount, between a first type image and a second type image captured when the focusing lens is located at an in-focus position, of any subject, that is positioned a predetermined distance from the image capturing apparatus, is obtained. A second image nonalignment amount, between the first type image and the second type image obtained when the focusing lens is located at a predetermined reference position, of the subject is obtained. Then an image shift amount, for at least one of the first type image and the second type image captured when the focusing lens is located at the in-focus position, is determined, so that the difference between the first image nonalignment amount and the second image nonalignment amount falls within a predetermined range. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128007 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM - Provided is a three-dimensional image pickup system including: a pair of lens apparatus; a camera apparatus for picking up subject images formed by the pair of lens apparatus; a convergence angle changing unit for changing a convergence angle of the pair of lens apparatus; a controller for controlling the convergence angle of the pair of lens apparatus in association with an operation of focus lens units of the pair of lens apparatus; and an interlock switching unit for switching between an interlocked state in which the convergence angle is interlocked with the operation of the focus lens units and a non-interlocked state in which the convergence angle is not interlocked with the operation of the focus lens units. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128079 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM AND PROGRAM USED THEREWITH - An image processing apparatus is intended to display an image arbitrarily selected between an original image and an edited image in accordance with a user's preference after image editing. The image processing apparatus is designed so that an image displayed after the image editing can be selected depending on a user's intention. The image processing apparatus specifies and displays an unedited or edited image on the basis of a user operation, whereby the user can easily view a desired image. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128085 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP ELEMENT, DISTANCE DETECTING APPARATUS INCLUDING SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP ELEMENT, AND CAMERA INCLUDING DISTANCE DETECTING APPARATUS - A solid-state image pickup element includes a pixel and a signal detecting unit. The pixel has at least two photoelectric conversion units including a first photoelectric conversion unit and a second photoelectric conversion unit in a semiconductor. The first photoelectric conversion unit has a higher impurity density than the second photoelectric conversion unit and is configured to allow the transfer of a charge occurring in the second photoelectric conversion unit to the first photoelectric conversion unit. The signal detecting unit commonly detects the charge amount in the first photoelectric conversion unit and the second photoelectric conversion unit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128101 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A communication device capable of preventing a failure in light emission control caused due to communication with a lighting device such as the master and the slave. The communication device is capable of connecting to an image pickup device and transmits a lighting instruction from the image pickup device to a lighting device through a communication unit capable of performing bidirectional communication. It is determined whether or not the lighting device is ready for lighting. The lighting device is prevented from transmitting information to the communication unit when the lighting device is ready for lighting. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128102 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND CAMERA SYSTEM - An imaging apparatus capable of performing shooting with flash light emitted by a flash device includes an imaging unit configured to capture an image of an object to output image data, and a charging control unit configured to perform charging control of a capacitor configured to accumulate energy for performing flash emission by the flash device. The charging control unit, in a case where shooting with flash light emitted by the flash device is performed, among a plurality of shooting operations for acquiring a plurality of pieces of image data to be used for image combining processing, performs the charging control so that charging of the capacitor is not performed until the last shooting of the plurality of shooting operations for acquiring a plurality of pieces of image data to be used for the image combining processing is finished. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128117 | VIDEO OUTPUT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND NON-TRANSITORY RECORDING (STORING) MEDIUM THAT RECORDS PROGRAM - This video output apparatus includes a plurality of input units that input a plurality of video signals and an auxiliary information related to video shot-changes that are associated with the video signals. A composing unit stores the image data associated with the plurality of input video signals in an image memory and reads out image data at a predetermined timing, and outputs a composed video signal. A control unit obtains auxiliary information for each video signal and selects one video signal from among the plurality of video signals by comparing priority orders corresponding to the auxiliary information. The control unit carries out control in which the frame frequency of the video signal that the composition unit outputs by reading out the image data from the image memory is synchronized with the frame frequency of the selected video signal. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128290 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND ITS METHOD - An unnatural color change which occurs when combining trapping and spatial filter processing is suppressed. When image data is input, it is determined whether to perform trapping at the position of the pixel of interest of the input image data, and trapping is performed for the input image data. In addition, spatial filter processing is performed for the pixel of interest of the input data, an output of the trapping and that of the filter processing are weighted, and image data to be output is calculated. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128296 | PRINTING APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM - There are provided a printing apparatus, and a control method and a program thereof which, in a case of box-storing a password document, can in advance avoid occurrence of a state where the password document can not be printed depending upon the setting of the printing apparatus. In a case of box-storing a password document, a user is notified at the box-storing that there is a possibility of occurrence of a state where the password document can not be printed depending upon the setting of a printing apparatus. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128306 | PRINT SYSTEM, PRINT CONTROL DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - An upload service that executes upload processing corresponding to a print service selected by a mobile terminal receives an access from the mobile terminal and the upload service returns an execution request including an instruction character string for calling an upload unit that executes local processing required for execution of the upload processing to the mobile terminal. The mobile terminal executes the local processing by calling the upload unit based on the instruction character string included in the execution request. Upon receiving an upload of a document file to be printed from the upload unit, the upload service saves the document file. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128308 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus at a client side communicates with a server to update remote one-touch keys each time because a remote one-touch key can be deleted or added in a communication apparatus at the server side. However, a remote one-touch key selected to specify a transmission destination can be used to deselect the transmission destination. Consequently, the communication apparatus at the client side does not update the remote one-touch keys while the remote one-touch key is selected to specify the transmission destination. With the configuration, the one-touch keys provided from the communication apparatus at the server side can be used while the operability of the one-touch keys is maintained. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128318 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus controls a formation of dots in a recording element configured to perform scanning on a sheet-like recording medium to form dots of different colors on a surface of the recording medium. The image processing apparatus makes a constraint according to cyan and magenta constraint information applied to a same scanning operation stronger than a constraint according to cyan and magenta constraint information applied to mutually adjacent scanning operations. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128320 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING REPLY MAIL GENERATING FUNCTION AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image forming apparatus includes units, such as mail reception, mail management, reading, detection, device identifier comparing, retrieval, printing, and mail attaching and sending. The mail management unit stores received electronic mail. The detection unit detects electronic mail identification information and a device identifier contained in document image data generated from a document image. The detected device identifier is compared with the image forming apparatus device identifier. If the detected device identifier corresponds to the image forming apparatus device identifier, then the retrieval unit searches the stored electronic mail in the mail management unit for an electronic mail corresponding to the electronic mail identification information. The printing unit performs printing of the electronic mail stored in the mail management unit. If the detected device identifier does not correspond, an electronic mail containing the read document image data is sent to an image forming apparatus having the detected device identifier. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128804 | CONTROL APPARATUS TO DIVIDE OTHER COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES INTO MULTIPLE GROUPS FOR SLOTS ALLOCATED - A communication control apparatus that performs wireless communication with a plurality of communication apparatuses, the communication control apparatus comprises: a grouping unit adapted to group the plurality of communication apparatuses based on the relative positions of each of the plurality of communication apparatuses; a notification unit adapted to notify each of the plurality of communication apparatuses of the group to which that communication apparatus belongs and of a communication slot allocated to that group; and a transmission unit adapted to transmit transmission data at a predetermined timing. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128960 | ENCODING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THEREOF, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - An encoding apparatus comprises, a detection unit configured to determine a characteristic of the image of each of a plurality of blocks and to detect whether visual degradation in each block is noticeable, a determination unit configured to determine a quantization parameter of each block based on a detection result, a transformation unit configured to perform orthogonal transformation of the block and quantization using the quantization parameter, an encoding unit configured to perform variable-length encoding of a transformation result, an inverse transformation unit configured to inversely transform the transformation result to generate a locally decoded image, and a calculation unit configured to calculate a reference value to change a criterion to determine the characteristic of the image, wherein the detection unit detects a block having noticeable visual degradation by changing the criterion in accordance with the reference value. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130128987 | Communication of data blocks over a communication system - The invention relates to a method of transmitting and receiving a primary data stream of data blocks, each data block formed by a plurality of N symbols, over a communication system that is robust to transmission errors and signal interruptions due to obstacles, and that minimizes bandwidth usage. The transmitting method comprising: forming a secondary data stream comprising shortened data blocks formed from the M most significant symbols of data blocks of the primary data stream, where M| 05-23-2013 | |
| 20130129045 | TRANSMISSION TYPE RADIATION GENERATING SOURCE AND RADIOGRAPHY APPARATUS INCLUDING SAME - A transmission type radiation generating device includes an electron emitting source; a substrate that transmits radiation; a target provided on a surface of the substrate facing the electron emitting source and configured to generate radiation when electrons emitted from the electron emitting source are applied thereto; a shield member having a radiation passage that allows the radiation transmitted through the substrate to pass therethrough, the shield member being connected to the substrate and including at least a forward shield portion that protrudes in a direction away from the electron emitting source with respect to the target; and an insulating fluid in contact with the forward shield portion. The shield member includes a low-melting-point metal or a low-melting point alloy provided at least in the forward shield portion. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129046 | RADIATION GENERATING TUBE AND RADIATION GENERATING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A radiation generating tube, which includes: a cathode connected to an electron gun structure; an anode including a target and configured to generate radiation; and a tubular side wall disposed between the cathode and the anode to surround the electron gun structure; and an electrical potential defining member disposed at an intermediate portion of the tubular side wall between the anode and the cathode. The electrical potential defining member is electrically connected to an electrical potential defining unit via an electrical resistance member or an inductor, and a potential of the electrical potential defining member is defined to be a higher potential than a potential of the cathode and to be a lower potential than a potential of the anode. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129157 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR RETRIEVING OBJECT FROM MOVING IMAGE AND METHOD THEREOF - A face image is detected for each frame at a predetermined interval in moving image data, and the face image is traced using a frame in which the face image is detected and frames subsequent to the frame. A face sequence including an interval in which the face can be traced and motion velocity vectors of the face indicating a change in the position of the face image in the interval is generated based on the tracing result. Further, camera operation information about when the moving image data is acquired is generated from the frame image of the moving image data. When there is an overlap in the plurality of intervals in which the face images are traced, the face being tracked by the camera is determined using the face sequence and the camera operation information of each of the plurality of face images. The face determined to be tracked is then determined to be a key object. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129215 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DESCRIBING IMAGE REGION BASED ON COLOR HISTOGRAM - A method and system for describing image region based on color histogram is provided. The method for describing an image region based on color histogram comprising: a color quantization step for quantizing said image region into a quantized color region, wherein a specific color range and colors outside the specific color range are differently treated in the quantizing; a color histogram calculation step for computing one or more color histograms according to said quantized color region; and a histogram assembling step for generating a unique vector by using said one or more color histograms. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129240 | IMAGE CODING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CODING IMAGE, AND PROGRAM, AND IMAGE DECODING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR DECODING IMAGE, AND PROGRAM - An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes an image coding apparatus including a first encoding unit configured to be input with an image having a first resolution, and, on a block basis, perform prediction of a block subjected to coding based on coded pixels to code the image and generate first prediction information indicating a prediction method; a scaling unit configured to scale a first image output from the first coding unit based on a ratio of the first resolution to a second resolution larger than the first resolution, by using a filter determined by the first prediction information, to generate inter-layer pixel prediction reference data; and a second coding unit configured to be input with an image having the second resolution, and, on a block basis, perform prediction based on coded pixels or the inter-layer pixel prediction reference data to code the image. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129336 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - In an imaging apparatus including a stepping motor that drives a diaphragm, a favorable moving image exposure control is carried out while reducing electrical power required for holding the diaphragm position. When a rotor and the magnetic poles of a stator do not face each other in a first mode, a control unit of the stepping motor drives the rotor to a facing position, and shuts off the current in a coil. When the diaphragm driving does not occur in a second operation mode, the control unit of a stepping motor shuts off the current in the coil at the state where the rotor of the motor and the magnetic poles of the stator face each other. A holding current to be supplied to the motor is shut off in the first and second. The program profile of a diaphragm drive method and an exposure control is switched depending on the type of an imaging lens unit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129364 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes a heating roller; a nip forming member for forming the nip with the roller; a sheet jam sensor; a first controller for interrupting a heating operation when the sensor detects the sheet jamming, and for resuming the heating operation after the jamming is cleared; a rubbing member for rubbing a heating roller surface; a moving mechanism for moving the rubbing member to a position for spacing the rubbing member from the roller to a position for rubbing the roller surface; and a second controller for executing an operation of moving the rubbing member to the rubbing position to rub the heating roller surface when a predetermined condition is reached, wherein the second controller delays, when the condition is reached during a period in which a predetermined count of sheets pass the nip after the jam clearance, the moving operation to after the period. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129368 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes temperature sensors that measure temperatures at different locations in the longitudinal direction of a photosensitive drum. The image forming apparatus also includes an image processing circuit configured to change an exposure condition in the longitudinal direction of the photosensitive drum based on measured values obtained by the temperature sensors. A related image forming method includes calculating a temperature at a third location between the first and second location based on the measured temperatures at the first location and the second location, and controlling an exposure condition for exposure at the third location in accordance with image information, including changing the exposure condition for the exposure at the third location based on the calculated temperature at the third location. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129371 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When a pre-rotation sequence is started at a time at which a print-start notification command is transmitted, in the case where a predicted time period is longer than a time period taken to perform the pre-rotation sequence, an appropriate FPOT is not realized. To determine whether the pre-rotation sequence can be started at a time at which a print reservation command that is to be transmitted before transmission of the print-start notification command is transmitted to the engine, a drum-rotation permission command is provided, whereby, in the case of immediately starting the pre-rotation sequence, the pre-rotation sequence can be started earlier than the pre-rotation sequence is started, reducing the FPOT. In the case of not immediately starting the pre-rotation sequence, a time period taken to perform image expansion and the time period taken to perform the pre-rotation sequence can be made to coincide with each other, reducing consumable items deterioration. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129375 | UNIT AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A unit for use with an image forming apparatus, includes: a developer accommodating portion, constituted by a frame, for accommodating a developer; a sheet member, provided on the frame in contact with a rotatable member, for preventing the developer from leaking out from a gap between the developer accommodating portion and the rotatable member; and a resin member for fixing the sheet member on the frame, wherein the resin member is formed on the frame by injection molding of a resin material and is fixed to the sheet member by welding. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129376 | DEVELOPING DEVICE - A magnetic flux density formed on a sleeve surface by a magnetic seal member on a downstream side in a conveyance direction of a developer agitation and conveyance member is greater than a magnetic flux density formed on the sleeve surface by a magnetic seal member on an upstream side in the developer conveyance direction. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129377 | DEVELOPER ACCOMMODATING CONTAINER AND PROCESS CARTRIDGE - A developer accommodating container for accommodating a developer, includes: a frame provided with a hole; a rotatable member penetrating the hole; and a seal member, provided on the frame by injection molding, for sealing a gap between a circumference of the hole of the frame and an outer peripheral surface of the rotatable member to prevent the developer from leaking out of the developer accommodating container. The seal member includes a projected portion which projects toward an inside of the hole and contacts the outer peripheral surface of the rotatable member. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129378 | CARTRIDGE AND UNIT - A cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of an image forming apparatus, includes: a rotatable member; a blade member contacted to the rotatable member; a frame, formed of a resin material, for supporting the blade member; and a seal member provided on the frame to be contacted to a portion of the blade member, opposite from a portion where the blade member is contacted to the rotatable member, in each of one end side and anther end side of the blade member with respect to an axial direction of the rotatable member, wherein the seal member is formed on the frame by injection molding for sealing a gap between the blade member and the frame. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129390 | DEVELOPING DEVICE, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In a developing device, a rotation shaft is provided with a developer feeding member, a cleaning member, and a receiving portion. The receiving portion is provided downstream of the developer feeding member and upstream of a light transmitting member, provided to a wall surface of a developer accommodating chamber of the developing device, with respect to a rotational direction of the rotation shaft when the cleaning member has passed through the light transmitting member. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129392 | DEVELOPER CARRYING MEMBER AND DEVELOPING UNIT - Provided is a developer carrying member that can stably provide a negatively chargeable developer with triboelectric charge and whose surface hardly wears even after its long-term use. The developer carrying member is a developer carrying member, comprising: a substrate; and a surface layer, wherein: the surface layer contains a matrix resin and electro-conductive particles; and the matrix resin contains a crosslinked product of a polymer chain having units represented by the following structural formula (1) and the following structural formula (2), and a polymer chain represented by the following structural formula (3). | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129394 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING TRANSFER BELT - An image forming apparatus includes: a belt position detection unit configured to detect a position of a transfer belt in a rotating shaft direction of a driving roller; a roller driving unit configured to tilt a steering roller to control the position of the transfer belt in the rotating shaft direction of the driving roller; a storage unit configured to store data about a reference position of a steering roller; and a control unit configured to acquire data about a tilt amount of the steering roller with respect to the reference position and control, in the rotating shaft direction of the driving roller based on the data about the tilt amount, a formation position of a toner image formed on each of the plurality of image carriers by the image forming unit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130129943 | RECORDING MEDIUM - A recording medium includes, in sequence, a support, a first ink-receiving layer, and a second ink-receiving layer, in which a content of a boric acid in the first ink-receiving layer is 2.0% by mass or more and 7.0% by mass or less with respect to a content of a polyvinyl alcohol in the first ink-receiving layer, a content of a boric acid in the second ink-receiving layer is 10.0% by mass or more and 30.0% by mass or less with respect to a content of a polyvinyl alcohol in the second ink-receiving layer, an outermost surface layer of the recording medium has a content of particles of 0.5% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less, the particles having an average secondary particle size of 1.0 μm or more and 20.0 μm or less with respect to a content of an inorganic pigment. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130022 | MEMBER FOR ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - Provided are a member for electrophotography whose charge-providing performance for toner is stable even under a high-humidity environment, and a process cartridge and an electrophotographic apparatus each using the member for electrophotography. Specifically, provided are a member for electrophotography including a mandrel, an elastic layer, and a protective layer, in which the protective layer is a zinc oxide film containing both formula 1 —Zn—O—R (in the formula 1, R represents an alkyl group) and formula 2 —O—Zn—O—, and a process cartridge and an electrophotographic apparatus each using the member for electrophotography. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130165 | TONER - Provided is a toner comprising toner particles, wherein each of the toner particles has a core-shell structure composed of a core and a shell phase formed on the core, the shell phase contains a resin (B), and the core contains a binder resin (A), a colorant and a wax, wherein the toner particles contain the resin (B) in a specific amount with respect to the core, and wherein the solubility parameter (SP value) of the binder resin (A) is denoted by SP(A), the SP value of the resin (B) is denoted by SP(B), the SP value of a repeating unit with the smallest SP value from among repeating units constituting the resin (B) is denoted by SP(C), and the SP value of the wax is denoted by SP(W), each of the SP(A), SP(B), SP(C) and SP(W) satisfy specific relationships. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130168 | TONER - Provided is a toner containing toner particles, each of which includes a binder resin containing a polyester as a main component, a colorant, and a wax, in which the binder resin includes a block polymer in which a segment capable of forming a crystalline structure and a segment incapable of forming a crystalline structure are bonded, the toner has a maximum endothermic peak from the binder resin, as determined by differential scanning calorimetry measurement, with a peak temperature in a specific range and with an endothermic quantity in a specific range, and the wax is an ester wax having a functionality of 3 or more. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130170 | TONER - Provided is a toner having an excellent low-temperature fixability and hot offset resistance, a broad fixing temperature latitude in low-temperature areas to high-temperature areas, and a high heat-resistant storage stability. The toner includes toner particles having a core-shell structure in which a shell phase containing a resin A is formed on a core containing a binder resin, a colorant and a wax. In measurement of resin A by a differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), the peak temperature TpA (° C.) of a maximum endothermic peak in the first temperature rise is at least 55° C. but not more than 80° C. In measurement of a viscoelasticity of resin A, the loss elastic modulus at TpA−10 (° C.) is at least 1×10 | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130237 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING STATE OF DNA - The present invention provides an analysis apparatus including: an irradiation section for irradiating the chromatin structure with terahertz waves; a detection section for acquiring a set of terahertz wave spectral information from the chromatin structure; a memory section for memorizing the sets of terahertz wave spectral information corresponding to the states of the chromatin structure; and a data processing section for analyzing the state of the chromatin structure by comparing the set of spectral information acquired in the detection section and the sets of spectral information memorized in the memory section. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130130494 | EMBEDDED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE SUBSTRATE AND PRODUCTION METHOD THEREOF - An embedded semiconductor device substrate having a semiconductor device integrated therein is formed by disposing a semiconductor device in an opening provided on an insulating resin, and sandwiching the semiconductor device and the insulating resin with a front surface wiring layer and a rear surface wiring layer and performing heat pressing. Connection between bumps of the semiconductor device and the front surface wiring layer is made with a connection wiring pattern. The connection wiring pattern is formed by patterning a resist film by direct exposure thereof with a light beam, and then performing etching. Thereby, it becomes possible to absorb a mounting error of a semiconductor device to a printed wiring board and a positional error of electrodes between semiconductor devices accompanying the tendency of reduction of the pitch of a semiconductor device, and to perform electric connection with a wiring pattern securely. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130131487 | TEST OBJECT INFORMATION ACQUISITION APPARATUS - An information acquisition apparatus configured to receive an elastic wave propagating through a test object to acquire characteristic information about the test object includes a receiver including an element configured to receive the elastic wave and to convert the received elastic wave into an electric signal, a time designation unit configured to designate a time required to acquire the characteristic information about the test object, a control unit configured to acquire area information about an area where the characteristic information about the test object is to be acquired based on the time and configured to cause a presentation unit to present the area information, and a scanning unit configured to cause the receiver to scan the test object based on the area information. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132336 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS THAT IMPROVES USABILITY OF ADDRESS BOOKS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is capable of improving usability of address books provided for respective ones of a plurality of users. When a destination included in the address books has been updated by any user among the plurality of users, a process result indicating that the destination has been updated, and descriptions of a process determined according to the process result are stored in association with and in conjunction with the destination in a storage device. The process corresponding to the destination is carried out on address books of users different from the user who has updated the destination, the address books including the destination stored in the storage device. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132338 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided with an information processing apparatus. A holding unit is configured to hold a communication parameter to be used to perform communication with a storage device configured to store a content. A storage unit is configured to store a content. A memory unit is configured to store a record of change for the content stored in the storage unit. A deletion unit is configured to delete, from the memory unit, the record of change used to synchronize the content stored in the storage unit with the content stored in the storage device in accordance with deletion of the communication parameter used to perform the communication with the storage device from the holding unit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132447 | DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT APPARATUS IMPROVED IN EFFICIENCY OF DELETION OF FILES, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A document management apparatus which, when an instruction for collective deletion of files and folders is given, is not required to wait until a user terminates manipulation of a file or a folder, thereby making it possible to enhance working efficiency of the system administrator. A file management system manages a plurality of files. A main controller and a user interface receive an instruction for collectively deleting the files managed by the file management system. The file management system deletes the files according to the instruction. When the instruction is received, a CPU controls the file management system such that out of the plurality of files, files being accessed are deleted after files not being accessed are deleted. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132530 | MANAGEMENT DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A device management service receives acquisition request of application information for the application to be applied from the image forming apparatus, generates and transmits application information corresponding to the image forming apparatus when device configuration information of the image forming apparatus satisfies a applicable condition of the application included in basic set application information and a license for utilizing to apply to the image forming apparatus is present. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132599 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a web browser configured to receive from the server, an HTTP response including a first script in which a procedure for using a web service is described and a second script in which a procedure for returning a result of the web service to a server is defined, and an HTTP server configured to perform processing as a web service provided by the information processing apparatus according to execution of the first script by the web browser, and call the second script for transmitting the result of the web service to the server. The web browser performs control to transmit the result of the web service to the server according to calling of the second script by the HTTP server. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132716 | DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - A data communication apparatus that is capable of improving operability when inputting authentication information. An authentication unit accepts authentication information inputted when a user logs in to the data communication apparatus and authenticates the user based on the accepted authentication information. A designation unit designates a file transmission destination that is inputted by the authenticated user. A transmission unit transmits a file to the transmission destination inputted. A registration unit registers the transmission destination of the file. A control unit prohibits registration of the authentication information at the time of registration of the transmission destination of the file when the accepted authentication information is used for file transmission, and permits registration of the authentication information at the time of registration of the transmission destination of the file when the inputted authentication information is not used for file transmission. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132747 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS WITH POWER CONTROL UNIT, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus that is capable of reducing power consumption. A power supply unit supplies electric power to devices including first and second devices of the apparatus. A power-state-switching unit switches a power state of the apparatus among a first power state in which the power supply unit supplies power to the devices, a second power state in which the power supply unit does not supply power to the first device without supplying power from a secondary battery to the devices, and a third power state in which the secondary battery supplies power to the second device. A control unit controls so that the secondary battery is charged by the power supplied from the power supply unit in the first power state, and to control so that the secondary battery is not charged by the power supplied from the power supply unit in the second and third power states. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132758 | HUB DEVICE AND SYSTEM USING THE SAME - The hub device includes a USB hub IC; a voltage converter that converts a source voltage supplied to the Hub device into a source voltage to be supplied to the USB device/devices connected to the plurality of downstream ports, and, in a case that the USB device/devices is/or in an abnormal condition, outputs a signal notifying the abnormal condition; and a plurality of switch units that interrupts a source voltage to the USB device/devices, and outputs an overcurrent detection signal when overcurrent flows into the USB device/devices, wherein the USB hub IC includes a plurality of overcurrent detection terminals into which the overcurrent detection signal from the plurality of switch units is input, and a signal notifying the abnormal condition causes the plurality of overcurrent detection terminals of the USB hub IC to be in an overcurrent detection condition. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132829 | DOCUMENT GENERATION APPARATUS, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A document generation apparatus comprises: a first acquisition unit adapted to acquire, based on identification information appended to a first document, layout data and data acquisition information required to acquire data to be laid out in accordance with the layout data; a second acquisition unit adapted to acquire data based on the data acquisition information acquired by the first acquisition unit; and a generation unit adapted to generate a second document on which the data acquired by the second acquisition unit are laid out in accordance with the layout data acquired by the first acquisition unit. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130132935 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF UPDATING CONTROL PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which makes it possible to perform an image forming operation even during update of a control program. The image forming apparatus is provided with distributed module controllers each including a sub CPU and a flash ROM storing a control program for controlling the sub CPU. The main CPU of the image forming apparatus updates the control programs stored in the respective flash ROMs. The main CPU displays a screen that enables selection of functions to be used in an image forming job executed by the image forming apparatus. During execution of update of a control program targeted for update, out of the selectable functions, the main CPU disables a function which uses a sub CPU associated with the control program. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130133080 | LICENSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - When hardware connected to an image forming apparatus is detected, a check is performed as to whether the hardware was used with another image forming apparatus, and, if used, a license of an application that is operated by the hardware is automatically transferred so that the application can be used in the image forming apparatus to which the hardware is connected. | 05-23-2013 |
| 20130134312 | RADIATION DETECTION APPARATUS AND RADIOGRAPHIC SYSTEM - A radiation detection apparatus including a sensor unit having photoelectric conversion units two-dimensionally arranged and a scintillator layer which converts radiation into light, comprising a first member disposed on the sensor unit, and a second member disposed on the first member, wherein the scintillator layer is disposed on the second member, and letting n | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134452 | DISPLAY DEVICE - Provided is a display device including: a substrate; and multiple pixels provided on the substrate, the pixels each having an organic EL element obtained by laminating a lower electrode provided on the substrate, an organic compound layer, and an upper electrode in the stated order, and the lower electrode including an electrode independently placed for each of the pixels, in which: the lower electrode is formed of a first lower electrode layer provided on the substrate and a second lower electrode layer provided on the first lower electrode layer; the organic compound layer and the upper electrode cover the first lower electrode layer and the second lower electrode layer; and charge injection property from the second lower electrode layer into the organic compound layer is larger than charge injection property from an end portion of the first lower electrode layer into the organic compound layer. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134616 | IMPRINT APPARATUS, IMPRINT METHOD, AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - The present invention provides an imprint apparatus for performing an imprint process by which an imprint material on a substrate is molded by using a mold having a pattern region on which a pattern is formed, thereby transferring the pattern onto the substrate, including a detector configured to detect marks formed in each of a plurality of shot regions on the substrate, a deformation unit configured to deform the pattern region, and a controller configured to control the imprint process. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134630 | IMPRINT APPARATUS, MANUFACTURING METHOD FOR ARTICLE USING THE SAME, AND IMPRINT METHOD - An imprint apparatus includes a holding unit configured to hold the mold by use of a suction unit including a plurality of suction force generating portions; a suction force adjusting unit configured to enable adjustment of a suction force by the plurality of suction force generating portions; and a shape correcting unit configured to align a shape of a pattern region of the mold with a shape of a substrate-side pattern region of the substrate by applying force to the mold. In the case of applying force to the mold by use of the shape correcting unit, the suction force adjusting unit configures a predetermined region of a suction surface applying suction to the mold as a suction region, and adjusts the suction force of the plurality of suction force generating portions so that the suction force on the other region is smaller than the suction force on the suction region. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134645 | SHEET POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS POST-PROCESSING ON SHEET BUNDLE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A sheet post-processing apparatus capable of stably stopping a clamping member at a predetermined target position (holding position), of performing post-processing regardless of thickness of a sheet bundle. A holding member is used for holding a sheet bundle. A moving unit moves the holding member between a predetermined reference position and a predetermined holding position at which the holding member holds the sheet bundle. A sheet post-processing unit performs post-processing on the sheet bundle held by the holding member. A control unit configured to, when the holding member is moved from the reference position and is stopped at the holding position by the moving unit, decelerate a moving speed of the moving unit, before performing a stopping process of the moving unit, such that a deceleration rate of the moving speed is smaller as a thickness of the sheet bundle is larger. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134651 | SHEET FEEDING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM - A sheet feeding apparatus includes a sheet stacking unit, a suction conveyance unit configured to convey an uppermost sheet stacked on the sheet stacking unit, a suction unit configured to adsorb the sheets onto the suction conveyance unit, and an adsorption completion detection unit. In the sheet feeding apparatus, when the tab-attached sheets are stacked on the sheet stacking unit and fed such that their tab portions are on the downstream side in a sheet feeding direction, the suction unit starts to adsorb the sheet and the suction conveyance unit starts to convey the sheet immediately after the adsorption completion detection unit detects the completion of the adsorption. When the sheets other than the tab-attached sheets are fed, the suction unit previously adsorbs the sheet onto the suction conveyance unit, and the suction conveyance unit starts to convey the sheet in response to the sheet feeding signal. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134654 | SHEET CONVEYING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet conveying apparatus including, a conveying portion conveying a sheet; a rotation detection portion rotatably provided; a sensor portion detecting the conveyed sheet based on a rotational position of the rotation detection portion; a rotation transmission portion transmitting a rotational driving force to the rotation detection portion to rotate the rotation detection portion in a predetermined rotational direction after the rotation detection portion is rotated by being pushed by the leading end of the sheet; and an urging unit configured to apply an urging force to the rotation detection portion so that the rotation detection portion comes into contact with a surface of the sheet, thereafter the rotation detection portion is returned to a waiting position along with the passage of the rear end of the sheet through the rotation detection portion after the rotation detection portion is rotated by the rotational driving force of the rotation transmitting unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134662 | SHEET CONVEYANCE DEVICE - A sheet conveyance device that is capable of appropriately correcting a position of a sheet in the sheet width direction with respect to an image transferred thereon. A shift mechanism shifts a sheet conveyed in a sheet width direction perpendicular to a sheet conveyance direction. A first sensor detects one side edge of the sheet in the sheet width direction. A second sensor detects the other side edge of the sheet in the sheet width direction. A control unit drives the shift mechanism so that the center of the sheet in the sheet width direction is coincident with a predetermined target position based on the gap of the first and second sensors, detection timing of the one side edge by the first sensor, detection timing of the other side edged by the second sensor, and a predetermined standard value of sheet width. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134663 | SKEW CORRECTING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A skew correcting device includes a first roller pair configured to nip and convey a sheet; a second roller pair disposed upstream of the first roller pair and configured to nip and convey the sheet; a contact portion disposed downstream of the first roller pair, the contact portion being a portion that the leading edge of the conveyed sheet comes into contact to correct skew of the sheet; a switching mechanism configured to change a nipping force of the first roller pair before the leading edge of the conveyed sheet comes into contact with the contact portion to form a loop in the sheet; and a control unit configured to make a determination on the basis of sheet information as to whether the nipping force of the first roller pair is to be changed, the control unit being configured to control the switching mechanism on the basis of the determination. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130134664 | SHEET CONVEYING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including a sheet conveying portion which conveys a sheet to be formed with an image, and an abutment member which is abutted by the tip end of a sheet conveyed by the sheet conveying portion, and movable to a first attitude of being abutted by the tip end of the sheet being conveyed, and to a second attitude of allowing passage of the sheet and being in the state of abutting the surface of the sheet, wherein the abutment member in the second attitude abuts a part which is outside an image forming region and on the sheet surface having the image forming region in a central part in a width direction orthogonal to a sheet conveying direction. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135087 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - Contact detection units ( | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135371 | INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS - An ink jet recording apparatus includes a recording head and a driving unit. The recording head includes a plurality of element columns. Each element column includes a plurality of recording elements arrayed in a first direction to discharge ink, and is divided into a plurality of groups including a plurality of continuous recording elements. The driving unit drives the recording head and execute control so that the plurality of recording elements in each group is driven in order at a specific time interval. A number of the element columns is equal to or larger than a number of recoding elements in a group. The driving unit controls driving of the plurality of element columns so that recorded data of one column is recorded within a conveyance width of a recording medium to be conveyed within the specific time interval. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135376 | PRINTING APPARATUS - The present invention has been made to judge the discharge state of each nozzle accurately at an appropriate timing. For this purpose, a printing apparatus using a printhead including a heater and a temperature sensor to detect a temperature of the heater has the following arrangement. A temporal change in a detected temperature is monitored upon driving the printhead. In the temperature dropping process, temperatures are extracted at plural points of a time interval including a timing at which a feature point of the temporal change in the detected temperature in normal discharge appears. The second derivative of the temperature is calculated and added to obtain a total sum. The total sum is compared with a threshold defined based on the characteristic of the temporal change in the monitored temperature in discharge failure, thereby judging whether to normally discharge ink. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135377 | PRINTING APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND AVOIDING UNPRINTABLE REGIONS ON RECORDING MEDIUMS - A printing apparatus for performing printing on a recording medium includes a printing unit configured to perform printing a plurality of images sequentially on a recording medium, a detection unit configured to detect an unsuitable area that is not suitable for printing on the recording medium, and a control unit configured to control, when the detection unit detects the unsuitable area, so as to define an unprintable region, including the unsuitable area, where the image is not to be printed on the recording medium based on a length of the unsuitable area in a direction of conveyance of the recording medium, and to continue printing the images while avoiding the set unprintable region. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135380 | INK JET PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INK JET PRINTING APPARATUS - An ink jet printing apparatus including a plurality of print heads and a method for controlling the ink jet printing apparatus are provided which allows ink ejection to be immediately started. If temperatures of both a first print head and a second print head have become equal to or higher a reference temperature at least once, a printing operation or a preliminary ejection operation using the first print head and the second print head is started even when one of the temperature of the first print head and the temperature of the second print head is lower than the reference temperature. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135381 | PRINTING APPARATUS - This invention has been made to judge the discharge state of each nozzle accurately at an appropriate timing. For this purpose, an apparatus using a printhead including a heater and a temperature sensor has the following arrangement. A temporal change in a detected temperature is monitored upon driving the printhead. During the temperature drop, temperatures are extracted at plural points of a time interval including a timing at which a feature point of the temporal change in the detected temperature in normal discharge appears. The second derivative of the temperature is calculated and added to obtain a total sum and intermediate sum. The total sum is compared with predetermined first and second thresholds to judge whether to normally discharge ink. If normal discharge or discharge failure is uncertain, the intermediate sum is compared with a third threshold for final judgment. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135394 | INKJET RECORDING HEAD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING INKJET RECORDING HEAD - An inkjet recording head includes: plural element substrates from which ink is ejected; and a flexible wiring substrate which includes a first wiring area, a second wiring area and a bending portion, the first wiring area including plural openings in which the element substrates are placed and which includes, in the periphery thereof, electrode terminals electrically connected to the element substrates, and the bending portion being bent between the first wiring area and the second wiring area. The flexible wiring substrate includes a slit which extends between the plural openings and reaches the bending portion or a position further than the bending portion from an end portion of the flexible wiring substrate on the side on which the first wiring area is provided, at a position opposite to the bending portion. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135398 | Ink jet recording apparatus and nozzle recovery method - An ink jet recording apparatus includes a recording head having a common liquid chamber and a plurality of nozzles configured to discharge ink supplied from the common liquid chamber using generation of bubbles, and a recovery unit configured to perform recovery processing on the plurality of nozzles, wherein the recovery unit performs the recovery processing while the recovery unit changes a distribution of flow velocity of the ink flowing from the common liquid chamber to the plurality of nozzles by generating bubbles within apart of the nozzles among the plurality of nozzles. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135408 | PRINTING APPARATUS - There is provided a printing apparatus capable of improving total throughput of color measurement and preventing damage to a printed image. Therefore a colorimetric housing | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135418 | OPEN-CLOSE COVER ASSEMBLY OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An open-close cover assembly of an image forming apparatus capable of maintaining an open angle of an open-close cover even when sheets of large quantity are stacked on the cover and preventing the cover and an apparatus main unit from being damaged even when the cover is applied with an excessive force acting in a cover opening direction. When the cover is in open state, first stopper portions of the cover are engaged with first receiving portions of the main unit, thereby maintaining the cover open angle. When an excessive force is applied to the cover, shaft portions of the main unit are disengaged from bearing portions of the cover through openings formed in the bearing portions after the first stopper portions have been disengaged from the first receiving portions and second stopper portions of the cover have been engaged with second receiving portions of the main unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135419 | LIGHT SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A light scanning apparatus, including: a light source; a light deflector configured to deflect a light beam emitted from the light source to scan a photosensitive member; an optical member configured to guide the light beam the photosensitive member; a housing configured to contain the light source, the light deflector, and the optical member; a cover member configured to be attached to a side wall of the housing so as to keep dust out of the light scanning apparatus; and an elastic member having a first abutment portion which is attached to the cover member and is elastically deformed by abutting the side wall, and a second abutment portion which is elastically deformed to abut the side wall according to elastic deformation of the first abutment portion when the cover member is attached to the housing. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135423 | LIGHT SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A light scanning apparatus configured to irradiate a surface to be scanned with a light beam, including: a light source configured to emit the light beam; a deflector configured to deflect the light beam to scan the surface; an optical element configured to lead the light beam to the surface; a housing configured to hold the light source, the deflector, and the optical element, and including fibers; and a rib formed integrally with a bottom portion of the housing on which the deflector and the optical element are disposed, the rib standing on the bottom portion between the deflector and the optical element to suppress a deformation of the housing in a scanning direction, wherein the fibers of the rib are oriented along the scanning direction, and the fibers of the bottom portion are oriented along the bottom portion and in a direction perpendicular to the scanning direction. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135424 | RECORDING MEDIUM IMAGING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - There is provided a recording medium imaging device capable of properly selecting pixels used for determining the kind of the recording medium from the captured surface image to remove pixels from which the surface property of the recording medium cannot be properly determined because the pixels extremely high in light quantity are affected by some sort of dirt or scratches in determining the kind of a recording medium. This allows the determination of kind of the recording medium based on the normally captured surface image to reduce the decrease in accuracy in determining the kind of the recording medium. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135426 | READING APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A reading apparatus includes a reading unit including a presser configured to press a sheet, a carriage configured to hold a sensor unit and to move on the presser, and a housing configured to store the sensor unit and the carriage and to hold the presser in a displaceable way. The reading apparatus further includes a movement mechanism configured to move the reading unit to a first position in which the presser presses a supporting surface and to a second position in which the pressing is released. The movement mechanism sets the reading unit to the first position during reading by the sensor unit and to the second position during movement of the sheet on the supporting surface. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135463 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus comprises an image obtaining unit configured to obtain an image captured by an image capturing apparatus; an index detection unit configured to detect index information from the image; a measurement value obtaining unit configured to obtain a measurement value of at least one of a position and an orientation measured by a position and orientation sensor; a determination unit configured to determine a suitability of calibration data for the position and orientation sensor, which includes the index information and the measurement value, based on the index information and the measurement value, respectively; and a presentation unit configured to present the suitability. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135464 | IMAGING APPARATUS, DISPLAY METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An imaging apparatus includes an imaging unit, a position detection unit configured to detect position information of the imaging apparatus, an acquisition unit configured to acquire candidate object information indicating an object which a photographer may desire to capture an image thereof within a search range of position information based on the position information detected by the position detection unit, and a presenting unit configured to present the candidate object information to the photographer. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135483 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An information processing apparatus obtains image data included in an image file stored in a storage medium of the digital camera and the updated time of the image file stored in the storage medium of the digital camera, and reads out the shooting time of the image data included in the header of the image file stored in the storage medium of the information processing apparatus. The information processing apparatus displays a first view that displays the image data in an order based on the obtained updated time, and a second view that displays the image data included in the image file stored in the storage medium of the information processing apparatus in an order based on the read out shooting time. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135492 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided an image pickup apparatus that, even if image data has insufficient depth difference between an object and a background, accurately discriminates a region including an object and a region including a background. The image pickup apparatus includes a generation unit configured to generate image data, and a discrimination unit configured, based on first image data generated by the generation unit, when an in-focus position is at a first focal position at which an object is in-focus state or a second focal position on a short distance side of the first focal position, and second image data generated by the generation unit, when an in-focus position is at a third focal position on a far distance side of a focal position at which a background is in-focus state, to discriminate a first region including the object and a second region including the background. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135497 | DATA RECORDING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A data recording apparatus includes a connection unit which is capable of connecting, as a recording medium, a first recording medium having a predetermined function and a second recording medium that does not have the predetermined function. The data recording apparatus detects a connection status of the recording medium to the connection unit, controls a menu concerning setting of the predetermined function. If the detection unit detects that the first recording medium is connected to the connection unit, the data recording apparatus makes the menu operable. If the detection unit detects that the first recording medium is removed and then detects that the second recording medium is connected to the connection unit, the data recording apparatus makes the menu inoperable, and maintains the menu in the operable state during a period from removal of the first recording medium to connection of the second recording medium to the connection unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135514 | OPTICAL SYSTEM AND OPTICAL APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An optical system includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a front unit having a positive refractive power, an aperture diaphragm, and a rear unit. The front unit includes a first lens unit having a positive refractive power. The rear unit includes a second unit adjacent to the aperture diaphragm and configured to move in focusing. The first lens unit includes n (which is an integer of 2 or higher) positive lenses and one or more negative lenses. The materials of at least two positive lenses in the first lens unit satisfy 0.0100<ΔθgF where ΔθgF is an abnormal partial dispersion of each material. The material of the one or more positive lenses satisfies 0.0272<ΔθgF. Additional conditional expressions are satisfied. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135518 | FOCUS ADJUSTING APPARATUS AND FOCUS ADJUSTING METHOD - There are provided a focus adjusting apparatus and method in which a look of an image plane can be improved when an object area to be focused in the image plane is judged and focused prior to image-taking preparation operation. A first operation for determining the object area to be focused is performed prior to the image-taking preparation operation, and a second operation for performing the focus adjusting operation is performed at the time of the image-taking preparation operation. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135615 | STIMULATED RAMAN SCATTERING MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - The measurement apparatus combines first and second lights from first and second light generators to focus the combined light to a sample, and detect the first or second light intensity-modulated by stimulated Raman scattering. The first light generator includes a light dispersion element separating the light from a light introducing optical system in different directions according to light frequencies, and drives at least one of the light dispersion element and part of the light introducing optical system so as to change an incident angle of the light to the light dispersion element to extract part of the separated light, thereby making a light frequency of the first light variable. The second light generator produces a plurality of the second lights having mutually different light frequencies. The apparatus measures a Raman spectrum by changing the light frequency of the first light. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135630 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus according to one aspect of this invention includes an assigning unit configured to assign the original images of a plurality of pages to the obverse surfaces and reverse surfaces of a plurality of sheets in the page order. The printing apparatus further includes a printing control unit configured to, when reverse order output of the original images of the plurality of pages is instructed, control to print the original images of the plurality of pages from a sheet to which the assigning unit assigns the original image of the final page out of the plurality of pages. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135632 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A plurality of preview images in case of color printing performed to an area selected by a user and monochrome printing performed to an area not selected by the user are generated based on a plurality of parameters, and then the generated preview images are displayed. Further, preview images in case of color printing performed to a specific area and monochrome printing performed to another area are generated respectively to a plurality of patterns, and then the generated preview images are displayed. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135633 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention aims to eliminate a ground color of an original from image data generated by a reading unit. To achieve this, a user sets elimination levels of a plurality of color components for each of the plurality of color components while confirming the image data. Then, a process of eliminating the ground color of the original from the image data is performed based on a setting by the user. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135636 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - During a drying period for a sheet on which a color image for colorimetric measurement has been printed, or during a colorimetric measurement period, printing of a normal image for a different sheet can be concurrently performed. A printing apparatus includes: a printing unit, for printing an image on a sheet that is conveyed along a first path; a second path, to which the sheet can be moved from the first path, and along which the sheet printed by the printing unit is retained; and a colorimetric measurement unit, for performing colorimetric measurement of the color image printed on the sheet. While the sheet received in the second path is held before colorimetric measurement is performed, or while colorimetric measurement is performed by the colorimetric measurement unit, the first path can be employed to permit the printing unit to print an image on a different sheet. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135638 | PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A system in which when a setting of a certain sheet storing unit of a group of sheet storing units is changed, and the changed setting of the certain sheet storing unit is different from settings of other sheet storing units within the same group as the certain sheet storing unit, a user is notified accordingly, or the changed setting is set to the other sheet storing units. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135642 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The invention provides a technique which allows high-quality printing. An image processing apparatus for forming an image by executing N printing scans for a single region on a printing medium, comprises: a readout unit configured to read out image data of a region corresponding to a k-th printing scan from input image data; a print data generation unit configured to generate print data from the image data by halftone processing; and an obtaining unit configured to obtain position fluctuation information of dots in a preceding printing scan, wherein the readout unit controls a readout position of the region corresponding to the k-th printing scan in accordance with the position fluctuation information at the time of the preceding printing scan obtained by the obtaining unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135644 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus according to one aspect of this invention receives an instruction for using a first function, receives, from the user, a document orientation to be used for the first function, stores the received document orientation in a storage unit. The image processing apparatus further causes the storage unit to hold the document orientation stored in the storage unit even when the instruction for using the first function is canceled, and uses the document orientation for a second function different from the first function. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135648 | READING APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A reading apparatus includes a movable guide that is able to switch an attitude of a supporting surface thereof relative to a reading unit between a first attitude and a second attitude, and the second attitude is a state where a side to which the sheet is discharged is downwardly open more in the gravity direction than in the first attitude. The movable guide is set to the first attitude during reading of a test pattern by the reading unit, and to the second attitude during discharge of the sheet from below the reading unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135649 | READING APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A movable guide is able to switch an attitude of a supporting surface of the movable guide relative to the reading unit between a first attitude and a second attitude. The second attitude is a state where a side to which the sheet is introduced is open more than in the first attitude. The movable guide is set to the first attitude during reading of the test pattern. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135650 | READING APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A movable carriage includes a mechanism configured to hold a sensor unit so as to allow the sensor unit to displace with respect to the carriage. The mechanism allows the sensor unit to displace with respect to the carriage in a rotational direction centering on a shaft parallel to a moving direction of the carriage and disposed above a reading area of the sensor unit, and in a vertical direction. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135651 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND READING METHOD - A sheet on which a pattern is formed in a plurality of rows is conveyed toward downstream at least until an area having the formed pattern reaches an area to be dried by a drying unit. Subsequently, with respect to the pattern, reading by the reading unit for each row included in the plurality of rows and step-feeding of the sheet toward upstream are repeated. A sheet area to be conveyed to a reading area by step-feeding is forcibly dried by the drying unit before reading the sheet area. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135654 | IMAGE READING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE READING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided a method for properly placing a document on a reference position of a document positioning plate. The method for controlling an image reading apparatus for reading a document placed on a document positioning plate includes acquiring an image of an image-readable region including the document positioning plate, detecting a document to be read in a vicinity of a reference position for reading the document which is placed on the document positioning plate, and controlling a display unit to display an image of a first region of the document positioning plate in a case where the document is not detected, and controlling the display unit to display an image of a second region in the vicinity of the reference position in a magnification that is greater than a magnification for displaying the image of the first region in a case where the document is detected. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135658 | PRINTING APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FUNCTION, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus enabling prevention of unauthorized access from an external apparatus. The printing apparatus receives print data from an external apparatus through wireless communication, and determines whether or not the received print data has authentication information added thereto. When it is determined that the print data has authentication information added thereto, the image data is printed depending on reception of the authentication information from a user. Further, it is determined whether or not the level of security of an encryption method employed in the wireless communication is lower than a predetermined security level. When the print data does not have authentication information added thereto and when the level of security is lower than the predetermined security level, the printing apparatus restricts printing based on the received print data. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135668 | PRINT SYSTEM, RELAY SERVER, PROCESSING DEVICE, PRINT SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The information processing device of the present invention transmits printer information including a print setting to a print service device and registers the printer information in the print service device. Then, the information processing device receives a request for realizing a batch setting in the print service server in which a plurality of print settings is settable in a collective manner. When the request has been received, the information processing device registers batch setting printer information regarding the same printer as that corresponding to the printer information and corresponds to the setting content of the batch setting desired for implementation, in addition to the printer information in the print service device. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135678 | DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A document transmission apparatus reduces troublesome labor of an operator when transmitting document data, inputted from a scanner or the like, by various transmission methods such as electronic mail, facsimile, remote printing and file transfer. An address book containing a receiver and a plurality of transmission methods for transmitting document data to the receiver is generated. Upon transmission instruction, an appropriate transmission method is selected by the receiver, then document data is converted into data of an appropriate data format, and the converted data is transmitted. Further, a notice of transmission indicating that the document data has been transmitted is transmitted to the receiver of the document data by a method different from the transmission method of the document data. Thus, the document data can be reliably delivered to the receiver. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135679 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - Disclosed are a printing apparatus for executing print processing based upon print data and a method of controlling this apparatus. The print data is saved in a first memory area, the print data, which has been saved in the first memory area, is rendered into image data, the rendered image data is stored in a second memory area, and printing is performed using the image data. A determination is made as to whether the image data, which has been stored in the second memory area, is to be saved for the purpose of reprint process. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135686 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING CALIBRATION FOR PRINTING - An image processing apparatus includes a measurement unit configured to read a patch image for a calibration which is printed on a recorded medium by a printing apparatus and measure a density of the patch image, a reception unit configured to receive spectral reflection factor information measured by reading the patch image for the calibration printed on the recorded medium by using a measurement device capable of measuring a spectral reflection factor at every predetermined wavelengths, and a processing unit configured to perform a calibration for a printing using the recorded medium by the printing apparatus on the basis of the density measured by the measurement unit and the spectral reflection factor information received by the reception unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135698 | READING APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A pressing unit configured to press a supporting surface for supporting a sheet, and a carriage configured to hold a sensor unit and to move on the pressing unit are integrated into one unit. There is provided a movement mechanism configured to move the unit between a first position in which the pressing unit presses the supporting surface during reading and a second position in which the pressing is released during movement of the sheet on the supporting surface. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135699 | SHEET FEEDING DEVICE - A sheet feeding device includes a separation roller, a first conveyance roller arranged on a downstream side of the separation roller and conveys the sheet separated by the separation roller, a second conveyance roller further conveys the sheet conveyed by the first conveyance roller, wherein the separation roller and the first conveyance roller are driven exclusively of each other by a first motor, and a control unit controls such that, when a trailing edge of a sheet passes through the separation roller while the sheet is being conveyed by the first conveyance roller and the second conveyance roller, the first motor makes a conveyance speed of the first conveyance roller higher than the conveyance speed thereof before the trailing edge of the sheet passes through the separation roller, and that, when the trailing edge of the sheet passes through the first conveyance roller, the first motor drives the separation roller. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135700 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In an image processing apparatus having a first reading unit to read a front-face image of an original which is conveyed and a second reading unit to read a back-face image of the original which is conveyed, image processing parameters for eliminating the back-face image which is projected as a show-through image to the front-face image of the original which is displayed to a displaying unit are input. An image process according to each of the input image processing parameters is executed to image data of the front-face. The image data displayed to the displaying unit is switched to the image-processed image data of the front-face. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135743 | OPTICAL ELEMENT AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - The optical element includes a base member, and a first layer which is formed on the base member and whose refractive index for a central use wavelength λ changes in a thickness direction of the first layer by 0.05 or more. The first layer has an anti-reflection function and satisfies n | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135902 | SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - A highly power-efficient switching power supply is realized. A switching power supply circuit of the present invention comprises: a pulse generation unit configured to generate a pulse for alternately opening and closing a first and a second switching elements; and a switching unit configured to input a voltage to the pulse generation unit in accordance with the detected power consumption level in the external load, wherein the pulse generation unit is configured so as to reduce the pulse width of the pulse that is generated if the voltage input from the switching unit is higher than a reference voltage, and to increase the pulse width of the pulse that is generated if the voltage input from the switching unit is lower than the reference voltage. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130135971 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING CAPACITIVE MICROMACHINED ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER AND APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO OBTAIN SUBJECT INFORMATION USING THE CAPACITIVE MICROMACHINED ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER - There is provided a method for manufacturing a capacitive micromachined ultrasonic transducer. In this method, a first insulating layer and a vibrating membrane are bonded by heat treatment and a second insulating layer is formed by thermal oxidation in a single heating step, with a cavity provided in the transducer communicating with the outside of the transducer through a communication portion. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136143 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CAPABLE OF SELECTING USE BANDWIDTH, METHOD OF CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is capable of easily selecting a use bandwidth desired by a user when the user transmits data using via a network in which the use charge is different depending on the use bandwidth. A CPU acquires charge information indicative of a use charge in each of use bandwidths of the network. Further, the CPU determines a use bandwidth to be used for transmitting the data, according to the size of the data and the acquired charge information. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136303 | OBJECT DETECTION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE OBJECT DETECTION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An object detection apparatus comprises a detection unit configured to calculate a detection likelihood from each of the plurality of frame images obtained by an image obtaining unit, and to detect a target object from each of the frame images based on the detection likelihood; and a tracking unit configured to calculate a tracking likelihood of the target object from each of the plurality of frame images, and to track the target object over the plurality of frame images based on the tracking likelihood, wherein the detection unit detects the target object from the frame images obtained by the image obtaining unit based on the tracking likelihood of the target object that is calculated by the tracking unit from the frame images, and the detection likelihood of the target object that is calculated by the detection unit from the frame images. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136304 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION TOWARD HUMAN OBJECT - A human object recognition unit recognizes a human object included in a captured image data. A degree-of-interest estimation unit estimates a degree of interest of the human object in acquiring information, based on a recognition result obtained by the human object recognition unit. An information acquisition unit acquires information as a target to be presented to the human object. An information editing unit generates information to be presented to the human object from the information acquired by the information acquisition unit, based on the degree of interest estimated by the degree-of-interest estimation unit. An information display unit outputs the information generated by the information editing unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136326 | MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A medical image processing apparatus includes a unit configured to analyze a target medical image, a unit configured to register information representing an aptitude of each doctor with respect to interpretation of a specific lesion and a modality used by each doctor, and a unit configured to, when the analysis result includes information associated with a lesion, decide an assigned doctor based on information representing the aptitude of each doctor with respect to interpretation of the specific lesion, and, when the analysis result includes no information associated with a lesion, decide an assigned doctor based on the modality. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136351 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FUNCTION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE APPARATUS - An image processing apparatus includes a color intersection point determination and contour point extraction unit configured to raster-scan a multivalued image by using a pixel matrix having a predetermined size, to determine whether a target point is a color intersection point for dividing a contour for forming a boundary between pixels having a different value from each other, according to states of a plurality of pixels in the pixel matrix, and to extract a contour point for forming the boundary between the pixels having a different value from each other; and a contour information reconstruction unit configured to, by using color intersection points determined by the color intersection point determination and contour point extraction unit and contour points extracted thereby, generate contour information including contour lines each being sectioned by the color intersection points. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136367 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - A production unit of an image processing apparatus produces a contour signal of an image including a specific subject. A detection unit detects, on the basis of the contour signal, a representative contour direction for each of a plurality of division regions of the image, where the detection unit detects a specific direction as the representative contour direction when the direction of the entire contour portion included in the division regions is biased in the specific direction by at least a specific degree. A determination unit determines a type of the subject on the basis of at least one of a direction-based frequency distribution of the detected representative contour directions, a number of representative contour directions detected, etc. A correction unit configured to correct the image data according to a correction method corresponding to the type of the subject. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136413 | PLAYBACK APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A playback apparatus obtains section information, which is included in obtained moving image data, and includes a shooting frame rate, information required to identify a start frame, and information of a range of an elapsed time from a shooting start timing for each section having the same shooting frame rate. When a playback position of the moving image data is specified using an elapsed time from the shooting start timing, the playback apparatus determines a section including the playback position using pieces of section information of respective sections. Then, the playback apparatus identifies a playback frame corresponding to the playback position from information of a range of an elapsed time of the determined section, a shooting frame rate of that section, information required to identify a start frame of that section, and the playback position. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136418 | REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND REPRODUCING METHOD - To more flexibly reproduce moving image data obtained by capturing a plurality of frames within the period of a single frame of display output while changing the exposure condition. For example, moving image data, which has been obtained by capturing a plurality of frames within the period of a single frame of display output while changing the exposure condition, is stored in a recording portion. When the moving image data is reproduced from the recording portion, a single frame is selected and output by a reproduced frame selecting portion for each period of a single frame of display output. If a user operation instructing to make the displayed image darker, in response to this user operation, a frame having an exposure condition of underexposure is selected and output from the moving image data to be reproduced from the recording portion for each period of a single frame of display output. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136462 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Information indicating a paper and information indicating a substitute paper to be used instead of the paper when paper out occurs with the paper are registered such that the information indicating the paper and the information indicating the substitute paper are associated with each other. Thus, when paper out occurs with a certain paper while printing is being performed, then the printing is restarted using the substitute paper registered corresponding to the certain paper. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136464 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Provided is an image forming apparatus including: photosensitive drums; electrostatic latent image forming units; developing sleeves; patch detection sensors which detect image densities of the toner images formed by the electrostatic latent image forming units; and toner replenishment units which replenish the developing sleeves with the toner based on the detection results of the patch detection sensors. Further, controllers are provided to make a control such that the rotation speeds of the developing sleeves at the time of forming the reference toner image is higher than the rotation speeds of the developing sleeves at the time of forming a normal image. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136473 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an intermediary transfer member for carrying an image; a transferring device for transferring the image from the intermediary transfer member onto a sheet; a device for forming a toner patch for a density adjustment between adjacent sheets, in an area corresponding to between adjacent ones of sheets on the intermediary transfer member; a detector for detecting density of the patch; and a sheet interval density adjusting device for adjusting in real time a density/tone-gradation property of the image on the basis of a detection result of the density detector. The patch includes a density detection area, and an outer marginal portion having a density lower than that of the density detection area. The patch forming device changes at least one of a patch image density of the density detection area, a size of the marginal portion and a density of the marginal portion. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136474 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to form a measurement image on a recording paper, a fixing unit configured to fix the measurement image onto the recording paper by heating, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement image fixed on the recording paper downstream of the fixing unit in a conveyance direction of the recording paper, and a correction unit configured to correct a measurement value output from the measurement unit such that an effect of temperature of the recording paper is decreased when the measurement unit measures the measurement image. The correction unit is configured not to correct the measurement value in a case where density of the measurement image is measured by the measurement unit, and the correction unit is configured to correct the measurement value in a case where chromaticity of the measurement image is measured by the measurement unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136476 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In a case of executing a marginless print mode on an image forming apparatus, a control portion controls a position changing portion configured to change a position of a toner image and a position of a recording material for image formation. Then, the position changing portion is controlled to move the position of the toner image and the position of the recording material for subsequent image formation by the same change amount toward a smaller of image data amounts corresponding to both end portions of the recording material of the toner image formed before the subsequent image formation. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136478 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING A PRINTING METHOD BASED ON STATE OF DRAWING OBJECT - An image forming apparatus including a feeding unit configured to feed a paper sheet, a fixing unit configured to fix a toner image onto the paper sheet fed by the feeding unit based on an image to be printed, and a determination unit configured to determine, for each page, whether to execute, by the fixing unit, fingerprint trace removal processing for removing a fingerprint trace adhering to the paper sheet fed by the feeding unit, wherein if it is determined to execute the fingerprint trace removal processing, the fixing unit is configured to perform the fixing of the toner image after performing the fingerprint trace removal processing. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136480 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - In an image heating apparatus in which a heating rotating body heats a recording material bearing an image and a rubbing member rubs the heating rotating body to eliminate gloss streaks, an image failure such as gloss unevenness does not occur in a normal plain paper and a coated paper, and a toner gloss on the coated paper can be enhanced. A longitudinal temperature difference of a heating rotating body | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136481 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming station for forming an unfixed image on a recording material; a fixing portion for heating and fixing an unfixed image formed on the recording material, the fixing portion including a fixing rotatable member, and a pressing roller cooperative with the fixing rotatable member to form a nip for nipping and feeding the recording material; an ambient condition sensor for detecting an ambient temperature and an ambient humidity; and a controller for controlling the fixing portion; wherein the controller sets such a warming-up time for warming up the fixing portion that a temperature of the pressing roller at the time when the recording material enters the nip is a temperature calculated on the basis of the ambient temperature and the ambient humidity. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136482 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WHICH FORMS IMAGES ON ONE SIDE OR BOTH SIDES OF A SHEET - An image forming apparatus capable of selectively discharging a sheet having an image formed with toner on one surface thereof and a sheet having images formed with toner on both surfaces thereof includes a fixing unit configured to fix a toner image on a sheet, a sheet stacking portion configured to stack sheets each having the toner image fixed thereon, and a control portion configured to control a maximum sheet stacking amount of sheets stacked in the sheet stacking portion. The control portion controls the maximum sheet stacking amount set when sheets, at least one of which has the toner images formed on both surfaces thereof, are stacked to be smaller than the maximum sheet stacking amount set when sheets each having the toner image formed on one surface thereof are stacked. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136489 | DEVELOPER ACCOMMODATING UNIT, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developer accommodating unit includes a flexible developer accommodating container sealed with a sealing member at its developer discharging opening; a rotatable unsealing member for removing the sealing member from the opening; a drive transmission member for transmitting a rotational force to the unsealing member, wherein the drive transmission member is mounted at one longitudinal end portion of the unsealing member and is rotatably assembled with a frame; and a supporting member for supporting the unsealing member when the unsealing member is assembled. The supporting member includes a preventing portion for preventing the unsealing member from dropping from the supporting member. In a state in which the drive transmission member is assembled with the frame, a gap between the unsealing member and the supporting member is larger than a gap between the drive transmission member and the frame. The unsealing member is spaced from the supporting member. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136491 | DRAWING-IN DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A drawing-in device configured to draw and position a sheet feeding cassette functioning as a unit into a predetermined position of an apparatus main body includes an engage-target tip. The engage-target tip is pressed in the mounting direction of the unit, thus the engage-target tip retreats from a locking position, where a latching pin is locked so as not to disengage, to a retreat position, where the latching pin can engage with the engage-target portion. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136505 | DEVELOPER SUPPLY CONTAINER AND DEVELOPER SUPPLYING SYSTEM - A developer supply container detachably mountable to a developer receiving apparatus and settable in a developer receiving apparatus by a setting operation including at least a rotation toward a setting position, includes a containing portion for containing the developer; a rotatable discharging member for discharging the developer out of said containing portion; drive transmitting means, engageable with a driving gear provided in said developer receiving apparatus and rotatable in a direction opposite the setting direction, for transmitting a rotating force from said driving gear to said discharging member. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136506 | DEVELOPING DEVICE - A developing device includes first and second developer carrying members for developing an electrostatic latent image formed on an image bearing member. The first developer carrying member has a surface provided with grooves and feeds a developer carried thereon to a first developing region which is an opposing portion where the first developer carrying member opposes the image bearing member. The second developer carrying member carries the developer delivered from the first developer carrying member and feeds the developer to a second developing region which is an opposing portion where the second developer carrying member opposes the image bearing member. The second developer carrying member has a surface provided with grooves different in angle from those of the surface of the first developer carrying member. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136509 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In an image forming apparatus, one of a plurality of support members supporting an intermediate transfer belt is a guide member configured to regulate the rotational direction of the intermediate transfer belt while being held in sliding contact with the intermediate transfer belt at a position opposite the secondary transfer member across the intermediate transfer belt. This guide member is equipped with a first resistor portion in sliding contact with the intermediate transfer belt and a second resistor portion of a higher electrical resistance than the first resistor portion, with the second resistor portion provided upstream of the first resistor portion in the rotational direction of the intermediate transfer belt. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136515 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus for heating an image formed on a sheet includes an endless belt; a roller contactable with the endless belt to form a nip for nipping and feeding the sheet; a heater provided inside the endless belt; a guiding member, provided inside the endless belt, for guiding rotation of the endless belt; a reinforcing member, provided between the endless belt and the heater in a radial direction of the heater, for reinforcing the guiding member, the reinforcing member being provided with an opening to permit radiant light from the heater to reach the endless belt; a protecting member, provided between the heater and the reinforcing member in the radial direction so as to oppose the endless belt through the opening, thus preventing contact between the endless belt and the heater. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136520 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM, CONTROLLING METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In an image forming apparatus for executing a cutting process, an area where a mark should be added to an outer circumferential side of a sheet from a cutting position which is set to a sheet is set. Print data in which a mark image has been added to print information which is input is formed in accordance with the setting to the mark-adding area. After the print data was printed, the printed sheets are bookbinding-bundled and, subsequently, a predetermined area is cut from a sheet sheaf in accordance with a cutting position. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136563 | PRINTING CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing control apparatus according to one aspect of this invention controls to print images on sheets based on image data of a plurality of pages, generate a bookbinding product by executing folding processing for the image-printed sheets, and output the bookbinding product. The printing control apparatus further accepts the position of an insertion sheet to be inserted into the sheets for which the folding processing is executed, and controls to output a plurality of bookbinding products by using, as a reference, the accepted position of the insertion sheet. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130136901 | CURABLE COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF FORMING PATTERN - A curable composition that can be released from a mold simply within a short period of time after photo-curing by a small mold-releasing force is provided. The curable composition contains a gas-generating agent that generates a gas by pressure application. A method of forming a pattern is also provided. In the method, the mold can be released with a small force. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137023 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - In order to provide an electrophotographic photosensitive member with which a ghost is suppressed even under a low temperature and low humidity environment, and a process cartridge and an electrophotographic apparatus having the electrophotographic photosensitive member, the electrophotographic photosensitive member has a support, an undercoat layer formed on the support, and a photosensitive layer formed on the undercoat layer and comprising a charge generating material and a hole transporting material, wherein the undercoat layer comprises a particular amine compound. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137024 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, METHOD OF PRODUCING ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - In an electrophotographic photosensitive member having a surface layer containing a polymer obtainable by polymerization of a compound having a chain-polymerizable functional group, the compound having a chain-polymerizable functional group includes a compound represented by formula (1). | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137025 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, METHOD OF PRODUCING PHTHALOCYANINE CRYSTAL, METHOD OF PRODUCING ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, AND PHTHALOCYANINE CRYSTAL - Provided is an electrophotographic photosensitive member including a support and a photosensitive layer formed on the support, in which the photosensitive layer includes a phthalocyanine crystal containing a compound satisfying the following formulae (A) and (B) in itself: 8.9≦δP≦10.7 (A) and −3.2≦L≦−1.5 (B) (in the formula (A), δP represents a polar term of Hansen Solubility Parameters, and in the formula (B), L represents an energy level (eV) of an LUMO (lowest unoccupied molecular orbital) obtained as a result of structural optimization calculation based on density functional calculation B3LYP/6-31G). | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137026 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - An electrophotographic photosensitive member includes a support, a charge-generating layer disposed on the support, and a charge-transporting layer disposed on the charge-generating layer, in which the charge-generating layer contains a charge-generating substance and a compound represented by the formula (1). A process cartridge includes the electrophotographic photosensitive member described above. An electrophotographic apparatus includes the electrophotographic photosensitive member described above. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137032 | METHOD OF PRODUCING GALLIUM PHTHALOCYANINE CRYSTAL AND METHOD OF PRODUCING ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER USING THE METHOD OF PRODUCING GALLIUM PHTHALOCYANINE CRYSTAL - Provided is a method of producing an electrophotographic photosensitive member having improved sensitivity and capable of outputting an image having less image defects due to a ghost phenomenon not only under a normal-temperature, normal-humidity environment but also under a low-temperature, low-humidity environment as a particularly severe condition. The method of producing a gallium phthalocyanine crystal includes subjecting a gallium phthalocyanine and a specific amine compound, which are added to a solvent, to a milling treatment to perform crystal transformation of the gallium phthalocyanine. In addition, the gallium phthalocyanine crystal is used in the photosensitive layer of the electrophotographic photosensitive member. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137044 | SCANNING APPARATUS, DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A scanning apparatus which performs scan on an object with a charged particle beam includes: a blanking deflector configured to individually blank a plurality of charged particle beams based on control data; a scanning deflector configured to collectively deflect the plurality of charged particle beams to perform the scan; and a controller. The controller is configured to hold first data used to obtain error in a scanning amount and a scanning direction of the scanning deflector relative to a reference scanning amount and a reference scanning direction with respect to each of the plurality of charged particle beams, and to generate the control data based on the first data so that the scan is performed for a target region on the object. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137050 | METHOD OF CALCULATING AMOUNT OF FLUCTUATION OF IMAGING CHARACTERISTIC OF PROJECTION OPTICAL SYSTEM, EXPOSURE APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF FABRICATING DEVICE - In a case where a substrate is exposed to exposure light of a first wavelength band, an exposure coefficient, which is defined as an amount of fluctuation of an imaging characteristic of a projection optical system per unit of exposure energy, for the first wavelength band is calculated using data of the amount of fluctuation of the optical characteristic of the projection optical system. An exposure coefficient for a second wavelength band that is different from the first wavelength band is calculated using the exposure coefficient for the first wavelength band. In a case where the substrate is exposed to exposure light of the second wavelength band, the amount of fluctuation of the imaging characteristic of the projection optical system is calculated using the exposure coefficient for the second wavelength band. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137205 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE - A method of manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device includes a step of forming a masking layer and an intermediate layer on a first organic compound layer such that the masking layer and the intermediate layer have a predetermined pattern, a step of patterning the first organic compound layer using the masking layer and the intermediate layer, a step of forming a second organic compound layer, and a step of removing the intermediate layer and the second organic compound layer formed thereon in such a manner that the intermediate layer is contacted with a dissolving liquid for dissolving the intermediate layer. In the method, the first and second organic compound layers are protected by covering the first and second organic compound layers with a sacrificial layer until the patterning of the first and second organic compound layers is completed. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137252 | PATTERN FORMING METHOD - In a pattern forming method, a pattern having at least either a recess or a protrusion of a curable composition is formed of a curable composition by curing the curable composition into a cured film with a mold having a surface provided with at least either a recess or a protrusion, and separating the mold from the curable composition. The method includes (i) forming a gas generation region containing a gas generator agent so that the gas generation region will be disposed in contact with both the mold and the cured film between the mold and the cured film, (ii) generating a gas from the gas generation region, and (iii) separating the mold from the cured film during or after the step of (ii). | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130137334 | FILM FORMATION APPARATUS, FILM FORMATION METHOD, AND MASK UNIT TO BE USED FOR THEM - Provided is a film formation apparatus for manufacturing an apparatus such as an organic electroluminescence light emitting apparatus, which has high resolution and high productivity. The film formation apparatus includes: multiple mask unit holding portions for supporting mask units, respectively; multiple alignment mechanisms provided in accordance with the multiple mask unit holding portions; and a vapor deposition source in which the multiple mask units are aligned and arranged by the multiple alignment mechanisms one by one with respect to one substrate, and then film formation is performed. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138820 | COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT THAT PERFORMS COMMUNICATIONS VIA NETWORK, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Communication equipment which is capable of reducing communication time when transmitting a plurality of data using SIP. When a plurality of data are to be transmitted, a connection request message for requesting a plurality of media sessions is transmitted. Upon receiving a connection response message in response to the connection request message, it is determined whether or not the plurality of media sessions have been permitted in the connection request message. When it is determined that the plurality of media sessions have been permitted, the plurality of media sessions are established, and transmit each of the plurality of data is transmitted in each of the media sessions. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130138966 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREFOR - Electronic data is input. The electronic data is divided into N (N is an integer satisfying N≧2) segments. Examination data is generated by repeating, up to the Nth segment, the computation processing of using the computation result obtained by performing predetermined computation on the data of the Mth (M is an integer satisfying 1≦M≦N−1) segment as an input for predetermined computation of the data of the (M+1)th segment. Verification data for the electronic data is generated so as to contain, as intermediate data, the examination data and a computation result in the middle of generating the examination data. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130139066 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus according to the present invention includes a first determination unit configured, if a first display region of a first display unit of the other apparatus on which the data is displayed is changed, to determine whether to receive a notification relating to the change in the first display region, a receiving unit configured to receive a notification relating to the change in the first display region according to a determination result determined by the first determination unit, and a changing unit configured to change a second display region of a second display unit of the information processing apparatus on which the data is displayed based on the notification relating to the change in the first display region received by the receiving unit. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130139100 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a display unit and a display control unit. The display unit displays a plurality of pieces of content. The display control unit causes, during scrolling the plurality of pieces of content displayed on the display unit, a display of content satisfying a specific condition in a form different from that of other content. The display control unit switches whether to display the content satisfying the specific condition in the form different from that of other content depending on whether scroll of the plurality of pieces of content is caused by a specific operation. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130139228 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FUNCTION, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus capable of effectively preventing an unauthorized access in a manner cooperatively associated with a predetermined security setting of a wireless communication. An information processing apparatus is capable of wireless communication with an external apparatus, receives a job request therefrom, and executes job processing according to the job request. A CPU sets a management setting for managing users who use the information processing apparatus. The CPU receives the job request from the external apparatus via a wireless LAN interface. The CPU determines, when the job request is received, whether or not the wireless communication has been set to a predetermined security setting, and performs control, when it is determined that the wireless communication has not been set to the predetermined security setting, so as to refuse to accept the job request, unless the management setting has been set. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130139249 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR CARRYING OUT LOGIN PROCESSING - An image processing apparatus transmits, after reception of a login notification of an authenticated user, the login notification to an identified application, and then changes displaying of a screen of a display unit to displaying of an initial screen corresponding to the identified application. After the displaying of the display unit has been changed to the displaying of the initial screen, the image processing apparatus transmits the login notification to, among applications belonging to a first group, an application to which the login notification has not been transmitted, and applications belonging to a second group. | 05-30-2013 |
| 20130139388 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING LIQUID EJECTION HEAD SUBSTRATE - A method for manufacturing a liquid ejection head substrate, including: (1) a step for etching a substrate, which has an energy generating element at a side of a first surface, from a side of a second surface, which is a surface on the opposite side from the first surface, thereby to form at a time at least a part of a liquid supply port and a recess along a cutting section of the substrate; (2) a step for irradiating a laser beam toward the side of first surface from the etched surface of the recess so as to form a reformed portion inside the substrate; and (3) a step for cutting the substrate at the reformed portion. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130139944 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A liquid adhesive is applied onto a surface of a base plate having flow channels formed as recesses or through-grooves, by transferring the liquid adhesive from a rotating cylinder coated with it to the surface of the base plate. The base plate is then bonded to a cover plate having ejection energy generating elements via the applied adhesive to be made into a liquid ejection head. For evenly applying the liquid adhesive onto the surface having the recesses or through-grooves as flow channels, the surface is additionally provided with dummy recesses for compensating for variance of contact length orthogonal to the transfer direction due to uneven or asymmetrical arrangement of the recesses or through-grooves. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140141 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes: first and second rotatable members configured to heat an image on a recording material at a nip therebetween; an endless belt configured to heat the first rotatable member in contact with an outer surface of the first rotatable member; and first and second rollers configured to rotatably support the endless belt from an inside of the endless belt. A heating portion by the endless belt is formed from a position where the endless belt is contacted to the first rotatable member by the first roller to a position where the endless belt is contacted to the first rotatable member by the second roller along a rotational direction of the first rotatable member. A pressure between the second roller and the first rotatable member is larger than a pressure between the first roller and the first rotatable member. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140435 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - There is provided a solid-state imaging apparatus that can prevent degradation of image quality. The solid-state imaging apparatus includes a plurality of pixels ( | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140438 | SOLID STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE AND CAMERA - A solid state image pickup device which can prevent color mixture by using a layout of a capacitor region provided separately from a floating diffusion region and a camera using such a device are provided. A photodiode region is a rectangular region including a photodiode. A capacitor region includes a carrier holding unit and is arranged on one side of the rectangle of the photodiode region as a region having a side longer than the one side. In a MOS unit region, an output unit region including an output unit having a side longer than the other side which crosses the one side of the rectangle of the photodiode region is arranged on the other side. A gate region and the FD region are arranged between the photodiode region and the capacitor region. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140439 | IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM, METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGE PICKUP ELEMENTS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image pickup system includes an image pickup element with an image pickup region in which a plurality of pixels are arranged in a matrix, and a controller configured to control reading of signals from the pixels. The controller divides a first frame period in which a first image is read from the image pickup element into a plurality of divided frame periods, including first and second divided frame periods. When the number of pixels included in the first image is larger than the number of pixels included in a second image, a second frame period required for reading all signals from the pixels included in the second image is inserted between the first and second divided frame periods. A refresh cycle of the second image is shorter than a refresh cycle of the first image. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140440 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERTING APPARATUS - A photoelectric converting apparatus has: a first photoelectric conversion element for outputting a current to a first terminal by a photoelectric conversion; a first detecting unit for detecting an electric potential of the first terminal of the first photoelectric conversion element; a first feedback unit for feeding back a signal based on the electric potential detected by the first detecting unit to the first terminal of the first photoelectric conversion element and output a current based on the electric potential of the first terminal of the first photoelectric conversion element to a first current output terminal; and a current supplying unit for supplying the current to the first terminal of the first photoelectric conversion element. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140460 | PORTABLE RADIATION DETECTION UNIT - A portable radiation detection unit comprises a radiation detection panel that detects radiation and a housing that contains the radiation detection panel, wherein the housing comprises a first housing portion, which includes at least one sidewall, and a second housing portion, which is independent from the first housing portion, and by using a configuration in which the first housing portion is movable with respect to the second housing portion, a distance between the sidewall of the first housing portion and an end portion of the radiation detection panel provided in the second housing portion is variable. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140608 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND IMAGE-PICKUP APPARATUS - In a photoelectric conversion device, groups of unit pixels are arranged in a well, where each of the unit pixels includes photoelectric conversion elements, an amplifier transistor, and transfer transistors. The photoelectric conversion device includes a line used to supply a voltage to the well, a well-contact part used to connect the well-voltage-supply line to the well, and transfer-control lines used to control the transfer transistors. The transfer-control lines are symmetrically arranged with respect to the well-voltage-supply line in respective regions of the unit-pixel groups. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140665 | SOLID STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE AND CAMERA - A solid state image pickup device which can prevent color mixture by using a layout of a capacitor region provided separately from a floating diffusion region and a camera using such a device are provided. A photodiode region is a rectangular region including a photodiode. A capacitor region includes a carrier holding unit and is arranged on one side of the rectangle of the photodiode region as a region having a side longer than the one side. In a MOS unit region, an output unit region including an output unit having a side longer than the other side which crosses the one side of the rectangle of the photodiode region is arranged on the other side. A gate region and the FD region are arranged between the photodiode region and the capacitor region. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140754 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - This invention relates to a printing apparatus and control method thereof. The standard size of an envelope to be stored in each of a plurality of paper storage units configured to store an envelope to be used in printing is set. An offset amount to be used to print an image on an envelope of the set standard size is set. A paper storage unit which stores an envelope to be used in printing is selected from the plurality of paper storage units based on a standard size of an envelope that is designated by a user. The position of an image is shifted in accordance with the set offset amount, and the image is printed on an envelope fed from the selected paper storage unit. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140758 | SHEET FEEDING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Provided are a sheet feeding device with improved separating/feeding performance. The sheet feeding device includes a sheet storage portion, a pickup roller which feeds the sheet, a driving motor which rotates the pickup roller, a feed roller and a separating roller which separate and feed the sheet, and a drive transmission mechanism which when the pickup roller abuts on the surface of the sheet accommodated in the sheet storage portion to feed the sheet, allows the pickup roller to perform intermittent rotation that alternately perform rotation and stop twice or more while one sheet is fed. The drive transmission mechanism is connected to the driving motor and includes an input gear having a plurality of protrusions and a regulating portion which is engaged with the protrusions of the input gear to regulate the rotation of the input gear. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140767 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - This invention relates to a printing apparatus and control method thereof. In the printing apparatus and control method thereof, an image is input, and an envelope is conveyed so that the long edge of the envelope serves as the leading end in the conveyance direction. When the envelope is conveyed so that the long edge of the envelope serves as the leading end in the conveyance direction, it is controlled to shift the image by a set offset amount to be used to print an image on an envelope, and print the image on the envelope. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140768 | SHEET CONVEYANCE APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - A sheet conveyance apparatus includes: a guide unit for guiding the side end of the sheet; a first roller pair arranged on the downstream side of the guide unit for conveying the sheet, including a driven roller held in contact with a whole sheet in a sheet width direction; and a second roller pair having a conveyance roller arranged on the downstream side of the roller and adapted to convey the sheet, and a plurality of pinch rollers pinching the sheet in cooperation with the conveyance roller, wherein each of the plurality of pinch rollers applies to the sheet a conveyance force inclined toward a conveyance path side end, which is nearer to the pinch roller, and wherein the smaller the distance between the pinch roller and the conveyance path side end, the greater the inclination of the conveyance force thereof. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130140906 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus includes a communication unit that performs wireless communication, a load unit, a power receiving unit that wirelessly receives power from a power supply apparatus, and a control unit that controls to limit a supply of power to the load unit if the communication unit transmits data to the power supply apparatus. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141475 | PROJECTION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processor receives, from each of a plurality of projectors, the number of pixels to be projected and the number of pixels of a region to be superposed of the projector, and the information processor calculates the number of pixels of an integrated image based on the number of pixels to be projected and the number of pixels of a region to be superposed of each projection screen of the projectors. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141483 | FLUID DISCHARGE HEAD SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE, FLUID DISCHARGE HEAD, AND FLUID DISCHARGE APPARATUS - A fluid discharge head semiconductor device, comprising a terminal unit including first pad group including a plurality of pads, a processing unit configured to process input information from the first pad group, a printing unit including a plurality of printing elements configured to discharge a printing material in accordance with a result of the processing, and an inspection output unit including second pad group including at least one pad and an output buffer unit, wherein the processing unit outputs information on an inspection of an operation to the inspection output unit, and the inspection output unit drives the output buffer unit to output the information to the second pad group when performing an inspection, and suppresses the driving of the output buffer unit when performing printing. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141490 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD, AND RECORDING METHOD AND SUCTION METHOD USING THE LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - Provided is a liquid ejection head, including: a substrate; a pressure chamber; a first common liquid chamber; a filter for inhibiting inflow of foreign matter in liquid supplied to the pressure chamber; a second common liquid chamber; a first supply opening and a second supply opening, the first supply opening communicating to the first common liquid chamber, the second supply opening communicating to the second common liquid chamber; and a liquid receiving portion formed in the second surface of the substrate in which the second common liquid chamber, the pressure chamber, and the first common liquid chamber are arranged in this order in a first direction from an end of the substrate to a center of the substrate; and the first common liquid chamber communicates to the pressure chamber via the filter, and the second common liquid chamber communicates to the pressure chamber not via the filter. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141494 | LIQUID DISCHARGE HEAD AND LIQUID DISCHARGE DEVICE - A liquid discharge head, contains: an energy generating element which generates thermal energy and contains a heat generation resistant layer and a pair of electrode layers whose end surfaces are separated from each other; an insulating layer covering the pair of electrode layers and the heat generation resistant layer and containing an insulating material; a protective layer provided above the insulating layer at least at a position corresponding to the energy generating element and containing a metal material containing iridium or ruthenium; and a covering layer provided at a position covering at least portions of the protective layer corresponding to the end surfaces of the pair of electrode layers in such a manner that a part of the protective layer is exposed and containing a metal material containing tantalum or niobium. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141498 | INK JET INK, INK CARTRIDGE, INK JET RECORDING METHOD AND POLYMER PARTICLE - An ink jet ink containing a coloring material and a polymer particle, wherein the polymer particle has a core portion and a shell portion, the shell portion contains a copolymer A having a unit derived from a compound (a1) represented by a general formula (1) of R | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141503 | IMAGE RECORDING METHOD, AND SET OF INK JET INK AND LIQUID COMPOSITION - An image recording method including applying an ink containing a coloring material and a polymer particle to a recording medium from a recording head of an ink jet system and applying a liquid composition which destabilizes a dispersed state of the polymer particle in the ink to at least a part of a region of the recording medium where the ink is applied, wherein the polymer particle in the ink has core and shell portions, the shell portion contains a copolymer A having a unit (50-90% mass) derived from a compound (a1) represented by a general formula (1) or (2) and a unit (10-50% mass) derived from an α,β-unsaturated hydrophobic compound (a2), and the core portion contains a polymer of an α,β-unsaturated hydrophobic compound (b). | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141510 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING POLYGON MIRROR FORMED WITH A PLURALITY OF REFLECTION SURFACES - An image forming apparatus includes: a polygon mirror formed with a plurality of reflection surfaces, and a generating device configured to generate a pulse signal required to modulate a laser beam based on image data. The generating device is further configured to generate a pulse signal by inserting or deleting a pulse signal having a width smaller than a width of a pulse signal corresponding to one pixel of the image data into or from a pulse signal corresponding to the image data based on information associated with deviation amounts between lengths of scanning lines formed by the plurality of reflection surfaces and a reference value, so as to adjust the lengths of the scanning lines formed by the plurality of reflection surfaces to be closer to the reference value. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141511 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive member, a charging unit configured to charge the photosensitive member, an exposure unit configured to expose the charged photosensitive member with first laser power to generate a non-image portion potential in a non-image portion of the photosensitive member and with second laser power different from the first laser power to generate an image portion potential in an image portion of the photosensitive member, a development unit configured to form a developer image by applying a developer to a portion of the image portion potential, a control unit configured to control the laser power of the exposure unit, and a storage unit configured to store information about the photosensitive member obtained when the photosensitive member is brand-new. The control unit changes an output of the first laser power according to the information about the photosensitive member stored in the storage unit. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141544 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus comprises an image capturing unit configured to output a maximum tone value for each tone point at which exposure exceeds a saturation light amount; a calculation unit configured to calculate individual tone intersections by interpolating tone distributions of a first and second luminance pattern lights that were output by the image capturing unit; and a light quantity adjustment unit configured to adjust the quantity of light that enters the image sensor such that the tone values of tone points that are adjacent to the tone intersections and are used in calculation of the individual tone intersections are lower than the maximum tone value, and the tone value of at least one tone point other than the adjacent tone points is equal to the maximum tone value. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141569 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus comprises a data generation unit configured to sequentially generate projection patterns; a projection unit configured to project a projection pattern onto a target object every frame; a trigger signal generation unit configured to generate a trigger signal in a case where the projection pattern of the current frame to be projected onto the target object is different from the projection pattern of the previous frame; and an imaging unit configured to image the target object onto which the projection pattern is projected, according to the trigger signal. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141570 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A probability at which a target object takes a target object state is acquired for each of target object states that the target object is allowed to take, and a distribution of the probabilities is acquired. A success rate is acquired, for each relative target object state being determined in advance for a position and orientation of an image capturing device, at which the target object is successfully identified from a captured image obtained by capturing the target object having the relative target object state, and a distribution of the success rates is acquired. A position and orientation that the device is to take is determined based on the distribution of the success rates acquired for each of a plurality of positions and orientations that the image capturing apparatus is allowed to take, and the distribution of the probabilities. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141598 | AUDIO PROCESSING APPARATUS, AUDIO PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGING APPARATUS - A processor combines a first predicted signal generated based on an audio signal in an interval preceding a noise detection interval, and a second predicted signal generated based on an audio signal in an interval succeeding the noise detection interval, based on the ratio between the periodicity of the audio signal in the interval preceding the noise detection interval, and the periodicity of the audio signal in the interval succeeding the noise detection interval. The processor replaces the audio signal in the noise detection interval with the combined signal. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141599 | AUDIO PROCESSING APPARATUS, AUDIO PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGING APPARATUS - An audio processing apparatus including: an obtaining unit configured to obtain audio signals; and a processor configured to process the audio signals, wherein if it is not determined that the audio signals contain an abnormal value, the processor calculates a next sample value based on a predetermined number of sample values of the audio signals obtained by the obtaining unit, and wherein if it is determined that the audio signals contain an abnormal value, the processor uses the calculated next sample value so as to calculate a further next sample value. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141603 | OPTICAL IMAGE STABILIZER AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - The optical image stabilizer sets a movable amount of an image stabilizing element to a first movable amount when a detection signal from a shake detector does not exceed a first value. The stabilizer sets the movable amount to a second movable amount when the signal exceeds the first value and then exceeds, without exceeding a second value, a third value within a first period of time, sets the movable amount to a third movable amount when the signal exceeds the first value and then does not exceed the second and third values, sets the movable amount to the second movable amount when the signal exceeds the first value, then exceeds the second value and thereafter exceeds a fourth value, and sets the movable amount to the third movable amount when the signal exceeds the first value and then exceeds the second value without exceeding the fourth value. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141606 | SOLID STATE APPARATUS - A solid state apparatus comprising, a printed circuit board having a first and a second surface that are opposite surfaces, a semiconductor chip for imaging arranged on the first surface, a sealing resin arranged to cover the printed circuit board and the semiconductor chip, and a translucent member arranged on the sealing resin, the solid state apparatus having a first region located inward of an outer edge of the semiconductor chip, and a second region located outward of the outer edge, the printed circuit board comprising, on the first surface, a first terminal electrically connected to the semiconductor chip, and comprising, on the second surface, a second terminal electrically connected to the first terminal within the printed circuit board, the second terminal being arranged in the first region. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141607 | VIDEO GENERATING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A video generating apparatus comprises: an obtaining unit for obtaining an image in which a person has been taken; a human body recognizing unit recognizing a part of a human body of the person in the image; a holding unit for holding data concerning a basic video showing that the person exercises; a setting unit for setting a motion range of a specific part in the exercise of the person, on the basis of the recognized parts of the human body of the person; a video generating unit for generating, from the data concerning the basic video, a sample video for the person in the image on the basis of the motion range; and a display controlling unit for displaying the generated sample video on a displaying apparatus. Thus, it is possible to generate and show the sample video suitable for the person. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141614 | SHADING CORRECTION METHOD FOR IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - An image shading correction method for an image capturing apparatus, comprising an obtaining step of obtaining a first image signal of an image captured of an area having a uniform luminance distribution using another image capturing apparatus that is different from the image capturing apparatus under a first condition, a second image signal of an image captured of the area having a uniform luminance distribution using the other image capturing apparatus under a second condition, and a third image signal of an image captured of the area having a uniform luminance distribution using the image capturing apparatus under the first condition, and a correction step of performing, based on the first to third image signals, correction processing on an image of an object captured using the image capturing apparatus under the second condition. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141617 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, CAMERA, AND DESIGN METHOD FOR SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE - A solid-state imaging device including two semiconductor substrates arranged in layers is provided. Each semiconductor substrate has a semiconductor region in which a circuit constituting a part of a pixel array is formed. The circuits in the two semiconductor substrates are electrically connected to each other. Each semiconductor substrate includes one or more contact plugs for supplying a voltage to the semiconductor region. The number of the contact plugs of one semiconductor substrate in the pixel array is different from the number of the contact plugs of the other semiconductor substrate in the pixel array. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141621 | IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus, which includes an imaging device having a plurality of image sensors, is configured to receive light incident on the imaging device, obtain an output voltage based the received light, and generate an image based on the output voltage. The plurality of image sensors have an aperture pixel region that accumulates and outputs the charges generated based on the incident light and a shielded optical black region. The imaging device performs a skipping operation for arbitrarily and non-sequentially selecting a read row. By performing an offset correction of a step amount produced during the non-sequential reading due to the skip operation, the step resulting from the skip reading can be corrected. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141622 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, IMAGING LENS, AND IMAGE CAPTURE SYSTEM - An image capture system including an image capture apparatus and an imaging lens detachable from the image capture apparatus comprises an image capture unit which captures an image of an object, an aperture which adjusts an amount of light that enters the image capture unit; a stepping motor of a 1-2 phase driving type, which is configured to drive the aperture, and a control unit which controls to set the stepping motor in a current applied state when the aperture is stopped down, and to drive the aperture by a difference between an aperture value while the aperture is stopped down and an aperture value for still image capture, when a still image capture instruction is issued while the aperture is stopped down. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141636 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO BE CAPABLE OF PREVENTING DISCONNECTION OF CONNECTORS - An image pickup apparatus which is capable of preventing disconnection of connectors for a circuit substrate, on which an image pickup device is mounted, without making optical adjustment difficult. A fixing member is fixed to the image pickup device. One end of a flexible substrate is connected to the circuit substrate via a connector connecting portion. A protective member is fixed to the fixing member so as to cover the connector connecting portion. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141738 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH REAL-SIZE PREVIEW FUNCTION, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which is capable of executing real-size preview of image data which does not have output sheet size information or resolution information. The image forming apparatus stores a plurality of data items therein. A printer section prints a data item selected from the stored data items. A controller unit determines whether or not the selected data item has sheet size information. When it is determined that the selected data item does not have sheet size information, the controller unit prompts the user to select a sheet size for printing of the selected data item via a console section. An image for real-size preview is generated from the selected data item based on a sheet size selected via the console section, and displayed on the console section. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141740 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COLOR PROCESSING METHOD - The profile of a reference color space is acquired, and the acquired profile is converted into the profile of a uniform color appearance space which is a color space different from the reference color space. An evaluation value of color in the profile of the uniform color appearance space is calculated, and the profile of the uniform color appearance space is corrected based on the calculated evaluation value. The corrected profile is inversely converted into the profile of the reference color space. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141749 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT PREVENTS UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which is capable of preventing unauthorized access from an external apparatus, such as a PC, and improving user-friendliness. A wired communication section and a wireless communication section receive requests for acquiring screen data from external apparatuses. When a request is received via wireless communication, a CPU determines whether or not a security method used for the wireless communication is a predetermined security method. When the CPU determines that the security method is not the predetermined security method, the CPU and an operation panel cause screen data responsive to the received request to be transmitted to the external apparatus on condition that a predetermined input operation is performed on the operation panel. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141750 | CHECKING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF CHECKING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - After printing has been normally performed, a printed product which has been divided into small portions and discharged to each output tray are stacked in a page order, so that a normal printed product including one set of pages is acquired. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141751 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WITH ABNORMALITY DETECTING FUNCTION, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus capable of preventing a controlled object from being controlled based on an error signal. An image forming apparatus is provided with one or more processing units for performing processes concerning image formation and a control unit for controlling the processing units by communicating with the processing units via serial communication or parallel communication. A detection unit detects errors in the serial communication. A count unit counts the number of errors detected by the detection unit. A specifying unit specifies cause of the detected errors when the count value showing the number of errors counted by the count unit is not smaller than a predetermined diagnostic threshold value. A general control unit controls the image forming apparatus to operate or stop the image forming apparatus based on the cause specified by the specifying unit. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141753 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FUNCTION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus that is wirelessly connectable with an external device receives a processing request from the external device via wireless communication, and performs processing corresponding to the processing request. A determination is made whether security settings used in the wireless communication satisfy a predetermined condition, and if the security settings do not satisfy the condition, a security level in the image forming apparatus is set to a predetermined level. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141762 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF CHANGING PARTITIONS OF STORAGE UNIT, AND CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An image forming apparatus capable of changing partitions of a storage unit without using another storage unit stored with a system for partition change. At startup of the image forming apparatus, a file system is developed on a DRAM from a flash memory and executed by a CPU of the image forming apparatus. When determining that partition change is to be performed, a partition change module that operates on the CPU performs the partition change in a state where the flash memory is not mounted. Subsequently, an operating system placed on the flash memory is started up. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141764 | COLOR PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREFOR - To generate a color separation table for an image forming apparatus which has relatively dark/light color materials with high/low relative densities, a gamut boundary for limiting the use of the relatively dark color material is set. One of relatively dark color materials is selected, and at least a grid point which satisfies a condition that the color material value of the selected relatively dark color material is nonzero and a color value to be reproduced based on color material values set to the grid point exists in a region brighter than the gamut boundary is determined. The color material value of the selected relatively dark color material set to the grid point which satisfies the condition is replaced by the color material value of the relatively light color material. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130141789 | VIBRATION CORRECTING DEVICE, LENS BARREL, AND OPTICAL DEVICE - An optical device with an imaging device for forming an image of a subject with a lens device, including a lens unit, a movable member making the lens unit movable within a plane orthogonal to the optical axis of the lens unit, an image pickup device imaging the subject image formed by the lens device, a fixed member limiting the movement of the movable member in the optical axis direction, at least three balls rolling between the movable and fixed member, a vibration detecting unit, and a pitch and yaw direction drive units for driving the movable member in the pitch and yaw directions within the optical axis orthogonal plane, respectively. The pitch and yaw direction drive units press the movable member toward the fixed member side by means of magnetic pressing forces caused by magnetic attractive action between drive magnets and yokes. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142008 | FLUID AGITATION APPARATUS FOR REDUCING TEMPERATURE FLUCTUATION AND THERMOSTATIC APPARATUS - Provided are a fluid agitation apparatus using a structure which is simple in shape and short in a fluid passage direction without a movable part so as to produce a sufficient effect from the viewpoint of reducing temperature fluctuation, and a thermostatic apparatus using the fluid agitation apparatus. The fluid agitation apparatus is installed in a fluid passage and includes, in an order from an upstream side thereof: a dividing part for dividing a flow of a fluid into a plurality of flows; a circumvolving part for circumvolving the fluid about an axis in a flow direction of the fluid; and an accelerating part for increasing a flow rate of the fluid. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142077 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING NETWORK THEREBY - When a connection is made to a wireless network constructed by a base station, a request to construct a wireless network in which a wireless communication apparatus operates as a base station is sensed and a determination is made as to whether communication is in progress with a communication apparatus of a network different from the wireless network constructed by the base station. If the request to construct the wireless network is sensed and it is determined that communication is in progress with a communication apparatus of a network different from the wireless network in which the base station is the intermediary, then an attempt is made to construct a wireless network in which the wireless communication apparatus operates as a base station. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142170 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes a determination device configured to, in a case where the communication apparatus connects to a first network of a first base station via a first frequency channel and the communication apparatus participates in a second network via the first frequency channel without connection to a base station, determine whether a second frequency channel used by a second base station is usable in the communication performed, and a control device configured to control the communication without connection to the base station according to the determination by the determination device. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142258 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - When identification information of an appending start frame coincides with identification information of the final frame of moving image data of an existing moving image file, an image processing apparatus changes the appending start frame to another frame. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142307 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS - An X-ray imaging apparatus includes a diffraction grating that forms an interference pattern by diffracting X-rays emitted from an X-ray source, an absorption grating that shields a portion of the interference pattern, a detector that detects the X-rays emitted from the absorption grating, and a moving unit that changes relative positions of a sample object and the absorption grating. The moving unit changes the relative positions of the sample object and the absorption grating from first relative positions to second relative positions. The detector detects the X-rays at least when the sample object and the absorption grating are at the first relative positions and when the sample object and the absorption grating are at the second relative positions. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142312 | X-RAY WAVEGUIDE AND X-RAY WAVEGUIDE SYSTEM - An X-ray waveguide includes a core configured to guide X-ray therethrough and a cladding. In a section perpendicular to an X-ray guiding direction, the core has threefold or more rotational symmetry and has a periodic structure made of plural substances each having a different value of a real part of refractive-index, and a critical angle for total reflection of an X-ray at an interface between the core and the cladding is larger than a Bragg angle of the X-ray for the periodic structure of the core. A waveguide mode having a two-dimensionally spatial coherence over a wide cross-section of the core and exhibiting a small propagation loss is realized. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142396 | ESTIMATION OF SHIFT AND SMALL IMAGE DISTORTION - Disclosed is method of measuring the displacement between a reference region of a reference image and a sample region of a sample image. The method spatially varies the reference region using a one-dimensional filter having complex kernel values, wherein a length (radius) and direction (angle or tangent segment) of the filter is a function of position in the reference region. The method then measures a displacement between the reference region and the sample region by comparing the spatially varied reference region and the sample region. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142401 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The image processing apparatus detects a region of a subject from an input image, and extracts an image feature amount from the region. Also, the apparatus classifies the subject into any one of plural attributes based on the image feature amount, and estimates, based on the image feature amount and an attribute into which it is classified, an attribute value of the subject belonging to the attribute into which it is classified. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142426 | IMAGE RECOGNITION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE RECOGNITION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image recognition apparatus comprises an image obtainment unit configured to obtain an image; a region setting unit configured to set at least one local region in the image; a feature extraction unit configured to extract feature patterns from the local region; a setting unit configured to set, out of a plurality of bins corresponding to a plurality of patterns which can form the feature patterns, bins that have been predetermined in accordance with a type of the local region as histogram bins used in generating a histogram; a generation unit configured to generate a histogram corresponding to the extracted feature patterns using the set histogram bins; and a recognition unit configured to perform image recognition using the generated histogram. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142430 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus encodes an input pattern to a code including a plurality of bits, calculates reliabilities for respective bits of the code, generates a similar codes each similar to the code based on the reliabilities, and recognizes the input pattern based on the code and the similar codes. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142434 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus sets a plurality of reference locations of data in information as one reference location pattern and acquires a feature amount obtained from a value of data of one of the plurality of pieces of reference information in one reference location pattern for each of a plurality of reference location patterns and the plurality of pieces of reference information. The apparatus extracts data included in the input information according to each of the plurality of reference location patterns, selects the reference location pattern for classification of the input information from the plurality of reference location patterns based on a value of data included in the extracted input information, and executes classification of the input information by using the feature amount in the selected reference location pattern and data included in the input information at a reference location indicated by the reference location pattern. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142443 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The robustness of discriminating results at each stage is improved in discrimination processing in which a plurality of stages of discriminators are used to identify an object. An information processing apparatus in which a plurality of stages of the discriminators are used to identify a class of an object, comprises a candidate class output unit that acquires as a candidate class a class discriminated at a first stage of the discriminators, and an extended class setting unit that sets in a second stage of the discriminators, a class of a second stage of the discriminators, which is defined as an extended partial space of a partial space defined by a candidate class in a discriminating space used in discriminating the candidate class by the first stage of the discriminators, as a class to be discriminated at this second stage of the discriminators. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142527 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developer supply device supplies a toner supply amount to a developing chamber based on an output of an inductance sensor. An elapsed time is set such that the toner supply amount is smaller with respect to the same output of the inductance sensor when the elapsed time after conveyance start of a developer according to an image formation start signal is less than a predetermined time until a surface level of the developer is stabilized than when the elapsed time is equal to or greater than the predetermined time. As the elapsed time approaches the predetermined time, a ratio at which the toner supply amount is set to be small with respect to the same output of the inductance sensor is reduced. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142528 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive member, a charging unit, an image exposure unit configured to form image portion potential by exposing the photosensitive member to light, a weak exposure unit configured to form non-image portion potential by exposing the photosensitive member to weak light having a lower exposure amount than the light for forming the image portion potential, and a developer bearing member configured to carry developer, wherein a relationship of Ldev| 06-06-2013 | |
| 20130142536 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - The image heating apparatus for heating a toner image beard on a recording material while conveying the recording material at a nip portion, the image heating apparatus including a heater; a fixing member; a pressure member; a first temperature detecting member; a second temperature detecting member configured to detect a temperature on a non-sheet-passing-area; a control device; and an air supplying member supplying an air to the non-sheet-passing-area, the air supplying member is started to drive when a temperature detected by the second temperature detecting member reaches a predetermined temperature which is higher than the target temperature, wherein the control device controls a quantity of the air in response to an information related to the power which is supplied to the heater when a temperature detected by the second temperature detecting member reaches the predetermined temperature. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142538 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus for forming an image on a recording material by exposing a photosensitive member with a light emitting member in a state where a cartridge including the photosensitive member is mounted in an apparatus main body includes a light emitting member, a support member, and a duct formed in the support member. The light emitting member includes a plurality of light emitting portions arranged in an array. The support member supports the light emitting member. The duct forms an air supply path extending in a longitudinal direction of the cartridge to cool the cartridge mounted in the apparatus main body. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142541 | DEVELOPING APPARATUS, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING DEVELOPING APPARATUS - A developing device for an image forming apparatus, comprising a frame provided with a developer accommodating chamber accommodating a developer, and a development opening for supplying the developer from an inside of the developer accommodating chamber to an outside; a first sealing member sealing the development opening, the first sealing member being dismountable from the development opening by being pulled out through a pulling opening provided in the frame; and a second sealing member for sliding on the first sealing member to prevent the developer from leaking to an outside of the frame through the pulling opening when the first sealing member is pulled through the pulling opening, wherein the second sealing member is integrally molded on the frame by injecting a thermoplastic elastomer into a space between the first sealing member and an edge of the pulling opening. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142543 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING DETACHABLE DEVELOPING DEVICE - At least one of driving motors that drive a developing device independently of each other is provided on a door capable of opening and closing to allow the developing device to be attached to or detached from a main body of an apparatus. An electrical contact portion that can be electrically connected to or disconnected from an electrical circuit provided in the main body is provided for the driving motor provided on the door. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142545 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus, including: a motor having a winding in which a plurality of coils are connected to one another, the motor configured to rotate an image bearing member by a switchover of a direction of a current flowing through each of the plurality of coils; and a control device configured to switch over the direction of the current flowing through each coil to put a brake on the motor separately from the switchover of the direction of the current flowing through each coil to drive the motor, wherein the control device switches over the direction of the current, according to a brake signal having a period larger than a period of a drive signal for driving the motor, to put a brake on the motor to control a rotation speed of the image bearing member. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142549 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The image forming apparatus includes a plurality of image forming devices that includes a developing device and a transferring device, an exposure unit irradiating the image bearing member with a laser beam, a detector detecting a toner image for detection, and a CPU for detecting and correcting the positional deviation of each color, wherein the CPU forms the toner image for detection on a color-by-color basis between pages in a print job including plural pages of images, and corrects times Trv and Tv from timing on which a subscanning image-writing timing synchronizing signal is output to timing on which a laser unit emits a laser beam based on times Ty to Tk between timing on which the subscanning image-writing timing synchronizing signal is output and timing on which the color misregistration detection sensor detects the misregistration detection pattern. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142552 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus includes; an endless belt; a plate-like heater slidable on an inner surface of the belt; a driving roller, opposed to the heater through the belt, for rotating the belt and for forming a nip for heating an image on a sheet; an energy supply member including an electrical contact for supplying electrical energy to the heater; a flange provided with a guide for guiding rotation of the belt and a stopper for limiting movement of the belt in an axial direction; and a pressure applying member for applying pressure between the flange and the driving roller. The flange includes a fixing portion for fixing the energy supply member with a predetermined play in a pressing direction of the pressure applying member so that the flange is disengageable in the axial direction relative to the belt integrally with the energy supply member. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142559 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF PRINTING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In order to enables a user to easily specify a sheet storage unit to which sheets are supplied next without confirming an operation unit, there is provided a method for controlling a printing apparatus for feeding a sheet from any one of a plurality of sheet storage units to print an image on the fed sheet. The method includes receiving an instruction to open a sheet storage unit, specifying, according to the received instruction, based on an attribute set to the sheet storage unit to which the instruction is issued, another sheet storage unit which has an attribute same as the attribute, and controlling the other specified sheet storage unit to be opened. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130142961 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING CYLINDRICAL MEMBER - The present invention has an object to provide a method for manufacturing a plurality of high quality cylindrical members. The method includes: vertically holding a mandrel so as to be coaxial with a central axis of an annular slit; and discharging a liquid coating through the slit to form a film of the coating on a surface of the mandrel while vertically moving up the mandrel. A circular cleaning blade is rotatably mounted around a lower holding shaft. The step includes the steps of: (1) forming a film of the coating up to a lower end of a coating region of the mandrel, and then stopping the discharge; and (2) moving up the lower holding shaft so that the cleaning blade passes through the annular slit to clean it, in this order. Then the cleaning blade is rotated to clean the cleaning blade. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130143161 | CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM APPARATUS - An apparatus includes an irradiation device configured to irradiate an object with charged particle beams, a measurement device configured to measure a characteristic of each of charged particle beams, and a controller. The measurement device includes a plate including knife edges, and a sensor configured to detect a charged particle beam incident thereon via the plate. The controller causes one charged particle beam, selected from the charged particle beams, to perform a scan relative to the measurement device so that the one charged particle beam traverses at least two knife edges among the plurality of knife edges, and to generate correction information for correcting a measurement error of the measurement device due to deformation of the plate, based on an output from the sensor upon the scan. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130144911 | DATA MIGRATION APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING DATA BETWEEN DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - A data migration apparatus, which migrates data from a first document management system capable of setting an access right in document units to a second document management system incapable of setting an access right in document units and capable of setting an access right in folder units, includes a determination unit configured to determine whether an access right to document data of a document to be migrated inherits an access right to a higher-level folder or is unique to the document, a sub-folder creation unit configured to create a sub-folder to which a same access right as that unique to the document is set at a migration destination, if the determination unit determines that the access right to the document data is unique to the document, and a document storage unit configured to store the document data to be migrated in the sub-folder created by the sub-folder creation unit. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145109 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The invention relates to an information processing apparatus which performs mirroring for synchronizing storage contents of a first storage unit and a second storage unit. If mirroring is valid when the information processing apparatus is started, the information processing apparatus detects a storage unit attached to itself. If a detection result indicates that no storage unit has been detected or one storage unit has been detected, the information processing apparatus displays, on a display unit, a connection acknowledgement screen for the storage unit which has not been detected. If the detection result indicates that two storage units have been detected, activation processing is executed for the information processing apparatus. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145183 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A management system which includes an image forming apparatus having a plurality of functions, and a management apparatus which manages the image forming apparatus, the management apparatus comprises: a power consumption acquisition unit which acquires information of power consumptions for the respective functions of the image forming apparatus; a supply power acquisition unit which acquires information of a supply power to be supplied to the image forming apparatus; a determination unit which determines a power consumption value to be consumed by the image forming apparatus based on the information of the power consumptions for the acquired respective functions and the information of the acquired supply power; and a setting unit which sets a power consumption of the image forming apparatus to be operated at the determined power consumption value. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145221 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD THEREOF FOR MANAGING AN OPERATION STATE OF THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes a request unit configured to transmit a registration confirmation request that includes identification information of the image forming apparatus to the management server in response to an operation by a user for starting a monitoring service with the management server after the image forming apparatus is installed in the client system, an analysis unit configured to analyze a response from the management server to the registration confirmation request, and a storage unit configured to store a retry period included in the response if an analysis result of the response indicates non-registration. The request unit retransmits a registration confirmation request during the stored retry period until a response indicating registration completion is received from the management server. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145260 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR CREATING AN ALBUM - An information processing apparatus for creating an album, the information processing apparatus including a relationship acquisition unit configured to acquire a relationship between a user and other persons, and a determination unit configured to determine at least one of a design, a number of pages, a number of images, and a binding of the album, at least subject to a relationship between the user and the other persons. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145307 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD - A display apparatus according to the present disclosure displays a first page display region where a first page of a content is displayed, a second page display region where a second page of the content is displayed, and a fore edge region indicating presence of a page different from the first page and the second page. When touches to two positions including a first touch position on the first page display region and a second touch position on the fore edge region are detected as a touch operation of a user, the second page is changed to a page corresponding to the second touch position without changing the first page. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145318 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A determination is made on whether or not an instruction of temporarily stopping a recommendation list is issued, and in a case where it is determined that the instruction for the temporary stopping is issued, even when another item is selected by a user, a control is conducted to avoid an update of the displayed recommendation list. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145334 | DESIGN SUPPORTING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - Design information including layout information of a print circuit board associated with an electronic equipment, and component information is acquired, and a verification condition associated with crosstalk noise is input. Information of signal lines which should verify influence of the crosstalk noise are extracted from the design information. Based on the verification condition, a signal line, which crosses or overlaps a signal line other than the signal line corresponding to the extracted information planerly viewed from a laminating direction of layers of the print circuit board, of the signal lines corresponding to the extracted information is detected as a victim wiring. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145373 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There is provided with an information processing apparatus for controlling execution of a plurality of threads which run on a plurality of calculation cores connected to a memory including a plurality of banks. A first selection unit is configured to select a thread as a continuing thread which receives data from other thread, out of threads which process a data group of interest, wherein the number of accesses for a bank associated with the selected thread is less than a predetermined count. A second selection unit is configured to select a thread as a transmitting thread which transmits data to the continuing thread, out of the threads which process the data group of interest. | 06-06-2013 |
| 20130145856 | PRESSURE-SENSITIVE SENSOR, AND GRIP APPARATUS AND ROBOT MANIPULATOR EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - A pressure-sensitive conductive rubber for reference is provided inside a housing in such a state that preload is imposed thereon. A pressure-sensitive conductive rubber for detection is also provided inside the housing in such a state that preload is imposed thereon and an external load acts thereon. A load detecting circuit applies voltage to the pressure-sensitive conductive rubbers to determine the external load based on a difference between a detected value corresponding to electric current flowing through the pressure-sensitive conductive rubber for reference and a detected value corresponding to electric current flowing through the pressure-sensitive conductive rubber for detection. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147282 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus includes a first power receiving unit that wirelessly receives power from a power supply apparatus, and a control unit that supplies, to the power supply apparatus, data for controlling supply of power from the power supply apparatus according to a mode of the electronic apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147747 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus that makes it easy to recognize a target image when images are displayed in each of regions obtained by dividing a single screen, even when the method for dividing the screen has changed. For example, when the method for dividing the screen in an index view is switched, the post-switch location of a target thumbnail image is calculated based on the ratio between the pre- and post-switch division numbers and the pre-switch location of the target thumbnail image, in both the horizontal and vertical directions. Then, the overall arrangement of the thumbnail images in the index view after the division method switch is determined based on the calculated location of the target thumbnail image. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147868 | INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS - The present invention relates to an ink jet recording apparatus including a recording head including a plurality of energy generation elements configured to generate thermal energy. The ink jet recording apparatus includes a specification unit and a control unit. The specification unit specifies a pulse width upper limit value of a prepulse during a recording operation based on a minimum pulse width by which ink is discharged by applying a drive pulse to the energy generation elements and a temperature of the recording head during the recording operation. The control unit controls the energy generation elements to be driven using a drive pulse of a prepulse with a pulse width equal to or less than the pulse width upper limit value. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147872 | RECORDING APPARATUS - A method includes providing a sheet on which a color patch to be subjected to colorimetric measurement by a colorimetric unit and a pattern corresponding to the color patch and used for obtaining a distance from a portion where the pattern is read to a portion where the colorimetric measurement of the color patch is performed when the colorimetric unit reads the pattern are recorded, obtaining the distance from the portion where the pattern is read to the portion where the colorimetric measurement of the color patch is performed by reading the pattern on the sheet by the colorimetric unit, moving the sheet based on the obtained distance, and performing colorimetric measurement on the color patch by the colorimetric unit. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147875 | RECORDING APPARATUS - A recording apparatus includes an electrolytic capacitor for stabilizing the head power source voltage, a transistor for charging the electrolytic capacitor, a transistor for discharging the electrolytic capacitor, a push-pull circuit, a resistor for controlling the charging/discharging current to the electrolytic capacitor, and a resistor for dividing the head power source voltage. The power supply to the head is turned on with the head power source voltage increased by the capacitor. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147884 | LIQUID CONTAINER - A liquid container includes an air-tight liquid-storage chamber or reservoir, a movable member for agitating liquid, and a protrusion portion for supporting the movable member. The movable member and the protrusion portion are disposed in the liquid-storage chamber. The movable member includes a first end that is linearly movable along the protrusion portion and a second end that is free. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147889 | TRANSFER INK JET RECORDING METHOD - An image recording method includes applying a liquid composition containing a reaction agent to a region of an intermediate transfer member, applying an ink containing a coloring material to at least part of the region to form an intermediate image, and transferring the intermediate image to a recording medium. The intermediate transfer member has a surface on which water forms a contact angle of 40 degrees or more with the surface. The reaction agent precipitates or aggregates the coloring material. The liquid composition has a pH of 6.0 or less and contains a polyether siloxane compound expressed by the following general formula: | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147891 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An optical scanning apparatus according to one aspect of this invention includes a light source that outputs a light beam having a light power based on a supplied driving current, a detection unit that detects the light power of the light beam, and a voltage holding unit that holds a charged voltage used to control the driving current. The optical scanning apparatus further includes a control unit that controls a charging unit so that the voltage holding unit is charged in a state where the driving current is not supplied to the light source, and controls the charging unit based on a detection result of the detection unit so that the voltage held in the voltage holding unit is controlled from the voltage of the voltage holding unit charged in the state where the driving current is not supplied to the light source. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147939 | IMAGE ACQUISITION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING IMAGE ACQUISITION APPARATUS - An image acquisition apparatus includes a test object stage that holds a test object, a measuring unit that acquires surface profile information of the test object, and a microscope unit that includes an objective optical system that forms an image of the test object and an image pickup element that captures the image of the test object formed by the objective optical system. The test object stage is movable between a measurement position of the measuring unit and a imaging position of the microscope unit. The measuring unit acquires first stage inclination information of the test object stage. At the imaging position, the test object stage adjusts an orientation thereof on the basis of a relationship between the surface profile information and the first stage inclination information. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147976 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - An apparatus capable of capturing a still image in a moving image capturing mode includes an instruction unit configured to instruct still image capturing, a vibration detection unit configured to detect vibration applied to the apparatus, a control unit configured to control driving of a correction member in a driving range according to whether still image capturing or moving image capturing is performed, based on an output from the vibration detection unit, a position detection unit configured to detect a position of the correction member, and a determination unit configured to determine a reference position of a range in which the correction member is driven, wherein, if the instruction unit instructs image capturing in the moving image capturing mode, the detected position is set as the reference position. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147984 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM FOR OBTAINING POSITION INFORMATION AND DIRECTION INFORMATION - An image pickup apparatus includes continuous shooting means, position acquisition means, and direction acquisition means, wherein the continuous shooting means performs multiple shooting operations and obtains multiple images, the position acquisition means acquires position information, the direction acquisition means acquires direction information, and in the multiple shooting operations performed by the continuous shooting means, the position acquisition means does not acquire position information for each of the shooting operations performed by the continuous shooting means, and the direction acquisition means acquires direction information for each of the shooting operations performed by the continuous shooting means. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147988 | RECORDING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A recording apparatus including a mounting portion configured to allow a rewritable recording medium and an unrewritable recording medium to be mounted thereon includes a determination unit configured to determine a file name with a number for recording a file on a recording medium mounted on the mounting portion, and a recording control unit configured to record, on the recording medium mounted on the mounting portion, the file using the file name determined by the determination unit, wherein the determination unit changes a file name determination method when the recording medium mounted on the mounting portion is replaced such that the rewritable recording medium and the unrewritable recording medium are replaced with each other. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147990 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus that records image data on a detachable storage medium in a previously set recording format is provided. The apparatus sets the recording format of image data, and determines whether or not a storage medium attached to an attachment unit has a communication function that communicates with a different apparatus than the image processing apparatus. If it is determined that the storage medium has a communication function, and that the recording format of image data that can be transferred by the communication function does not match the recording format that has been set, the apparatus issues a warning. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147996 | DRIVING METHOD OF SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE - In a driving method of device having plural pixels, each pixel comprises photoelectric converter, floating diffusion, transfer transistor to transfer charge of the photoelectric converter to the floating diffusion, amplifying transistor to amplify signal based on the transferred charge, and reset transistor to reset voltage of the floating diffusion, the method comprises first step of, after putting the transfer transistor into conduction state, resetting the charge of the photoelectric converter by putting the transfer transistor into non-conduction state in non-conduction state of the reset transistor, and second step of, after the first step and after putting the transfer transistor into the conduction state, transferring the charge of the photoelectric converter to the floating diffusion by putting the transfer transistor into the non-conduction state in the non-conduction state of the reset transistor, and the signal based on the charge transferred in the second step is amplified by the amplifying transistor. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130147998 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS AND FOCUS DETECTION METHOD - An image capturing apparatus performs focus detection based on a pair of image signals obtained from an image sensor including pixels each having a pair of photoelectric conversion units capable of outputting the pair of image signals obtained by independently receiving a pair of light beams that have passed through different exit pupil regions of an imaging optical system. In the focus detection, an f-number of the imaging optical system is acquired, the pair of image signals undergo filtering using a first filter formed from an summation filter when the f-number is less than a predetermined threshold, or using a second filter formed from the summation filter and a differential filter when the f-number is not less than the threshold, and focus detection is performed by a phase difference method based on the pair of filtered image signals. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148001 | CAMERA, CAMERA SYSTEM AND LENS APPARATUS - A camera on which a lens apparatus is mounted is disclosed. The camera includes a controller which performs a focusing control corresponding to the mounted lens apparatus; a display unit which performs display process corresponding to an output of the controller; and a storage section which stores correction information for correcting a calculation result in the focusing control by the controller, in association with the mounted lens apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148003 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING AN IMAGE CAPTURED ON AN IMAGE CAPTURE DEVICE - A method of selecting an image captured on an image capture device ( | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148010 | AUTO FOCUSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - The invention includes steps of setting a main area set within the frame of a photographed image signal, and a plurality of auxiliary areas each of which is smaller than the main area, selecting one or a plurality of focus detection areas from the main area and the auxiliary areas in accordance with the in-focus position of a focus lens based on the focus signals of the main area and the auxiliary areas, and controlling the focus lens to move to the in-focus position of the focus lens in the focus detection area selected in the selecting step. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148014 | IMAGE PICK-UP APPARATUS TO PICK UP STATIC IMAGE - An image pick-up apparatus that is capable of correcting shading due to a closing travel operation of a shutter by a simple process. An image pick-up device picks up the image formed. A shutter unit opens and closes a substantially rectangular aperture corresponding to image pick-up area of the image pick-up device by means of a plurality of rotating shutter blades. The shutter blades travel in mutually opposite directions perpendicular to a long side of the aperture while keeping edges of the shutter blades facing the aperture are parallel to the long side so that edge portions that cover a center area of the aperture start shading the aperture before edge portions that cover four corner areas of the aperture start shading the aperture. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148091 | LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A lithography apparatus which positions a substrate based on measurement of a position of an alignment mark on the substrate to form a pattern on the substrate. The apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a first required alignment precision in a first direction, and a second required alignment precision in a second direction different from the first direction, and a controller configured to determine, based on the first required alignment precision, a first condition for a first measurement process of measuring a position of an alignment mark in the first direction, to determine, based on the second required alignment precision, a second condition for a second measurement process of measuring a position of an alignment mark in the second direction. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148093 | HOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A holding apparatus holds a substrate. The apparatus includes a base having burls that support the substrate. A top surface of the base is configured such that a capillary pressure of a liquid provided in a gap between the base and the substrate supported by the burls increases with reduction in an amount of the liquid in the gap. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148122 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DEVICE, AND SUBSTRATE - A method includes a first step of forming a circuit pattern and an alignment mark on a substrate and a second step of measuring a position of the alignment mark and positioning the substrate. The alignment mark includes a first linear pattern arranged on one side of a first straight line, a second linear pattern arranged on the other side of the first straight line, a third linear pattern arranged on one side of a second straight line, and a fourth linear pattern arranged on the other side of the second straight line. The first step includes determining total number of the third and fourth linear patterns to be formed and total number of the first and second linear patterns to be formed based on required precisions in directions along the first and second straight lines. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148123 | EXPOSURE METHOD, EXPOSURE APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DEVICE - An exposure method comprises: a first detection step of detecting a position of a first mark by a first scope; a second detection step of detecting a position of a second mark by a second scope having a magnification higher than the first scope; a first calculation step of calculating a first correction value based on the detection results obtained in the first and second detection steps; a third detection step of detecting a position of a third mark by the second scope after the substrate is aligned based on the first correction value calculated in the first calculation step; a second calculation step or calculating a second correction value based on the detection results obtained in the second and third detection steps; and an exposure step of exposing the substrate after the substrate is aligned based on the second correction value calculated in the second calculation step. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148133 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a setting unit configured to set two pixels, one of which is adjacent to a processing target pixel in a vertical direction and the other of which is adjacent to the processing target pixel in a horizontal direction, as first determination pixels, and to set two pixels adjacent to and opposite across one of the two first determination pixels, as second determination pixels, and an output unit configured to output a black pixel for the processing target pixel, in a case where one of the first determination pixels is a black pixel and one of the second determination pixels is a black pixel. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148136 | RENDERING DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, RENDERING DATA PROCESSING METHOD, PRINT APPARATUS, PRINT METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A rendering data processing apparatus comprises: a determination unit configured to determine objects of a bitmap pattern in rendering data; a specification unit configured to specify an object, for which a bitmap rendering command can be replaced with a graphic rendering command, among the determined objects of the bitmap pattern; a replacement unit configured to replace the bitmap rendering command for the object specified by the specification unit with the graphic rendering command; and a combination unit configured, in a case where a plurality of patterns designated by a plurality of graphic rendering commands replaced by the replacement unit are arranged adjacent to each other and rendered, to combine the plurality of graphic rendering commands corresponding to the plurality of patterns with each other. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148141 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a determination unit and a trap unit. The determination unit is configured to determine for each of a plurality of color plates whether trapping processing is performed at a position of a target pixel of an image divided to the plurality of color plates. The trap unit is configured to perform the trapping processing at the position of the target pixel for each of the plurality of color plates based on a determination result of the determination unit. In a case where the determination unit determines that the trapping processing is performed on a predetermined color plate, the trap unit does not perform the trapping processing at the position of the target pixel for the color plate on which the trapping processing is performed according to the determination by the determination unit. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148143 | INSPECTION APPARATUS, INSPECTION METHOD, INSPECTION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An inspection apparatus which inspects an image determines a type of a printing error based on characteristics of a place where the printing error has occurred, and controls a printing apparatus according to the determined type of printing error. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148151 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - This invention provides an image forming apparatus which performs sleep control for a shift to the sleep mode for each function and provides a user-friendly operation system, and a method of controlling the same. To accomplish this, the image forming apparatus sets a shift time until a power state of the image forming apparatus shifts to the low-power state after execution of image formation; and performs control to shift the power state of the image forming apparatus to the low-power state, when the shift time is not more than the predetermined time, before an elapse of the shift time after execution of image formation by the printing function, while shifting the power state of the image forming apparatus to the low-power state, in response to an elapse of the shift time after execution of image formation by the copying function. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148153 | PRINT CONTROL DEVICE, PRINT CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - When a print stop instruction is input in accordance with a user's operation, a stage to stop print is decided among a plurality of stages in accordance with the print condition for print and the print by the print apparatus is stopped at the decided stage. Thereby, print by the print apparatus can be canceled appropriately. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148154 | PRINTING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus for being communicably connected to a server that manages messages complying with rules of a short sentence communication service from the image forming apparatus and responds by the messages to requests from an information processing terminal, comprises: an acquisition unit configured to acquire internal information of the apparatus itself; a generation unit configured to generate, in accordance with conditions set beforehand, distribution data including a message that complies with the rules of the short sentence communication service and concerns the information acquired by the acquisition unit, coordinate information about the apparatus itself, and position information for communicating with the apparatus itself via a predetermined network; and a distribution unit configured to distribute the distribution data generated by the generation unit to the server. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148155 | RELAY SERVER, RELAY SERVER CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing device acquires status information of a printer, and adds a status name indicating the acquired status information to a printer name of the printer and updates a printer name in printer information corresponding to the printer managed by a print service device with the printer name to which the status name has been added. Also, the print service device manages printer information undated with the printer name to which the status name has been added, and generates a print setting screen, on which the printer name to which the status name has been added is to be displayed, based on the printer information managed by the print service device and transmits the generated print setting screen to a user device. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148158 | PRINTING APPARATUS HAVING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FUNCTION, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING APPARATUS - In a printing apparatus that prints a PIN code on a sheet, the printing apparatus performs control to suppress setting failure of WPS due to time-out at least until printing of the PIN code is completed (successfully printed). | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148166 | PRINTING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND PHOTO-DIRECT PRINTING APPARATUS - In a printing system in which a digital camera (DSC) and PD printer apparatus are directly connected via a USB, and image data is transmitted from the DSC to the PD printer apparatus and printed, Capability of the PD printer apparatus is transmitted from the PD printer apparatus to the DSC after communication procedures are established by an application (NCDP) installed in the PD printer apparatus and DSC. The PD printer apparatus is caused to execute print operation in accordance with print conditions set by the DSC on the basis of the transmitted Capability. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148169 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PREVENTING PERFORMANCE REDUCTION IN IMAGE FORMING - An image forming apparatus determines, with respect to intermediate data including a start edge and an end edge indicating a shape of an object and which do not intersect and where an edge direction of the start edge and an edge direction of the end edge are aligned, whether an edge read from the intermediate data is the start edge or the end edge based on an edge direction of the edge, determines an X coordinate of an edge to be determined for each scan line as a minimum value of a corresponding scan line, and determines, an X coordinate of an edge to be determined for each scan line, as a maximum value of a corresponding scan line. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148170 | DEVICE CAPABLE OF READING PLURAL DOCUMENTS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE DEVICE, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a device that prevents unauthorized copying of a document to which copy inhibition information is added. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148183 | METHOD OF RECONSTRUCTING A HOLOGRAPHIC IMAGE AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - An apparatus and method of image reconstruction are disclosed. The method includes first breaking a holographic image into a plurality of interlaced sample sets corresponding to color separation images; and independently sampling, filtering, and reconstructing all sets. The resulting demodulated images contain no fringes. Notably, range-clipped tonal rendering curves are used to choose pixel regions of the demodulated images that will replace saturated regions. The image is reconstructed by integrating all un-saturated images into one. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148205 | METHOD OF PRODUCING ANTIREFLECTION FILM - Provided are a method of producing an antireflection film having a low reflectance, the film using hollow particles having good shape uniformity, and a lens. The method includes: applying, onto the base material, a dispersion containing core-shell particles each using an organic polymer as a core and silica as a shell; drying the dispersion to form a film containing the core-shell particles; and removing the organic polymer through irradiation of the film containing the core-shell particles with ultraviolet light to turn the core-shell particles into hollow particles. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148211 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A zoom lens, in order from an object side to an image side, includes a first lens unit having a positive refractive power, a second lens unit having a negative refractive power, a third lens unit having a positive refractive power, and a fourth lens unit having a positive refractive power, the first lens unit is fixed and at least the second and fourth lens unit are moved during zooming, the third lens unit is configured by a cemented lens formed by cementing a negative lens having a meniscus shape convex towards the object side and a positive lens, the fourth lens unit is configured by a cemented lens formed by cementing a negative lens having a meniscus shape convex towards the object side and a positive lens, and focal lengths f | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148781 | RADIATION GENERATING APPARATUS - In a radiation generating apparatus of the present invention, a radiation tube in which a tubular side wall is arranged between a cathode and an anode is enclosed in an envelope filled with an insulating liquid. A thermally-conductive fin projecting to a side of a barrel portion of the radiation tube is provided on at least a part of an inner surface of the envelope, and the fin is provided on an area except for an area facing a position of the barrel portion at which potential of the barrel portion is higher than potential of the fin. Since a proper-shape cooling structure is provided on a proper position in the envelope, it is possible to secure withstand voltage and also made the entire apparatus compact in size. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148785 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS - An X-ray imaging apparatus that performs X-ray radiographing by detecting X-rays that have transmitted through an object with an X-ray sensor includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire a first predetermined time based on operational information of the X-ray sensor, and a control unit configured to alter a drive of the X-ray sensor based on whether the first predetermined time has elapsed after bias voltage is applied on the X-ray sensor after X-ray radiographing is performed by the X-ray sensor. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148851 | KEY-FRAME SELECTION FOR PARALLEL TRACKING AND MAPPING - A method of selecting a first image from a plurality of images for constructing a coordinate system of an augmented reality system. A first image feature in the first image corresponding to the feature of the marker is determined A second image feature in a second image is determined based on a second pose of a camera, said second image feature having a visual match to the first image feature. A reconstructed position of the feature of the marker in a three-dimensional (3D) space is determined based on positions of the first and second image features, the first and the second camera pose. A reconstruction error is determined based on the reconstructed position of the feature of the marker and a pre-determined position of the marker. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148852 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRACKING AN OBJECT IN A SEQUENCE OF IMAGES - A method of tracking an object (e.g., | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148854 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A SUBJECT AND A DISTRACTOR IN AN IMAGE - A method of identifying a subject and a distractor in a target image is disclosed. The method receives a reference image comprising image content corresponding to image content of the target image. A first saliency map, which defines a distribution of visual attraction values identifying salient regions within the target image, and a second saliency map, which defines a distribution of visual attraction values identifying salient regions within the reference image, are determined. The method compares image content in salient regions of the first saliency map and the second saliency map. The subject is identified by a salient region of the target image sharing image content with a salient region of the reference image. The distractor is identified based on at least one remaining salient region of the target image. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148863 | INSPECTION APPARATUS, INSPECTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An inspection apparatus performs position adjustment between a reference image and an target image in a band region of a predetermined band size by using information of a feature point in the band region having the predetermined band size and information of a feature point in a region adjacent to the band region, and performs inspection of the printed document based on the comparison of the reference image and the target image. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148886 | IMAGE COMPRESSION APPARATUS, IMAGE COMPRESSION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image compression apparatus determines a first reduction ratio according to an available memory capacity and reduces a multivalued image by the determined first reduction ratio to generate a first reduced multivalued image, and extracts a representative color of a character region from the first reduced multivalued image. The image compression apparatus reduces the first reduced multivalued image to generate a second reduced multivalued image, and compresses the second reduced multivalued image to generate a first compressed code. The image compression apparatus compresses a partial binary image corresponding to the character region to generate a second compressed code. Then, the image compression apparatus outputs compressed data including the first compressed code, the second compressed code, positional information about the character region, and information about the representative color of the character region. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148910 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING DISTRACTING ELEMENTS IN AN IMAGE - A method of identifying a distracting element in an image (e.g., | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148912 | BAND-BASED PATCH SELECTION WITH A DYNAMIC GRID - A method of selecting a plurality of patches (e.g., | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148946 | RECORDING APPARATUS, RECORDING METHOD, PROGRAM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING THE PROGRAM - There is provided a recording apparatus that is capable of avoiding the deletion of contents, which is important to the user, due to overwriting of the contents and degradation in reproduction quality due to recompression thereof, by allowing the user to selectively delete unnecessary contents by himself or herself using a deleting contents selection screen displayed to the user when there is little remaining recording capacity on a recording medium. The recording apparatus records information data on a recording medium at a plurality of different recording data rates. A recording data rate of the information data selected from the plurality of different recording data rates is set. A recordable time period is detected based on the set recording data rate and an information quantity of information data that has already been recorded on the recording medium. Recordable time period information indicative of the detected recordable time period is displayed. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148949 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND LENS APPARATUS - An image pickup apparatus having removably attached thereto a lens apparatus including a blur correction unit includes a selection unit configured to select a first mode in which a mechanical shutter is used to start exposure or a second mode in which an electronic shutter is used to start exposure; and a controller configured to output information indicating the start of exposure to the lens apparatus. The controller changes the information indicating the start of exposure depending on whether the first mode or the second mode is selected to control the lens apparatus to perform different blur correction operations. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148954 | INTERCHANGEABLE LENS - The interchangeable lens includes a lens holding member holding a lens, a first supporting bar engaging with the lens holding member to guide movement of the lens holding member in an optical axis direction, a second supporting bar engaging with the lens holding member to prevent rotation of the lens holding member, the second supporting bar having a shorter length than that of the first supporting bar. The interchangeable lens further includes a mount contact provided as an electric contact in a mount portion detachably attachable to a camera body. When viewed from the optical axis direction, the first supporting bar is disposed in an area not overlapping the mount contact, and the second supporting bar is disposed in an area overlapping the mount contact, and when viewed from a direction orthogonal to the optical axis direction, part of the first supporting bar overlaps the mount contact. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148987 | INSPECTION APPARATUS, INSPECTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An inspection apparatus inspects a printed product by positioning a reading target image of the printed product relative to a reference image and collating the reading target image with the reference image includes a positioning unit configured to perform positioning processing for the reference image and the reading target image with a first precision, and a detection unit configured to detect an image defect candidate area by collating the reading target image with the reference image, which have been positioned by the positioning unit. The positioning unit newly performs the positioning processing for the reference image and the reading target image in the image defect candidate area with a second precision that is higher than the first precision. The detection unit detects an image defect by collating the reading target image with the reference image in an area having been newly subjected to the positioning processing using the second precision. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148990 | RECORDING MATERIAL DETERMINATION APPARATUS ANDIMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A recording material determination apparatus includes a first detection unit configured to detect a characteristic corresponding to a surface condition of a recording material based on a captured image of a surface of the recording material, a second detection unit configured to detect a characteristic corresponding to a grammage of the recording material based on an ultrasonic wave detected via the recording material by irradiating the recording material with an ultrasonic wave, and a conveyance unit configured to convey the recording material. The first detection unit and the second detection unit are located opposite each other with respect to the conveyance unit. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148991 | METHOD FOR DETECTING SURFACE POTENTIAL OF IMAGE BEARING MEMBER AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus configured to, in a state where a voltage is applied to a charging unit, determine a surface potential of an image bearing member using a first voltage applied when a current value obtained by, after applying a predetermined voltage to a transfer unit, detecting the current value while changing the applied voltage to a positive direction reaches a discharge current value, and a second voltage applied to the transfer unit when a current value obtained by, after applying the predetermined voltage to the transfer unit, detecting the current value while changing the applied voltage to a negative direction reaches the discharge current value. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148992 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus capable of forming an image at a plurality of image forming speeds, includes: an image bearing member; a developer carrying member; a developer feeding member, having a foam layer at its surface, for feeding the developer to the developer carrying member by being rotated at a speed corresponding to each of the image forming speeds in contact with the developer carrying member; and a controller for rotating, before development, the developer feeding member for a predetermined time corresponding to the image forming speed. The controller extends the predetermined time when an image forming mode is switched from a first mode in which image formation is effected at a first image forming speed to a second mode in which the image formation is effected at a second image forming speed slower than the first image forming speed. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130148998 | POWER SUPPLY INCLUDING ZERO-CROSS DETECTION CIRCUIT, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A power supply includes a first capacitor, a resistor for discharging an electric charge of the first capacitor and for detecting zero crossing of the AC voltage input from the AC power supply, a second capacitor, and a frame ground o and a discharge resistor having a resistance value smaller than the resistor and configured to discharge an electric charge of the second capacitor, and switches between a state where a current to the discharge resistor is cut off and a state where a current flows through the discharge resistor. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149004 | MAIN CARTRIDGE, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A main cartridge attachable and detachable to and from an apparatus body of an image forming apparatus for forming an image on a recording medium is provided. The main cartridge include a process device configured to act on a photosensitive member, a grip portion configured to be held by a user, and an attachment unit to attach a sub cartridge containing developer along the longitudinal direction of the main cartridge. In the longitudinal direction, the center position of the grip portion is disposed at the upstream side in the attachment direction of the sub cartridge from the center position of the main cartridge. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149010 | DEVELOPER CONTAINING CHAMBER, DEVELOPING DEVICE, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An object is to smoothly convey toner from a developer containing chamber to a developing chamber even when an opening that provides communication between the developer containing chamber and the developing chamber has a connecting part for adding strength to the apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149011 | CARTRIDGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A cartridge detachably attachable to an image forming apparatus includes a developer storage chamber partitioned into a first storage portion and a second storage portion and configured to store a developer, a replenishment opening disposed in the second storage portion, through which the developer passes from inside the developer storage chamber to outside the developer storage chamber, and a conveyance member disposed in the second storage portion and configured to convey the developer in a predetermined conveying direction, the conveyance member including a first conveyance portion located on an upstream side of the replenishment opening to convey the developer in the conveying direction, and a second conveyance portion located on a downstream side of the replenishment opening to convey an amount of a developer smaller than that of the developer conveyed by the first conveyance portion in the conveying direction. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149013 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - In an image forming apparatus, a voltage applied to a pre-transfer charger is set to the highest voltage, and is then reduced at a position corresponding to a predetermined range from a leading edge of a recording material, to suppress a phenomenon of backward scattering of toner formed just before entering a transfer nip, when a burr formed on the leading edge of the recording material exits the transfer nip. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149540 | ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC MEMBER, INTERMEDIATE TRANSFER MEMBER, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC MEMBER - An object of the present invention is to provide: an electrophotographic member which enhances image quality, prevents the lowering of a grade of an image even when images have been repeatedly output, and can remarkably enhance the stability of the grade of the image; an intermediate transfer member; and an image forming apparatus. The electrophotographic member includes a base layer and a surface layer, wherein the surface layer has a binder resin, perfluoropolymer fine particles, a fluorocarbon resin dispersing agent and a particular fluorine compound, wherein the perfluoropolymer fine particle has a fluorine compound carried on its surface. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149636 | PATTERN DETERMINING METHOD, PATTERN DETERMINING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method of determining a pattern of a mask for an exposure apparatus includes a first calculation step of calculating a value of a first evaluation function used to evaluate a cost of drawing a provisional pattern on a mask blank to manufacture the mask, a second calculation step of calculating a value of a second evaluation function used to evaluate an image formed on an image plane when a mask having the provisional pattern is arranged on an object plane, and a changing step of, when calculation results of the first and second calculation steps do not meet a termination condition, changing at least one of the provisional pattern, an illumination condition in the exposure apparatus, and a drawing condition of the pattern for the mask blank. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149647 | HOLDING APPARATUS, DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A holding apparatus holds a substrate. The apparatus includes a base having burls that support the substrate, a pool whose capacity is variable and from which a liquid is to be supplied into a gap between the base and the substrate supported by the burls, and a regulator configured to regulate the capacity of the pool. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149648 | METHOD OF MAKING NOZZLE CHIP - The present disclosure provides a method of making a nozzle chip including a step of forming an ejection orifice row by performing irradiation with light rays using a mask having ejection orifice row patterns that form an ejection orifice row pattern of one nozzle chip when the ejection orifice row patterns are connected to each other through a connection portion. The mask is configured such that, with respect to a direction in which ejection orifices of the ejection orifice row are arranged, an absolute value of off-axis telecentricity of one of the light rays with which an ejection orifice that is at the smallest distance from the connection portion is irradiated is less than an absolute value of off-axis telecentricity of one of the light rays with which an ejection orifice that is at the greatest distance from the connection portion is irradiated. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130149802 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENT - Provided is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor element having at a cut portion with excellent quality, which minimizes a region on a silicon substrate necessary for cutting, and which prevents cutting water used when cutting by dicing is carried out from entering the semiconductor element. The method of manufacturing a semiconductor element includes: arranging, on the silicon substrate, multiple semiconductor element portions so as to be adjacent to one another; bonding the silicon substrate and a glass substrate together using the resin; and cutting the silicon substrate and the glass substrate, respectively, in a region in which the resin is provided, the cutting the silicon substrate and the glass substrate including: half-cutting the silicon substrate by dicing; cutting the glass substrate by scribing; and dividing the silicon substrate, the glass substrate, and the resin. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130150016 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION DEVICE - When an instruction operation given by a user to start communication parameter setting is detected, an operation mode of a communication device is determined. According to the determined operation mode, it is determined whether to provide a communication parameter through another communication device operating in a base station mode, or provide a communication parameter directly by the communication device. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130150077 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - Position information indicating the position of a communication apparatus or another communication apparatus when a predetermined message is received from the other communication apparatus, and battery information about the battery of the other communication apparatus are stored. The user is notified of the stored position information and battery information according to a user operation for the communication apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151678 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A set value management service receives a replace request for replacing configuration data of a first image forming apparatus, and searches the second image forming apparatus needs to update configuration data as a result of replacement of the first image forming apparatus. The set value management service updates configuration data of the searched second image forming apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151715 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS COMMUNICATION USING T.38 PROTOCOL, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is capable of performing communications using the T.38 protocol by means of a SIP server that does not support the T.38 protocol. Audio is selected among a plurality of media types, and a first session establishment request for establishing a first session with a destination with which the communication apparatus is to communicate is transmitted to a SIP server. An address of the destination is obtained from a response transmitted from the SIP server in response to the first session establishment request. The first session established in response to the first session establishment request is disconnected. Image is selected among the plurality of media types, and a second session establishment request for communicating with the destination is transmitted to the destination using the obtained address. Image data is transmitted to the destination through the second session established in response to the second session establishment request. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151772 | STORAGE CONTROL APPARATUS AND STORAGE METHOD THEREFOR - A storage control apparatus which connects a portable storage medium and stores content data acquired from the portable storage medium in a storage unit communicates with another apparatus to set the correspondence between a storage location within the portable storage medium and that within the storage unit. The storage control apparatus acquires, among content data within the portable storage medium, content data to be stored in the storage unit, and stores the content data acquired from the portable storage medium by the acquisition unit in a storage location within the storage unit corresponding to that within the portable storage medium, in which the acquired content data is stored, based on the correspondence between the storage location within the portable storage medium and that within the storage unit. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151873 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - When an image processing apparatus according to this invention accepts a shutdown instruction, and completes execution of shutdown processing, and switches the operation state of the power source switch to an OFF state using a driving unit of the power source switch if the shutdown instruction is accepted via an external device communicably connected to the image processing apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151878 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS WITH FUNCTION TO SOLVE FRAGMENTATION ON MEMORY, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An information processing apparatus that is capable of reducing fragmentation of use areas on a memory and of shortening waiting time. The information processing apparatus has a volatile first memory and a nonvolatile second memory. A first control unit starts the information processing apparatus without using a hibernation image when a hibernation image is not stored in the second memory at the time of starting the information processing apparatus, and generates a hibernation image in the second memory. A second control unit starts the information processing apparatus while using a hibernation image when the hibernation image is stored in the second memory at the time of starting the information processing apparatus. A third control unit changes a state of the information processing apparatus to a power saving state while keeping power supply to the first memory in response to completion of the starting of the information processing apparatus. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151947 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus sends a request of a document to a Web server, and receives the document sent from the Web server in response to the request. The information processing apparatus determines processing to be executed for the document received based on a query parameter designated when the request is sent, and executes the determined processing for the received document. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130151998 | WEB BROWSER OPERATION METHOD AND OPERATION APPARATUS - There is provided a web browser operation method and operation apparatus capable of preferably setting an access restriction function for restricting access of a web browser to be used by an unspecified number of users. First, content acquired from a web server is displayed on a display based on a format described in the content. An operation tool for performing operations related to processing of the content is also displayed on the screen. When an operation instruction is inputted by a user with the use of the operation tool, processing related to the displayed content is performed based on the operation instruction. In this case, restrictions are set on operation instructions by the user among operation instructions, and selection by the user of tool portions corresponding to the set restrictions, among tool portions which can be specified by the operation tool, are set as disabled. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130152065 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - For update of individual firmware of an image forming apparatus by a service person through a dedicated interface, an update information file indicating a range of versions of firmware in collective update is stored. In the collective update, applicable firmware is searched based on the versions included in the update information file to search sets of applicable firmware. When the sets of the applicable firmware searched in a distribution system are acquired, collective update of the firmware is performed based on a firmware set selected from the sets. | 06-13-2013 |
| 20130152390 | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING A LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - Provided is a process for producing a liquid ejection head which includes a substrate having an energy generating element and a wall member joined with the substrate to form an ejection orifice which ejects liquid and a flow path which communicates to the ejection orifice, the process including, in the following order, the steps of (B) forming, on the substrate, a flow path pattern form for forming the flow path, (C) forming, around the flow path pattern form, a cover resin layer for forming the wall member, and (D) transferring a surface form of the substrate to a surface of the cover resin layer so as to correspond to a pattern of the surface form of the substrate. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130152391 | MANUFACTURING METHOD OF LIQUID DISCHARGE HEAD - This invention is a manufacturing method of a liquid discharge head that includes a substrate having a plurality of discharge energy generating elements that generate energy that is utilized for discharging a liquid, and a discharge port forming member that constitutes a discharge port group including a plurality of discharge ports that discharge the liquid and flow paths that communicate with the discharge port group. The manufacturing method includes (1) disposing a photosensitive resin as material of the discharge port forming member on or above the substrate, and (2) forming an exposure pattern of the discharge port group using ultraviolet light in the photosensitive resin. In the aforementioned (2), the discharge port group is divided in a longitudinal direction and exposed, and the exposures are respectively performed so that regions in which there is a high degree of telecentricity face each other. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130153749 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND OPERATION METHOD FOR PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE - A photoelectric conversion unit generates an amount of charges. A differential amplifier has first and second input transistors and is configured to output a current signal based on the amount of charges. A reset voltage providing unit is configured to provide a reset voltage for input nodes of the first and second input transistors. A transfer transistor is electrically connected to, and configured to transfer a charge to, the input node of the first input transistor. A reset transistor is electrically connected to one of the input nodes, and configured to control an electrical connection between the reset voltage providing unit and the input node connected to the reset transistor. A connection transistor has first and second nodes and is configured to control an electrical connection between the input nodes. The first and second nodes are connected to the input nodes of the first and second input transistors, respectively. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130153752 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device according to one or more embodiments of the invention comprises a plurality of first output lines and a plurality of current to voltage convertors. Current signals from a plurality of signal sources are output to the first output lines. Each of the current to voltage convertors are electrically connected to a corresponding one of the first output lines. The current to voltage convertor includes a first amplification unit. An offset reduction unit in a subsequent stage of the current to voltage convertor is provided for each of the first output lines. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130153775 | RADIATION DETECTION APPARATUS - A radiation detection apparatus comprising, a sensor panel including sensor unit disposed on a plurality of photoelectric converters on a substrate, a first scintillator layer disposed on the sensor panel, and a second scintillator layer disposed on the first scintillator layer, wherein the first scintillator layer and the second scintillator layer respectively emit light beams having different wavelengths, and the sensor unit which includes a first photoelectric converter configured to detect the light beam emitted by the first scintillator layer, a first transistor configured to output a signal from the first scintillator layer, a second photoelectric converter configured to detect the light beam emitted by the second scintillator layer, and a second transistor configured to output a signal from the second scintillator layer, and individually convert the light beams having the different wavelengths into electrical signals. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130153977 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE - A photoelectric conversion device according to one or more embodiments includes a plurality of photoelectric conversion units. A readout portion is configured to output current signals to an output line. Each of the current signals is based on an amount of charges generated by a corresponding one of the photoelectric conversion units. The readout portion includes a plurality of transistors including at least a plurality of first input transistors and a plurality of second input transistors. Each of the first input transistors and a corresponding one of the second input transistor form a differential pair. Of the plurality of the transistors, any transistors repeatedly arranged correspondingly to every one or more of the photoelectric conversion units have the same conductivity type. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130154443 | PIEZOELECTRIC MATERIAL, PIEZOELECTRIC ELEMENT, LIQUID EJECTION HEAD, ULTRASONIC MOTOR, AND DUST REMOVING DEVICE - A piezoelectric material contains a perovskite oxynitride expressed by the General Formula: In the formula, x, y, z and w are numerical values satisfying the relationships: 0≦x≦1, 0≦y≦1, 0| 06-20-2013 | |
| 20130154705 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device according to one or more embodiments of the present invention comprises an output line, a current mirror circuit and a comparator. Current signals from a plurality of signal sources are output to the output line. The current mirror circuit is electrically connected to the output line. The comparator is configured to compare a mirrored current signal from the current mirror circuit with a reference current signal. The comparator is configured to output a signal representing a comparison result of amplitudes of the mirrored current signal and the reference current signal. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130154908 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus comprises: plural light emitting devices emitting light by plural kinds of colors; a driving circuit for each light emitting device; a scanning line selecting the driving circuit; a light emission control line causing the light emitting devices to emit light; and a data line supplying to the selected driving circuit a current signal according to brightness, wherein the driving circuit comprises a driving transistor supplying a current, a first-switch between a gate of the driving transistor and the data line, a second-switch between a drain of the driving transistor and the light emitting device, a first-capacitor having one end connected to the gate of the driving transistor and the other end potential-fixed, and a second-capacitor connected to the gate of the driving transistor and the light emission control line, and a capacitance ratio of the second-capacitor to first-capacitor varies according to the color of the emitted light. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155038 | DISPLAYING APPARATUS - A displaying apparatus having a finer-pitch circuit constitution is provided without deteriorating a displaying quality and increasing each pixel size. In the displaying apparatus which can suppress a characteristic variation of a driving transistor included in each pixel circuit by using a control circuit, the control circuit is arranged on an outer side of a region in which the plurality of pixel circuits are arranged, and there are a second capacitor in which an input data signal is supplied to one end thereof, a first voltage follower circuit of which an input is connected to the other end of the second capacitor and of which an output is connectable to a data line, and a second voltage follower circuit of which an input is connected to the data line and of which an output is connectable to the other end of the second capacitor. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155039 | IMAGE GENERATING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE GENERATING METHOD, AND IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD - An image generating apparatus according to the present invention is an image generating apparatus that generates pattern image data including a pattern component image for inspecting display quality of an image display apparatus in which an emission brightness of a backlight can be controlled for each block obtained by dividing a screen. The image generating apparatus according to the present invention comprises a detecting unit that detects a block in which display quality is estimated to be degraded, from among the blocks of the image display apparatus, as a degradation estimation region; and a generating unit that generates pattern image data such that the pattern component image is displayed in a block detected as the degradation estimation region by the detecting units when an image based on the pattern image data is displayed by the image display apparatus. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155041 | DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE - A display control device including a display unit includes a proximity detection unit configured to output a proximity detection signal when a predetermined condition to determine whether an object approaches the display control device is satisfied, an illuminance detection unit configured to detect illuminance of ambient light, and a control unit configured to control the display unit not to be turned off when the proximity detection unit outputs the proximity detection signal while the illuminance of ambient light detected by the illuminance detection unit is greater than a predetermined value, and to control the display unit to be turned off when the proximity detection unit outputs the proximity detection signal while the illuminance of ambient light detected by the illuminance detection unit is equal to or less than the predetermined value. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155088 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING AN IMAGE SLIDESHOW - A method of generating an image slideshow is disclosed. A plurality of candidate images is accessed for the image slideshow. The method determines a plurality of subsections of reference images in a photo book. A corresponding set of the candidate images is selected for each of the determined subsections of the reference images, each set of candidate images being selected based on at least one attribute type of a corresponding determined subsection. The image slideshow is generated using at least one candidate image from each selected set of candidate images. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155123 | IMAGE OUTPUT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed is an image output apparatus that outputs a plurality of image data to one or a plurality of image display apparatuses capable of controlling amounts of light of backlights, the image output apparatus including: a determining unit configured to determine whether the plurality of image data satisfy a predetermined condition; and a controlling unit configured to control, when the determining unit determines that the plurality of image data satisfy the predetermined condition, the one or the plurality of image display apparatuses such that either or both of amounts of light and number of light emission control units of the backlights used for display of the plurality of image data are the same. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155125 | DISPLAY APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display apparatus comprises a determination unit and a control unit, wherein when a block corresponding to an object region is not included in a predetermined number of blocks centered around a determination-target block, the determination unit determines that the determination-target block is a block which satisfies a predetermined condition, and wherein the control unit: sets a backlight emission brightness of a block corresponding to the object region to a first level, sets a backlight emission brightness of a block which satisfies the predetermined condition, among the blocks corresponding to a background region, to a second level that is lower than the first level, and sets a backlight emission brightness of a block which does not satisfy the predetermined condition, among the blocks corresponding to the background region, to a third level that is higher than the second level and not higher than the first level. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155144 | INKJET RECORDING METHOD - An inkjet recording method includes applying a pigment-containing first black ink to a recording medium to record an edge region of an image, and applying a pigment-containing second black ink to the recording medium to record an inner region of the image. A dynamic surface tension γ | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155150 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD AND PROCESS FOR PRODUCING THE SAME - A process for producing a liquid ejection head including a recording element substrate, an electrical wiring substrate provided with plural lead terminals, a support member provided with a concavity and a joining surface, and a sealant control wall arranged between a side surface of the recording element substrate and a side surface of the support member, the process including preparing a liquid ejection head in which the concavity and recording element substrate are mutually fixed, the joining surface and electrical wiring substrate are mutually fixed, and the lead terminals and connection terminal are mutually connected, and filling the sealant between the side surface of the recording element substrate and the side surface of the sealant control wall on the side of the recording element substrate followed by filling the sealant between a side surface of the sealant control wall on the side of the lead terminals and the lead terminals. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155151 | METHOD OF MANUFACTURING LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A support substrate and a liquid ejecting element substrate are bonded to each other with an adhesive agent to manufacture a liquid ejection head. The support substrate is provided with a liquid supply port and a recess or through hole in its main surface. The adhesive agent is applied onto the main surface of the support substrate by means of a roller holding the adhesive agent on its peripheral surface by moving the support substrate and the roller relative to each other such that the recess or through hole and the liquid supply port sequentially face the roller in this order. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155163 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image bearing member configured to bear a toner image; a plurality of electrode portions; a control unit configured to control a voltage applied to the electrode unit based on image information; and a toner bearing member configured to bear toner and form a toner image on the image bearing member according to the voltage applied to the electrode portion, in which α>1.22 is satisfied and rx″/ry″ is defined as α, where Dy indicates a thickness of the image bearing member, Dx indicates a distance between the electrode portions adjacent to each other, rx″ indicates a resistance component of the image bearing member in a direction parallel to Dx and ry″ indicates a resistance component of the image bearing member in a direction parallel to Dy in a rectangular solid body including Dx and Dy in a side. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155164 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THAT FORMS IMAGE USING MULTIPLE LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENTS - An image-forming position displaces from an ideal position occurring due to a portion of a support substrate bending in a direction approaching a photosensitive drum. This displacement is set as a first gap data. Spot size expansion caused by bending of the support substrate can be reduced by using light amount control data that has been corrected in response to this first gap data. Furthermore, by using light amount control data corrected in response to second gap data that indicates displacement to an ideal position from exposure areas occurring due to decentering of the photosensitive drum, spot size expansion caused by decentering of the photosensitive drum can be reduced. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155165 | DEVICE AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SAME - A device includes a first element substrate and a second element substrate for driving a driving element; a first signal input unit connected to an input terminal of the first element substrate; a second signal input unit connected to an input terminal of the second element substrate; and a signal output unit. Each of the first and second element substrates includes a driving element, a first signal generation unit configured to output a first signal, a second signal generation unit configured to output a second signal, an input terminal, an output terminal, and a selection unit configured to receive a signal from the first and the second signal generation units, select one of a state of the first signal, a state of the second signal, and a high-impedance state on the basis of the selection signal input from the input terminal, and output the state to the output terminal. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155193 | IMAGE QUALITY EVALUATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Autocorrelation coefficients for three dimensions defined by the horizontal direction, the vertical direction, and the time direction of evaluation target moving image data are acquired. A plurality of noise amounts are calculated by executing frequency analysis of the acquired autocorrelation coefficients for the three dimensions and multiplying each frequency analysis result by a visual response function representing the visual characteristic of a spatial frequency or a time frequency. The product of the plurality of calculated noise amounts is calculated as the moving image noise evaluation value of the evaluation target moving image data. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155267 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS THAT SENDS SIGNAL FOR INSTRUCTING IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS TO EXECUTE SHOOTING OPERATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A communication apparatus which is capable of, when remotely instructing an image pickup apparatus to execute a shooting operation, instructing execution of a shooting operation using a suitable method. A first sending unit sends a first signal for instructing execution of a shooting operation to a mounted image pickup apparatus via a cable connected to the mounted image pickup apparatus. A second sending unit sends a second signal for instructing execution of the shooting operation to the mounted image pickup apparatus via a signal terminal that is electrically connected to a terminal provided in an accessory shoe of the mounted image pickup apparatus. A control unit controls the first and second sending units so that, when execution of the shooting operation is instructed, a signal to be sent to the mounted image pickup apparatus is switched between the first signal and the second signal. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155269 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, AND DISPLAY DEVICE - An image processing apparatus generates a plurality of parallactic images having a relationship that the magnitude of an amount of image shift between parallactic images increases with an increase of a defocus amount, generates, through plural selections of the generated parallactic images permitting a repeated same selection, a series of parallactic images in which the selected parallactic images are arranged in a selection order; repeatedly applies interpolation processing to each pair of adjacent parallactic images included in the series of parallactic images to generate a plurality of interpolation images; and arranges the interpolation images between the adjacent parallactic images to output the interpolated parallactic images as an output image of a moving image. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155271 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS - The present invention relates to an image capture apparatus comprising an image sensor that includes a plurality of first pixel portions and a plurality of second pixel portions whose output signals can be used to perform a correlation operation. In a case of a first photographing condition, the apparatus performs correction processing on output signals from the first pixel portions using output signals from the second pixel portions, and in a case of a second photographing condition, does not perform correction processing on output signals from the first pixel portions using output signals from the second pixel portions. The apparatus also performs image processing on a signal resulting from the correction processing or a signal that was not subjected to the correction processing, and records a signal resulting from the image processing. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155276 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - To allow an AF mode to be quickly changed when the AF mode can be changed among a plurality of AF modes. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155278 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS - An image capture apparatus has an image capture unit to capture an object image, an acquisition unit to acquire a developing parameter for image data captured by the image capture unit, an analysis unit to analyze RAW image data generated by the image capture unit, an image composition unit to compose a plurality of RAW image data generated by the image capture unit and generate composite RAW image data, a composition ratio determination unit to determine a composition ratio for a plurality of developing parameters respectively for development of the plurality of RAW image data acquired by the acquisition unit, a parameter composition unit to compose the plurality of developing parameters and generate one composite developing parameter, and a development unit to develop the composite RAW image data using the composite developing parameter. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155289 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT IS CAPABLE OF CUTTING OUT SPECIFIC AREA IN IMAGE, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus that is capable of using frame information associated with image data effectively for an image that is formed by trimming the image shown by the image data. The image processing apparatus processes image data with which frame information about a partial area in an image is associated. A trimming unit cuts out a selection area as a trimming image from an image represented by the image data. A determination unit determines whether frame information updated according to the area cut out by the trimming unit is added to the trimming image or not based on a determination of whether a specific frame effective area in the area shown by the frame information is included in the trimming image or not. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155304 | IMAGING SYSTEM - An imaging system comprises an image sensing apparatus including a pixel array, a row selection unit, and a readout unit; and a supply unit including a plurality of A/D converting units, and a transfer unit. The supply unit supplies a power supply voltage to an A/D converting unit which, of the plurality of A/D converting units, receives signals from the pixels in the pixel array by means of the transfer unit, and does not supply a power supply voltage to an A/D converting unit which, of the plurality of A/D converting units, receives no signals from the pixels in the pixel array by means of the transfer unit, in a 1-line period. The readout unit A/D-converts the signals from the pixels in the pixel array using the A/D converting unit supplied with the power supply voltage by the supply unit, and outputs a digital image signal. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155316 | IMAGING APPARATUS, LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, AND CAMERA SYSTEM - An imaging apparatus, which can communicate with a light emitting apparatus via a radio wave communication unit using radio waves, is configured to control timing at which the imaging apparatus starts an operation corresponding to a light emission performed according to a light emission start instruction based on a first light emission delay time that the light emitting apparatus requires for the processing from completion of reception of data indicating the light emission start instruction issued from the radio wave communication unit to a start of the light emission, and a second light emission delay time required for the processing from an output of the light emission start instruction issued from a light emission start instruction unit to completion of transmission of the data indicating the light emission start instruction issued from the radio wave communication unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155321 | TIMING CONTROL APPARATUS AND VIDEO PROCESSING SYSTEM - A timing control apparatus includes: an extraction unit that outputs an input timing signal of an image signal; an input timing switch unit that selects whether to output the input timing signal output from the extraction unit or to input an external input timing signal; an input timing delay addition unit capable of adding delay information to the input timing signal output from the extraction unit; a reference timing generation unit that generates a reference timing signal from the input timing signal; a reference timing switch unit that selects whether to output the reference timing signal or to input an external reference timing signal; and an individual timing generation unit that generates, from the reference timing signal, a video processing timing signal and an output timing signal. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155333 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR REMOTELY OPERATING ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device executes a certain process when first data for instructing the electronic device to begin the certain process has been received from an external apparatus, and stops the certain process when the external apparatus has not been detected as a certain apparatus and when a first time has elapsed since the certain process was executed, even if second data for instructing the electronic device to stop the certain process has not been received. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155384 | EXPOSURE APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING DEVICE - An exposure apparatus for projecting an image of a pattern on a substrate and for exposing the substrate is disclosed. The exposure apparatus includes a mask stage and a projection optical system. The mask stage holds plural masks so that the plural masks do not contact with each other, and the projection optical system includes plural optical systems. Each of the optical systems projects an image of a pattern of one mask among the plural masks onto an exposure area of the substrate. The apparatus exposes the substrate so that each exposure area of the substrate exposed by each optical system partly overlaps with each other. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155401 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - The present invention enables high-speed and high-precision correction of a ghost detected in a spectrum measuring apparatus. A ghost is detected from spectrum data of reference light measured by the apparatus, and for each wavelength of input light, a light amount ratio α of the input light to the corresponding ghost, as well as a shift amount di indicative of a wavelength difference between the input light and the corresponding ghost are acquired. For each spectrum wavelength of the measured light, wavelength shifting for the corresponding shift amount di and multiplication of the light amount ratio (or intensity ratio) α are performed for estimating the ghost. By removing the estimated ghost from the measured light, it is possible to realize high-precision ghost correction with a reduced amount of calculation and a reduced amount of memory. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155414 | MEASURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MULTI-WAVELENGTH INTERFEROMETER - A measuring apparatus for measuring a position or a shape of a surface to be inspected includes a multi-wavelength interferometer and a control unit. The multi-wavelength interferometer includes an optical system that causes light to be inspected, which enters the surface to be inspected and is reflected by the surface to be inspected, and reference light to interfere with each other, a spectroscopic unit that divides interference light between the light to be inspected and the reference light into each wavelength, and a detector that detects the interference light and is provided for each divided interference light and an optical member that can adjust a position of a light guide portion that guides light from the spectroscopic unit to the detector. The control unit controls the optical member by using information related to inclination of the surface to be inspected to adjust the position of the light guide portion. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155423 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a reading unit configured to read a document to generate a document image, a display unit adapted to superimpose said document image on a sheet image indicating a sheet used for printing, so as to distinguishably display both an area where the document image is set to be printed and an area where the document image is not set to be printed, a receiving unit adapted to receive a drag operation by a user on the document image displayed by the display unit and a changing unit configured to change a print setting for printing the document image on the sheet based on the drag operation received by the receiving unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155424 | PRINT CONTROL APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - Conventionally, during a copy operation, certain advanced mode settings make the extraction of additional security information impossible. In order to solve this problem, the print control apparatus includes: determining unit for determining an interval between a pattern element and a pattern element adjacent to the pattern element from the received image data; and control unit for performing a control so as to scale the image at a magnification specified by a user and have the scaled image printed by a printing apparatus when the product of the magnification specified by the user and the interval determined by the determining unit falls within a predetermined range, and configured to terminate or interrupt the printing of the image by the printing apparatus when the product of the magnification specified by the user and the interval determined by the determining unit does not fall within the predetermined range. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155426 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - A image processing apparatus of the present invention comprises an image generation unit configured to generate image data of one page, a printing unit configured to mount color material on an intermediate transfer member to perform printing, and an obtaining unit configured to obtain a time (a time between print pages) showing a time interval between printing one page and printing next one page by the printing unit, and the printing unit outputs patches for adjusting density to be reproduced in the printing, to the intermediate transfer member in the time between print pages. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155427 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes an obtaining unit configured to obtain a gamma correction table used for image formation on non-reference paper using a correlation between a characteristic of reference paper and a characteristic of the non-reference paper and a gamma correction table obtained through calibration using the reference paper, a first reading unit configured to form a pattern on plain paper and read the formed pattern, a second reading unit configured to form a pattern on an image bearing member and read the formed pattern, a comparison unit configured to compare a value read by the first reading unit with a value ready by the second reading unit, and a correction unit configured to correct the characteristic indicating the correlation used for obtaining the gamma correction table for the non-reference paper by the obtaining unit when a difference of values compared by the comparison unit exceeds a first threshold. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155428 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a forming unit configured to form, on a sheet, a pattern from which at least two lines each connecting two points located at positions parallel to a conveyance direction of the sheet are detectable, a detection unit configured to detect, from the pattern formed by the forming unit, at least two lengths of lines each connecting two points located at positions parallel to the conveyance direction, and an acquisition unit configured to acquire a correction value used when correction is performed so that there is no difference between the lengths of a plurality of lines detected by the detection unit. The forming unit forms an image obtained by correcting a corrected image to be output using the correction value acquired by the acquisition unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155430 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR MEASURING LINE WIDTH OF LINES - A line width is derived based on the number of black pixels counted in an area set so that in a case where a first line width is finer than a second line width, the area for the lines having a first line width is set larger than for the lines having a second line width. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155438 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a reading unit configured to read a document to generate a document image, a determination unit configured to determine whether rotation processing for rotating the document image is to be performed when printing is performed based on the document image, and a display unit configured to display a print preview representing a printed result, wherein the display unit displays the print preview if the determination unit determines that the rotation processing is to be performed. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155440 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus that positively notifies a notification destination of information to be notified even if a communication protocol is changed before notifying storage of stored data. A notification setting processing section of a document storage notification application sets a protocol for accessing the stored document data from a computer via a network. When document data is stored in a HDD, a mail transmission processing section notifies the computer of storage location information on the document data for accessing the data according to the set protocol. If the set protocol is changed before the storage location information is notified to the computer, a control section causes the mail transmission processing section to notify the computer of storage location information for causing the document data to be accessed using the changed protocol. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155451 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The setting management service determines whether or not to hand over configuration data before being replaced to an image forming apparatus after being replaced based on a changed content of device configuration information of the image forming apparatus after being replaced and a handover condition associated with configuration data of the image forming apparatus when the image forming apparatus is replaced, and specifies a setting item required for a reset based on a content of a change flag indicating whether or not a user has changed a setting of configuration data from an initial value to thereby notifies the specified setting item to the image forming apparatus when configuration data is not handed over. The image forming apparatus that has received the notification displays a screen that prompts a reset of the setting item required for the reset. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155456 | Dynamically adjusting the complexity of worker tasks in a multi-threaded application - Disclosed are methods of allocating tasks for a print job in a multi-threaded system. One method determines a utilisation measure of at least one of a plurality of intermediate data generating threads, and a complexity limit of a intermediate data generation task. The complexity limit is decreased if the determined utilisation measure of the intermediate data generating thread is under a predetermined threshold. The complexity limit limits a processing load of the intermediate data generation task to be allocated to the intermediate data generating thread. The method then compares the processing load of the intermediate data generation task to be allocated with the determined complexity limit, and allocates the intermediate data generation task to the intermediate data generating thread for processing in an event that the processing load of the intermediate data generation task satisfies the complexity limit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155457 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus provided with an image memory includes a printing unit configured to print data, a determining unit configured to determine whether data of all pages of the print data can be stored in the image memory as reprint data, a storage unit configured to store data of a first page to an N-th page of the print data into the image memory in a case where the determining unit determines that the data of the all pages of the print data cannot be entirely stored in the image memory as the reprint data, an accepting unit configured to accept a reprint start instruction, and a receiving unit configured to receive a remaining data of an N+1-th page to a final page of the print data, wherein the printing unit prints the stored data and the receiving unit receives the remaining data to be printed. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155458 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus is configured to be capable of communication with an image forming apparatus through a network and to operate in a first power state where information can be transmitted to outside and a second power state where information cannot be output to outside. The information processing apparatus includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire information indicating a state of the image forming apparatus, a storage unit configured, if the information acquired by the acquisition unit includes information indicating that the image forming apparatus enters the second power state, to store the information, and a control unit configured, if the communication with the image forming apparatus is disabled in a state that the information is stored in the storage unit, to display information indicating that the image forming apparatus enters the second power state on a display section. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155460 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINT JOB PRODUCTION METHOD, AND PRINT JOB OUTPUT METHOD - A data processing apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store electronic data including first data for identifying policy data that is information indicating an authority for handling the electronic data and is managed by a server apparatus. The data processing apparatus includes a print job data production unit configured to produce print job data based on electronic data to be printed, an acquisition unit configured to acquire the first data included in the electronic data, an adding unit configured to add the first data acquired by the acquisition unit to the print job data, and a sending unit configured to send the print job data having the first data added thereto to an image processing apparatus. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155461 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, PRINT CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A display apparatus displays an identification information element corresponding to an image currently displayed on a display unit in accordance with a first instruction from a user. In accordance with a second instruction from the user, the display apparatus causes a printing apparatus to perform printing based on an image data element corresponding to an identification information element selected by the user from among one or more identification information elements being displayed. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155475 | DETERMINING TRANSPARENT FILLS BASED ON A REFERENCE BACKGROUND COLOUR - Disclosed is a method of generating an electronic document having an enclosed region with a fill colour. The method receives a digital representation of a source document, the source document containing an enclosed region and at least one corresponding background region, the enclosed region overlapping at least a portion of the background region. A fill colour is determined for the enclosed region from the digital representation as is a reference background colour for the enclosed region from the corresponding background region of the digital representation. The method assigns a transparent fill colour to the enclosed region based on a comparison of the determined fill colour for the enclosed region with the reference background colour and stores enclosed region with the transparent fill colour to generate an electronic document. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155478 | LIGHT SCANNING APPARATUS - A light scanning apparatus, including: a light source configured to emit a light beam; a light deflector configured to deflect the light beam emitted from the light source so that the light beam scans a photosensitive member; a housing which contains the light source and the light deflector, and which is provided with an opening portion through which the light beam deflected by the light deflector passes; a transparent member mounted on the housing to close the opening portion and configured to transmit the light beam deflected by the light deflector; and a fixing member having an elastic portion configured to cover an outer circumferential portion of the transparent member, the fixing member being configured to fix the transparent member to the housing by pressing the elastic portion to the transparent member. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155514 | DIFFRACTIVE OPTICAL ELEMENT, OPTICAL SYSTEM, AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - A diffractive optical element made by adhering a first diffractive grating and a second diffractive grating to each other, each of which has a blazed structure. At least one of the first and second diffractive gratings is made of a material having a refractive index distribution in a plane normal direction, and the predetermined expressions are satisfied for a wavelength λ in a visible wavelength range. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155524 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PROJECTION APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided is a zoom lens, including in order from a magnification conjugate side to a reduction conjugate side: a first lens unit having a negative refractive power; a second lens unit having a positive refractive power; a third lens unit having a positive refractive power; a fourth lens unit having a negative refractive power; a fifth lens unit having a negative refractive power; and a sixth lens unit having a positive refractive power. The first and sixth lens units do not move for zooming, while the second to fifth lens units move to the magnification conjugate side during zooming from a wide-angle end to a telephoto end. Each of the second and third lens units is composed of a single positive lens. Movement amounts of the second, third and fourth lens units during zooming from the wide-angle end to the telephoto end satisfy appropriate relationships. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155529 | LENS BARREL AND IMAGING APPARATUS - Provided is a lens barrel including a fourth lens group that holds a fourth lens, a second lens group that holds a second lens and is disposed closer to an object than the fourth lens group, and a drive source that drives the fourth lens group in a direction along the optical axis. The fourth lens has a notch around a portion of an outer periphery thereof. The drive source is provided in the notch. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130155530 | LENS BARREL ENABLING LENS INCLINATION ADJUSTMENT AND IMAGING APPARATUS PROVIDED WITH SAME - A lens barrel is configured to adjust a position of an adjusted lens in the direction of an optical axis with respect to another lens. The lens barrel includes a lens frame configured to retain the adjustment lens and a base frame configured to adjustably retain the lens frame. The lens frame includes a first adjustment stepped surface including a plurality of adjustment surfaces that are adjacently disposed in the direction of rotation of the lens frame and are provided with different heights, and a second adjustment stepped surface. The second adjustment stepped surface is disposed at a position exhibiting a 180 degree rotational phase from the position of the first adjustment stepped surface. The base frame includes a support surface configured to abut with the first adjustment stepped surface and the second adjustment stepped surface. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156050 | DATA TRANSFER APPARATUS, DATA TRANSFER METHOD, AND INTER-CHIP COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Transfer efficiency of data transfer in a single semiconductor device or between semiconductor devices is improved. A table is created by associating a combination of attribute information involved in data transfer with an identifier. When attribute information registered in the table is received, the attribute information is replaced with an identifier so that the information is compressed and transferred. Accordingly, transfer efficiency is increased in transmission or reception of a request and a response. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156109 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING VIDEO INFORMATION OVER A WIRELESS MULTI-PATH COMMUNICATION LINK AND CORRESPONDING WIRELESS STATION - The present invention a method of transmitting video information over a communication link made of several transmission paths between wireless transmitting and receiving stations. The method comprises, in the wireless transmitting station, obtaining an uncompressed video frame made of an array of pixel blocks, a pixel in the pixel blocks being represented by base pixel information and enhancement pixel information; generating at least one set of complementary pixel blocks from a given pixel block of the obtained uncompressed video frame, by applying different operations to said given pixel block for dropping different enhancement pixel information from that pixel block, so that the complementary pixel blocks comprise different enhancement pixel information and each comprises the base pixel information; and for each set, transmitting the complementary pixel blocks over respective different transmission paths to the wireless receiving station. This provides robustness of video transmission while keeping a high quality of video rendering. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156162 | X-RAY WAVEGUIDE AND X-RAY WAVEGUIDE SYSTEM - An X-ray waveguide includes a cladding and a core to guide X-rays. The core includes a periodic structure of plural substances having different values of a refractive-index real part in a direction perpendicular to an X-ray guiding direction. A Bragg angle determined depending on a wavelength of an X-ray and periodicity of the periodic structure is smaller than a critical angle for total reflection of the X-ray at an interface between the core and the cladding. The Bragg angle is larger than a critical angle for total reflection of the X-ray at an interface between the plural substances constituting the periodic structure. The core has, in the X-ray guiding direction, two or more regions differing in periodic number of the periodic structure constituting the core with a core width in a direction of period being different between the two or more regions corresponding to change of the periodic number. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156285 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus that processes a radiation image obtained from a detector in which a plurality of pixels are two-dimensionally arranged includes: an obtainment unit that obtains a radiation image; a control unit that controls, in accordance with radiation dose characteristics of a first pixel in the detector and a first pixel value of the first pixel in the radiation image, a weighting coefficient for the first pixel value of the first pixel and a weighting coefficient for second pixel values that are different from the first pixel value; and a correction unit that corrects the first pixel value in the obtained radiation image based on the weighting coefficients. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156303 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing method is provided for an image processing apparatus which executes processing by allocating a plurality of weak discriminators to form a tree structure having branches corresponding to types of objects so as to detect objects included in image data. Each weak discriminator calculates a feature amount to be used in a calculation of an evaluation value of the image data, and discriminates whether or not the object is included in the image data by using the evaluation value. The weak discriminator allocated to a branch point in the tree structure further selects a branch destination using at least some of the feature amounts calculated by weak discriminators included in each branch destination. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156314 | GEODESIC SUPERPIXEL SEGMENTATION - An aspect of the present invention provides a method of segmenting an input image into a plurality of segments. The method comprises the steps of: deriving an image representative of boundary strength of each of a plurality of pixels in the input image; adding a random noise pattern to at least a portion of the derived image; determining a plurality of local minima in the derived image with the random noise pattern added, each of the plurality of local minima comprising a point with a lowest measure of boundary strength within a pre-defined region in the derived image; and associating each of the plurality of pixels in the input image with one of the determined local minima to segment the image based on a geodesic distance transform of the measure between the determined local minima and the pixels. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156320 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING A SALIENCY MAP FOR AN INPUT IMAGE - A method of determining a saliency map (e.g., | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156402 | RECORDING APPARATUS - A recording apparatus for recording a moving image file including a first area to store moving image data and a second area to store meta data constructed by one or more tracks into a recording medium generates a first track, stores first position information into the first track and stores the first track into the second area to be recorded into the recording medium, generates a second track when a size of moving image file reaches a threshold value, generates second position information which can represent a larger value than the first position information, stores the second position information into the second track, stores the first and second tracks into the second area to be recorded into the recording medium. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156403 | RECORDING APPARATUS - A recording apparatus having a recording unit for recording a moving image file including a first area to store moving image data and a second area to store meta data into a recording medium generates first position information regarding a position of the moving image data in the first area and second position information which can represent a larger value than the first position information with respect to the position of the moving image data in the first area, stores both of the generated first and second position information into the second area, and records them as a moving image file into the recording medium. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156445 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to form a measurement image on a recording sheet by using a color material, a fixing unit configured to fix the measurement image onto the recording sheet by heating the measurement image, a measurement unit configured to measure color values of the measurement image fixed on the recording sheet downstream of the fixing unit in a sheet conveyance direction of the recording sheet, a pressing member configured to press the recording sheet, on which the measurement image is formed, against the measurement unit, a selection unit configured to select a mode from among a first mode, in which the measurement image is measured with the pressing member pressing the recording sheet against the measurement unit, and a second mode, in which the measurement image is measured without the pressing member pressing the recording sheet against the measurement unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156450 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - If the length of an adjustment toner image is longer than a circumferential length of a photosensitive member, a voltage which is less than a discharge start voltage is applied while a region of the photosensitive member irradiated with light by an optical sensor passes through a transfer portion. Further, a voltage which is greater than or equal to the discharge start voltage is applied while the photosensitive member rotates at least once after the region of the photosensitive member irradiated with light by the optical sensor passes through the transfer unit. As a result, density unevenness in the adjustment toner image and a potential change in the photosensitive member due to the optical sensor exposing the adjustment toner image are prevented. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156451 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING IMAGE FORMING CONDITIONS - An image forming apparatus in which an optical sensor for detecting an adjustment toner image of black color is disposed on an image bearing member and an optical sensor for detecting adjustment toner images of other colors is disposed on an intermediate transfer member. With this configuration, even if the adjustment toner images of black and other colors simultaneously pass through a transfer portion for black color to reduce downtime, it is possible to reduce an effect on the subsequent image caused by light irradiation from the optical sensor and, at the same time, to prevent adjustment toner images of other colors from being excessively retransferred to the image bearing member (for black color) due to discharge. Control is performed such that a voltage less than a discharge start voltage is applied. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156452 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Image forming apparatus includes a movable image bearing member, a first image forming unit, a second image forming unit, a detection member, an execution unit and an adjustment unit. A toner image for adjustment formed on an upstream photoreceptor is made to pass a photoreceptor while facing an area exposed by a downstream image forming unit and is detected by a detection unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156455 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Supply distribution of toner bands is varied in accordance with an image rate. Provided is image forming apparatus includes: an image forming unit; a movable image bearing member; a movable conveying belt; a transfer member; a power supply; a first blade member; a second blade member; and an execution unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156459 | POWER SUPPLY AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH POWER SUPPLY - A power supply includes a rectification unit configured to be able to switch a rectification method between a voltage doubler rectification method and a full-wave rectification method according to an input alternating voltage, two capacitive elements serially connected between lines from the rectification unit, a monitoring unit configured to monitor a first voltage applied between the lines between which the two capacitive elements are connected and a second voltage applied across one of the capacitive elements that is connected to a lower potential side of the lines, and a switch configured to operate according to the second voltage, wherein the power supply interrupts the alternating voltage according to an operating state of the switch, the first voltage, and the second voltage. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156460 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND PHOTOELECTROGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A process cartridge attachable to and detachable from an electrophotographic image forming apparatus includes a first unit having an electrophotographic photosensitive member, and a second unit including a developing roller configured to develop a latent image formed on the electrophotographic photosensitive member, and a sheet member which is disposed along the developing roller in a lengthwise direction of the developing roller and contacts the electrophotographic photosensitive member to restrain scattering of developer, wherein a contact portion of the sheet member that contacts the electrophotographic photosensitive member is roughened by a roughening process. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156464 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE, MAIN CARTRIDGE, SUB CARTRIDGE, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A process cartridge includes a main cartridge configured to be attachable to an apparatus body of an image forming apparatus, and a sub cartridge configured to be attachable to the main cartridge, wherein the main cartridge includes a moving member configured to be capable of moving between a first position for preventing, by the moving member contacting the apparatus body, the main cartridge from entering the inside of the apparatus body and a second position for allowing the main cartridge to enter the inside of the apparatus body, and a regulation member capable of moving between a regulation position for locking the moving member at the first position and an allowable position for allowing the moving member to move to the second position, and wherein the regulation member moves to the allowable position by attaching the sub cartridge to the main cartridge. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156470 | DEVELOPER REPLENISHMENT CONTAINER ACCOMMODATING APPARATUS, DEVELOPER REPLENISHMENT CONTAINER, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developer replenishment container accommodating apparatus in which a developer replenishment container is removably put in a main body of the accommodating apparatus, which replenishes a developer while rotating the developer replenishment container, the accommodating apparatus including: a holding portion provided on the main body of the accommodating apparatus and configured to hold the developer replenishment container put in the main body in a replenishment position for replenishing the developer; and a pressing portion configured to press the developer replenishment container put in the main body toward an upstream side in a push-in direction in which the developer replenishment container is pushed in the main body, wherein, when the developer replenishment container is put in the main body, the developer replenishment container is secured while being biased and pressed against the holding portion by the pressing portion. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156472 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a plurality of image forming means; transferring means for superimposingly transferring the developed images; a detector for detecting light reflected by the developed image; a position detector for detecting a position of the developed image; memory for storing for each color of the developer, information relating to a correction amount for correcting an error between a position obtained by the position detector and an actual position, a corrector for correcting the position of the developed image formed on the image bearing member by the image forming means, on the basis of positions of the developed images of the respective color detected by the position detector and information relating to the correction amount stored in the memory. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156477 | SHEET PUNCHING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING SHEET PUNCHING DEVICE - A sheet punching device comprises a first blade, a first die into which the first blade is fitted from a first surface of a sheet to form a punch hole in the sheet, a second blade, and a second die into which the second blade is fitted. The second blade is inserted into the punch hole formed by the first blade from a second surface of the sheet and fitted into the second die. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156478 | SHEET CONVEYING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet conveying apparatus includes first and second conveyance roller pairs, a width-direction shifting unit, first and second drive units, and a control unit. The second conveyance roller pair is arranged downstream of the first conveyance roller pair to nip and convey the sheet conveyed by the first conveyance roller pair, and to bend the sheet. The width-direction shifting unit shifts the sheet nipped by the second conveyance roller pair in a width direction by shifting the second conveyance roller pair in the width direction. The control unit controls the first and second drive units so that a circumferential speed of the first conveyance roller pair is made higher than that of the second conveyance roller pair between when the second conveyance roller pair starts conveying the sheet and when the width-direction shifting unit completes shifting the second conveyance roller pair in the width direction. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156657 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - It is an object of this invention to prevent a resistor material and an electrode material from diffusing and suppress variation in electric resistance. In a device including a plurality of metal layers of different compositions on a substrate and a second structure made of a material, such as glass paste, requiring a firing process at the time of formation, an intermediate layer is formed between a first metal layer and a second metal layer forming the first structure. The intermediate layer is of an intermetallic compound including one or more metallic elements in the first metal layer and one or more metallic elements in the second metal layer. The melting point of the intermetallic compound is higher than a firing temperature when the second structure is formed, and the intermetallic compound is produced at a temperature higher than the firing temperature for forming the second structure. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156973 | METHOD OF PRODUCING MAGNESIUM FLUORIDE COATING, ANTIREFLECTION COATING, AND OPTICAL ELEMENT - A method of producing a magnesium fluoride coating includes a step of forming a coating by applying a solution containing a fluorine-containing organic magnesium compound represented by the following formula to a base and a step of heat-treating the coating while the coating is being irradiated with a beam of light with a wavelength of 246 nm or less: | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130156992 | ANTISTATIC POLYESTER RESIN MOLDED BODY - A molded body has a base material, a first region covering the base material, and a second region covering the first region, in which the first region has the base material and carbon nanotubes and the second region has carbon nanotubes and an ionic liquid. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130157202 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND TALBOT INTERFEROMETER FOR CALCULATING ABERRATION OF TEST OPTICAL SYSTEM - A calculation apparatus acquires image data of interference fringes detected by using a Talbot interferometer including a diffraction grating and a detector, retrieves a first wavefront by using the image data of the interference fringe, sets a value of a second wavefront incident on the diffraction grating, calculates an interference fringe image of a plurality of the diffracted light beams through simulation, and retrieves a third wavefront by using the calculated interference fringe image, wherein the third wavefront is retrieved by changing a position of the diffraction grating in a plane perpendicular to an optical axis of the Talbot interferometer, and aberration of a test optical system is calculated by reducing an error included in the first wavefront by using the second wavefront and the third wavefront. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130157586 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A wireless communication apparatus for performing wireless communication using an antenna selected from a plurality of antennas. A received power detection unit detects received power received by an antenna selected from the plurality of antennas. A reflected power detection unit detects transmitted reflected power of the selected antenna. A switching unit switches an antenna used for communication to another antenna based on a variation of the received power detected by the received power detection unit and an amount of electric power of the reflected power detected by the reflected power detection unit. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130158882 | METHOD OF FORMING MASS IMAGE - An object of the present invention is to provide a method of comprehensively visualizing a constituent in tumor tissue or the like at a cellular level. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130158947 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus comprises a first sensor unit configured to obtain, as first information, two-dimensional information or three-dimensional information about a target object; a first measurement unit configured to measure a position and orientation of the target object by analyzing the first information; a second sensor unit mounted on a robot for executing an operation for the target object, and configured to obtain, as second information, two-dimensional information or three-dimensional information about the target object in a position and orientation determined based on a measurement result by the first measurement unit; and a second measurement unit configured to measure the position and orientation of the target object by analyzing the second information. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159574 | DATA TRANSFERRING APPARATUS AND DATA TRANSFERRING METHOD - A data transferring apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive a transfer request containing attribute information that indicates a type of data transfer, a buffer configured to store the transfer requests received by the receiving unit, a storing unit configured to associate the attribute information with a first identifier and store the attribute information, and a sending unit configured to preferentially transmit, out of the plurality of transfer requests stored in the buffer, a transfer request containing attribute information that corresponds to the attribute information stored in the storing unit, wherein the sending unit is configured to transmit the first identifier associated with the attribute information that corresponds to the attribute information contained in the transfer request in place of the attribute information of the transfer request. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159621 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus connected to a first storage device and a second storage device via a storage control device, the information processing apparatus includes a transfer unit configured to cause the storage control device to transfer to a rebuilding state after the setting unit has set the password for the second storage device. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159736 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION, AND CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - An electronic apparatus in which an AC power source and a secondary battery are used in combination and which is capable of reducing power consumption. Among plural apparatuses that constitute an image processing apparatus serving as an electronic apparatus, part of the plural apparatuses can be supplied with power from a secondary battery. In a case where power use efficiency attained when required power for all apparatuses to be operated, among the part of the plural apparatuses, is supplied from the secondary battery is higher than conversion efficiency of an AC power unit attained when the required power is supplied from the AC power unit, FETs are controlled such that power is supplied from the secondary battery to the apparatuses to be operated. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159837 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus connected with a peripheral apparatus via a communication line includes an acquisition unit configured to acquire information about a destination of the peripheral apparatus, and a provision unit configured to provide functions for at least one of managing and controlling the peripheral apparatus according to the destination information acquired by the acquisition unit. The provision unit is configured to refer to information indicating a function to be provided according to the destination of the peripheral apparatus and to provide a function for at least one of managing and controlling the peripheral apparatus. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130159991 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SERVER APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - An image processing apparatus comprises a notifying unit that notifies a server apparatus of update information of firmware, a receiving unit that receives necessity information indicating whether virtual config data needs to be updated from the server apparatus in accordance with update of the firmware; a firmware obtaining unit that obtains the firmware; a virtual config data obtaining unit that obtains the virtual config data from the server apparatus, when the received necessity information indicates that the virtual config data needs to be updated; an applying unit that applies the obtained firmware; and an updating unit that updates the obtained virtual config data as real config data, when the received necessity information indicates that the virtual config data needs to be updated. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130160077 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR RELEASING RESTRICTION ON USE OF STORAGE DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes an authentication information storage unit that stores authentication information for releasing restriction on use of a storage device, a release unit that releases the restriction on use of the storage device based on the authentication information, a generation unit that generates new authentication information for releasing the restriction on use of the storage device, and a setting unit that, after the restriction on use of the storage device is released, set the new authentication information in the storage device. | 06-20-2013 |
| 20130160557 | ACOUSTIC WAVE ACQUIRING APPARATUS - Provided is a technique capable of changing resolution or an imaging area during imaging, in an acoustic wave acquiring apparatus using a Fabry-Perot probe. An acoustic wave acquiring apparatus includes a measurement light source emitting measurement light, a probe having a Fabry-Perot interferometer including a first mirror, upon the side of which the measurement light is incident, and a second mirror, upon the side of which an elastic wave from an object is incident, an optical system changing a beam diameter of the measurement light, a controller controlling change in the beam diameter performed by the optical system, a photosensor measuring a light intensity of the measurement light reflected on the Fabry-Perot interferometer, and a processor acquiring intensity of the elastic wave on the basis of change in the light intensity measured by the photosensor due to incidence of the elastic wave. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130160567 | FORCE SENSOR - A force sensor includes: a planar piezoelectric member whose impedance varies according to an impressing force exerted from an outside; a pair of electrode patterns film-formed on both surfaces of the piezoelectric member; a wiring pattern that is film-formed integrally with the pair of electrode patterns, and connected to the pair of electrode patterns; a power feeding side coil that is provided without contact with the pair of electrode patterns, and connected to an alternating-current source; and a detector that detects variation in impedance of the piezoelectric member, as the impressing force, wherein at least a part or the entirety of one electrode pattern between the pair of electrode patterns is formed volutely extending from the wiring pattern, and is a coil pattern electromagnetically coupled with the power feeding side coil. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161175 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - An electronic apparatus of the present invention includes an operating portion formed by a non-conductive material, a rotating plate configured to rotate in accordance with a rotational operation of the operating portion, a substrate including a first sensing electrode whose capacitance changes by a touch operation to the operating portion and a plurality of second sensing electrodes whose potential changes by a rotation of the rotating plate on a surface different from a surface on which the first sensing electrode is disposed, and a detector configured to detect the capacitance of the first sensing electrode and the rotational operation of the operating portion based on an output from the plurality of second sensing electrodes. A protruding portion that protrudes toward the first sensing electrode is formed on the operating portion, and the protruding portion is formed on a lightening portion on a back side of the operating portion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161286 | PROCESSING METHOD FOR AN INK JET HEAD SUBSTRATE - Provided is a processing method for an ink jet head substrate, including: forming a barrier layer on a substrate and forming a seed layer on the barrier layer; forming a resist film on the seed layer and patterning the resist film so that the patterned resist film corresponds to a pad portion for electrically connecting an ink jet head to an outside of the ink jet head; forming the pad portion in an opening of the patterned resist film; removing the resist film; subjecting the substrate to anisotropic etching to form an ink supply port; removing the barrier layer and the seed layer; and performing laser processing from a surface of the substrate. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161498 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS - An image display apparatus according to the present invention, comprises: a display panel displaying an image on a screen; and a photometric unit measuring light incident from the screen, wherein the photometric unit includes: a sensor measuring the incident light; and a light guide unit refracting the incident light and guiding the refracted light to the sensor. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161522 | SCINTILLATOR PANEL, RADIATION DETECTION APPARATUS, AND RADIATION DETECTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A scintillator panel includes a scintillator that converts radiation into light of a wavelength detectable by photoelectric conversion elements. The scintillator panel has a surface including a plurality of protrusions adjacent to each other. The adjacent protrusions are arranged at a pitch below a diffraction limit for the wavelength of the light emitted by the scintillator. Thus, a scintillator panel with improved availability of light emitted by a scintillator is provided. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161701 | IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE - An image pickup device according to the present invention is an image pickup device in which a plurality of pixel are arranged in a semiconductor substrate. Each of the plurality of pixels includes a photoelectric conversion element, a floating diffusion (FD) region, a transfer gate that transfers charges in the first semiconductor region to the FD region, and an amplification transistor whose gate is electrically connected to the FD region. The photoelectric conversion element has an outer edge which has a recessed portion in plan view, a source region and a drain region of the amplification transistor are located in the recessed portion, and the FD region is surrounded by the photoelectric conversion region or is located in the recessed portion in plan view. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161868 | IMPRINT LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREFOR - An imprint lithography apparatus uses a mold having a pattern formed thereon and transfers the pattern to an imprint material fed to a substrate. The apparatus includes a light-receiving element; a detection system that irradiates a mark formed on the substrate and a mark formed on the mold with light which is reflected therefrom, and guides the light reflected from the mark formed on the substrate and from the mark formed on the mold to the light-receiving element; a relay optical system that causes the light reflected to focus between the mold and the detection system; an illumination system that emits illumination light for curing the imprint material; an optical element having a surface that transmits one of the illumination light and the light from the detection system and reflects the other; and a plate-shaped optical member that corrects aberration of the relay optical system. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130161902 | SHEET CONVEYANCE APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet conveyance apparatus includes a sheet conveyance path provided in an apparatus main body and configured to convey a sheet, a jamming handling cover configured to be openable and closable and to expose the sheet conveyance path to an exterior by being opened, a unit configured to be able to be drawn out of the apparatus main body, a lever member provided in the sheet conveyance path and configured to rotate by contacting the sheet passing through the sheet conveyance path, and a stopper member configured to move to a restriction position to restrict the drawing-out of the unit, in conjunction with the rotation of the lever member. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162578 | METHOD OF INTERFACING WITH MULTI-POINT DISPLAY DEVICE | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162659 | DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A display apparatus includes a USB connector used to connect an external device so as to be able to communicate with that device. The display apparatus also includes a CPU which controls to make a display based on data received from the external device with which a communication connection is established via the USB connector. The CPU acquires class information indicating a class of the external device, the communication connection of which is established. When the communication connection with the external device is disconnected, if the acquired class information indicates a predetermined class, the CPU controls to continue the display based on the received data, and if the class information does not indicate the predetermined class, the CPU controls to end the display. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162675 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus comprising first and second display units for respectively displaying first and a second composite images for the two eyes of a user, comprising: a moving unit configured to move positions of the first and second display units; a detecting unit configured to detect moving amounts of the first and second display units; first and second image capturing units configured to respectively obtain first and second captured images; an extracting unit configured to generate first and second extracted images by respectively extracting portions of the first and second captured images in extraction ranges associated with the moving amounts; and a composite image generating unit configured to generate the first and second composite images by respectively compositing first and second CG images with the first and second extracted images. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162686 | IMAGE BROWSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE IMAGE BROWSING APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - An image browsing apparatus for displaying an image by using image data of an image group including a plurality of images at different focal lengths, detects an operation of changing a position of a displayed area, when a partial area in one of the images included in the image group is displayed, determines whether to revise the displayed image to another image of the image group on the basis of a focal position in a display area which is based on the position change, in response to the detection of the operation, selects another image with the focal position in the display area based on the position change, in a case where it is determined to revise the image to another image, and displays the display area based on the position change, of the selected image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162689 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD - An apparatus comprises a reading unit which reads an intermediate image having a number of recording pixels smaller than that of a main image and larger than that of a thumbnail; and a control unit which controls, with regard to an image file to be displayed, such that, when the intermediate image is read, an image based upon the read intermediate image is displayed; and such that, when the intermediate image is not read, an image based upon a thumbnail in the image file is displayed if a main image in the image file to be displayed is equal to or greater than a predetermined size, and an image based upon the main image in the image file is displayed if the main image in the image file to be displayed is less than the predetermined size. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162710 | REAL-TIME LINEFEED MEASUREMENT OF INKJET PRINTER - Disclosed is a method of determining line feed error in an image forming apparatus for printing an image, said image forming apparatus comprising a print head having a head sensor configured to sense information from the image printed on a print medium, said method comprising the steps of printing a first swath of the image on the print medium, repositioning the print head relative to the print medium by at least one line feed distance, determining a line feed error based upon information sensed from the printed first swath by the head sensor, and printing, using the determined line feed error, a second swath of the halftone image on the print medium. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162716 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A liquid ejection head, including a plurality of pressure chambers respectively communicating with a plurality of ejection orifices for ejecting a liquid, for storing the liquid to be ejected from the plurality of ejection orifices, at least a part of a wall portion forming each of the plurality of pressure chambers being formed of a piezoelectric member, the plurality of pressure chambers causing the plurality of ejection orifices to eject the liquid by deformation of the piezoelectric member; and a plurality of space portions arranged in parallel to the plurality of pressure chambers at intervals with respect to the plurality of pressure chambers, some of the plurality of space portions being decompressable, wherein a gas permeable member is provided between the pressure chambers and the decompressable space portions so that a gas inside the pressure chambers is exhausted via the decompressable space portions. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162725 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A liquid ejection head includes a piezoelectric block body having a plurality of pressure chambers arranged two-dimensionally to face respective ejection ports, a plurality of air chambers arranged adjacently relative to the plurality of pressure chambers, and a plurality of flow channels arranged along the pressure chambers. The pressure chambers are deformed by expansion and contraction of piezoelectric members disposed between the pressure chambers and the air chambers so as to drive the liquid stored therein to flow toward the ejection ports. A connection flow channel is provided at the ejection port side of the piezoelectric block body sp as to make each of the pressure chambers communicate with at least one of the flow channels for partial recirculation of the ink. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162727 | SUBSTRATE, LIQUID EJECTION HEAD HAVING SUCH SUBSTRATE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SUCH SUBSTRATE - A substrate includes a substrate body having a semiconductor element formed thereon and at least either a recess or a protrusion formed on the surface thereof and a printed circuit formed on the substrate body and connected to the semiconductor element. At least a part of the printed circuit is formed in a region of the surface of the substrate including either the inner side surfaces of the recess or the outer side surfaces of the protrusion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162745 | LIGHT SCANNING APPARATUS - A light scanning apparatus, including: a light source configured to emit a light beam; a light deflector including: a rotary shaft; a bearing portion configured to support the rotary shaft; a rotor fixed to the rotary shaft; a stator fixed to the bearing portion; a drive circuit board configured to support the bearing portion and to drive the stator to rotate the rotor; and a mirror portion fixed to the rotor, the light deflector being configured to deflect the light beam emitted from the light source by the mirror portion; and a housing including: a bearing inserting portion into which the bearing portion is inserted; a fixing portion configured to fix the drive circuit board; and a recessed portion provided between the bearing inserting portion and the fixing portion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162746 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When executing APC (Automatic Power Control), an optical scanning apparatus according to one aspect of this invention charges a hold capacitor for holding a voltage to be used to cause a light source (LD) to output a light beam to a preset predetermined voltage. After the hold capacitor has been charged to the predetermined voltage, the optical scanning apparatus supplies a driving current according to the voltage of the hold capacitor to the LD and causes the LD to output a light beam. In addition, the optical scanning apparatus charges or discharges the hold capacitor using the voltage generated in it as an initial value, thereby controlling the voltage of the hold capacitor such that the light power of the light beam detected by a PD approaches a target light power. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162801 | MICROSCOPE - Provided is a microscope which includes an image pickup element, a light source, an optical system, a control unit and a sensor. The control unit controls for the acquisition of, in parallel with the first image pickup event by the image pickup element, necessary information when the second image pickup event by the image pickup element is performed, by using the sensor. A pair of sensors for a microscope includes a pair of sensors. A first sensor of the pair of sensors provides a signal that represents an environmental variable of a first area at a first period in time. A second sensor of the pair of sensors provides a signal that represents a quality of the first sensor's ability to represent the environmental variable of a second area at the first period in time, wherein the second sensor is adjacent to the first sensor. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162805 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR PROCESSING A VIRTUAL SLIDE IMAGE - An image processing apparatus includes a data acquisition unit configured to acquire data of a virtual slide image, and a display control unit configured to display the virtual slide image and a plurality of annotations added to the virtual slide image on a display apparatus, wherein data pieces of the plurality of annotations include diagnostic criterion information of the plurality of annotations, respectively, and the display control unit groups at least two of the plurality of annotations based on the diagnostic criterion information, causes display forms of the plurality of annotations to differ from each other based on the diagnostic criterion information, and displays the plurality of annotations on the virtual slide image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162833 | IMAGING APPARATUS, RADIATION IMAGING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes: a plurality of pixels each of which includes a conversion element and a first transistor of which one of a source and a drain is connected to the conversion element; and a second transistor which is shared by the plurality of pixels and has a gate connected respectively to the other of the source and the drain of the first transistor of each of the plurality of pixels. At least one among the gate, a source, a drain and a channel portion of the second transistor is formed to be extended over the plurality of pixels, and the conversion element is arranged over the first and second transistors. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162847 | IMAGE STABILIZATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, OPTICAL APPARATUS AND IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - An image stabilization apparatus comprises: an image stabilization unit that reduces image blur due to a shake by moving a driven unit; a calculation unit that estimates the shake based on a position of the driven unit and a driving force applied to the driven unit and that calculates a translational shake correction amount based on the estimated shake; and a driving unit that drives the driven unit of the image stabilization unit based on the translational shake correction amount. When the driven unit is at a position away from a center of a range of movement of the driven unit, the calculation unit sets the translational shake correction amount to be smaller than that when the driven unit is at the center of the range of movement. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162848 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF THE SAME - An image capturing apparatus comprises: an image sensor configured to capture an image; a vibration detection unit configured to detect a vibration; a vector detection unit configured to detect a motion vector from images; a first correction unit configured to optically correct an image blur; a second correction unit configured to electrically correct the image blur; a first calculation unit configured to calculate, on the basis of the vibration, a first vibration correction amount for controlling the first correction unit; a second calculation unit configured to calculate, on the basis of the motion vector, a second vibration correction amount for controlling the second correction unit; and a control unit configured to control the first and second calculation units so that the first and second vibration correction amounts are suppressed when a vibration amount is greater than a first threshold. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162850 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR SAME - The present disclosure relates to an image capture apparatus and a control method for the same, with which a moving picture captured for a specific length of time before or after the capture of a still picture can be recorded during still picture capture. The image capture apparatus has a first image stabilization mode and a second image stabilization mode in which a shake component not corrected in the first image stabilization mode can be corrected, and has an image stabilization function that performs image stabilization on the basis of shake of the image capture apparatus. The image stabilization function performs image stabilization without using the second image stabilization mode when the moving picture is buffered, which allows stable image stabilization to be utilized during the capture of a recorded moving picture. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162854 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, REPRODUCTION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image pickup apparatus has a function of temporarily recording image data obtained by a solid-state image pickup element and shooting direction data obtained by a 3-axis geomagnetic sensor, in an RAM. When the photographing of a still image is instructed, the apparatus determines a directional difference of shooting directions based on recorded shooting direction data, deletes image data precedent to image data of which the directional difference becomes a predetermined value or more, and records the resultant image data in a recording medium as moving image data. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162859 | IMAGING APPARATUS, RADIATION IMAGING SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DRIVING IMAGING APPARATUS - A source follower connection line connects a gate of a source follower thin film transistor in a first pixel with a gate of a source follower thin film transistor in a second pixel, between adjacent first and second pixel, and a driving circuit turns the transfer thin film transistor in the first pixel region ON and turns the transfer thin film transistor in the second pixel OFF to make the transfer thin film transistor in the first pixel region output the signal of the first pixel. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162860 | IMAGING DEVICE HOLDING UNIT AND LENS BARREL EACH HAVING HOLDER MEMBER FOR IMAGING DEVICE PACKAGE, AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING HOLDING UNIT OR LENS BARREL - A lens barrel having a holder member that holds an imaging device package and allowing one or more structure members other than the holder member to be disposed around the package. The imaging device package in which an imaging device is housed is held by the holder member having planar portions that are disposed parallel to the package and that are coupled to each other through raised bent portions. The raised bent portions of the holder member are disposed so as to be overlapped with and inside the package as seen from an optical axis direction, thereby obtaining a free space around the package, in which one or more structural members other than the holder member can be disposed. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162866 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image pickup apparatus includes a pupil division unit that restricts light of an optical image of an object arriving at each pixel of an image pickup element to light from a specific pupil area of a photographing lens and stores information of a pixel defect of the image pickup element and information for determining an angle of incidence of the optical image arriving at each pixel, and is arranged to set an image generation position where a re-formed image is generated, from the image signal, shift the image signal in accordance with the shift amount determined on the basis of the image generation position and the information for determining the angle of incidence, correct the defect image using the shifted image signal in accordance with the pixel defect information, and generate an image corresponding to the image generation position from the corrected image signal. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162867 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROBUST SCENE MODELLING IN AN IMAGE SEQUENCE - Disclosed is a method of storing a scene model ( | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162868 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING FUNCTION OF READING CAPTURED IMAGE, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND IMAGING APPARATUS - During a zoom operation of an imaging optical system, a read position is decided in units of less than one pixel and set sequentially. Also, when the zoom operation has stopped, the read position is moved so to be an integer multiple of one pixel, if the read position at the time when the zoom operation stopped is not an integer multiple of one pixel. Smooth image display during zoom operation and suppression of sharpness reduction in an image displayed when zooming has stopped are thereby both achieved, in an image processing apparatus that controls the read position of a captured image according to a zoom position of the imaging optical system and a control method thereof. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162884 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes a first lens unit having a negative refractive power, a second lens unit having a positive refractive power, a third lens unit having a negative refractive power, and a fourth lens unit having a positive refractive power, disposed in order from an object side to an image side, and an aperture stop between a lens surface closest to the object side of the second lens unit and a lens surface closest to the object side of the third lens unit, the third lens unit is moved to the image side during a focusing operation from an infinite object to a short distance object, the first lens unit is configured by at most two negative lenses and one positive lens, the third lens unit is configured by a single lens or a cemented lens, and an appropriate conditional expression are met. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162885 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit of a negative refractive power, a second lens unit of a positive refractive power, and a third lens unit of a positive refractive power, an interval between the first lens unit and the second lens unit and an interval between the second lens unit and the third lens unit being configured to change in zooming from a wide angle end to a telephoto end. The first lens unit includes, in order from the object side to the image side, a negative lens and a positive lens. The predetermined conditions are satisfied. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162890 | FOCUS ADJUSTMENT APPARATUS - In a focus detection apparatus, a sensor includes a first mode for outputting via the signal line when respective stored charges corresponding to the first and the second AF areas have reached the predetermined charge amount, and a second mode for outputting via the signal line when respective stored charges corresponding to the first or the second AF areas have reached the predetermined charge amount. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162893 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE PACKAGE MOUNTED THEREON - A mechanism enabling reduction of the size of a structure for mounting an image pickup device without affecting the amount of movement of an optical system even when screw insertion holes of a sensor plate are arranged closer to the optical axis. The sensor plate of an image pickup apparatus is mounted to a lens barrel with screws, and includes an attachment surface to which the image pickup device is attached and contact surfaces which are fixed to the lens barrel. The attachment surface is protruded from the contact surfaces. By bringing the attachment surface to the lens barrel in the optical axis direction, the device has an image pickup surface positioned with respect to the lens barrel in the optical axis direction. The sensor plate has an opening formed between the attachment surface and each contact surface, for absorbing deformation of the sensor plate. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162895 | LENS BARRIER UNIT AND IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - A lens barrier unit capable of improving the external force-resistance without increasing the size of the lens barrier unit itself. The lens barrier unit opens/closes an opening portion of a cover member. Each of a first panel member and a second panel member has an opening communicating with the opening portion and a plate-shaped portion for partially defining the opening. A lens barrier member moves between a lens protection position and a lens exposed position. A link member moves a lens barrier member to the lens protection position or the lens exposed position. The lens barrier member and the link member are arranged between the first panel member and the second panel member with the link member located on a side of the second panel member side, and the second panel member and the link member overlap with each other through a static pressure receiving structure. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162898 | IMAGE-PICKUP APPARATUS - An image-pickup apparatus includes a speaker, a movable barrel having a lens, a fixed barrel where a cam groove engaging with a cam pin provided on the movable barrel and configured to drive the movable barrel is formed on its inner periphery and an exterior part where the fixed barrel is attachable. A sound space is formed by concaving an outer periphery of the fixed barrel, the speaker is arranged so as to cover the sound space, an opening connected with the sound space is formed on the exterior part, and a bottom part of the sound space is located closer to an optical axis of the lens than to the bottom part of the cam groove in the fixed barrel. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162945 | OPHTHALMOLOGIC APPARATUS, AND OPHTHALMOLOGIC CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is an ophthalmologic apparatus, which can easily and quickly find a part of a crystalline lens without opacity where specific information of an eye to be inspected can be acquired (for example, eye refractive power information can be measured), when changing to a transillumination observation mode. The ophthalmologic apparatus includes: a specific information acquiring unit which acquires specific information of the eye to be inspected through a first opening; a transillumination image acquiring unit which acquires a transillumination image of the eye to be inspected; and a control unit which changes the first opening to a second opening smaller than the first opening when acquiring the transillumination image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162946 | OPHTHALMOLOGIC APPARATUS, AND OPHTHALMOLOGIC METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is an ophthalmologic apparatus which is capable of performing offset adjustment of an alignment position while performing transillumination observation by automatic alignment. The ophthalmologic apparatus includes an automatic alignment unit for automatically performing alignment between a measuring portion and an eye to be inspected, and an alignment position changing unit capable of moving an optical axis center position of the measuring portion to an arbitrary position in the transillumination observation. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162950 | OPHTHALMOLOGIC APPARATUS AND OPHTHALMOLOGIC CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an ophthalmologic apparatus that can perform the alignment of an acquiring unit with respect to an eye to be inspected without a rotation operation so that operability can be improved. The ophthalmologic apparatus includes: an acquiring unit which acquires specific information of an eye to be inspected; a joystick which can perform a rotation motion for moving the acquiring unit in an up-down direction, a left-right tilting motion for moving the acquiring unit in a left-right direction with respect to the eye to be inspected, and a front-back tilting motion for moving the acquiring unit in a front-back direction with respect to the eye to be inspected; and a control unit which changes a motion for moving the acquiring unit in the up-down direction from the rotation motion to the front-back tilting motion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130162998 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image forming unit configured to form a measurement image on a sheet, a measurement unit configured to measure the measurement image formed on the sheet to output a measurement value, a white reference plate provided at a position facing to the measurement unit, and a correction unit configured to correct the measurement value output from the measurement unit according to a distance from the measurement unit to the white reference plate in a case where the measurement image formed on the sheet is measured. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163004 | POSITION DETECTION APPARATUS, IMPRINT APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING DEVICE - A position detection apparatus that illuminates diffraction gratings formed on two objects with light from a light source and receives diffracted light from the diffraction gratings to acquire relative positions of the two objects includes: an optical system configured to cause plus n-th order diffracted light and minus n-th order diffracted light from each of the diffraction gratings to interfere with each other, where n is a natural number; a light receiving unit; and a processing unit, wherein the light receiving unit receives a two-beam interference light from each of the diffraction gratings, and wherein the processing unit acquires the relative positions of the two objects by using the two-beam interference light at an area where two-beam interference lights of the diffracted light from the respective diffraction gratings do not overlap each other among the two-beam interference lights of the diffracted light from each of the diffraction gratings. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163020 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT DEVICE, MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A set value management service updates virtual configuration data of an image forming apparatus, returns a response including a notification instruction that instructs image forming apparatus to notify surrounding image forming apparatus that virtual configuration data has been updated in response to virtual configuration data acquisition request from the image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus performs an update notification indicating that virtual configuration data has been updated to the surrounding image forming apparatus in response to the notification instruction included in the response. Then, the surrounding image forming apparatus that received the notification performs virtual configuration data acquisition request to the set value management service. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163024 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus and method includes executing a series of processes utilizing a plurality of functions based on a plurality of setting values, storing, as a history, an execution result of the processing, a plurality of setting values, and an error content in a case where the execution result is failure, determining whether the execution result of a previous processing is successful based on the stored in a case where the processing execution unit re-executes processing, specifying a setting value potentially causing the failure based on the error content in a case where the determination unit determines that the execution result of the previous processing is failure and performing display control of a setting field for setting the setting value. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163032 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image forming apparatus comprises: a detection unit which detects the abnormal condition of the image forming apparatus; a storage unit which stores, as history information, information about a type of the abnormal condition and an occurrence situation of the abnormal condition in a case where the detection unit detects the abnormal condition; a determination unit which determines whether an occurrence frequency of the abnormal condition which has newly occurred is higher than a predetermined frequency; and a notification unit which, in a case where an abnormal condition has newly occurred and the determination unit determines that the occurrence frequency of the abnormal condition which has newly occurred is higher than the predetermined frequency, stops the image forming apparatus and notifies the user of trouble information for making a repair request by the user. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163038 | PRINT RELAY DEVICE, PRINT SYSTEM, PRINT RELAY DEVICE CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A print relay device acquires printer information which is registered in a print service server and is linked to a user. In order to cause an image forming device to receive a print job from the print service device via the print relay device, the print relay device specifies printer information that is not registered in the print relay device from among the acquired printer information, and additionally registers the specified printer information in the printer information which is registered in the print service server and is linked to the user. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163041 | SERVER APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, SYSTEM,INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - The object is to enable configuration data, including a setting value of a setting item adopted as a local prioritized setting, to be carried over to a new image processing apparatus when replacing an image processing apparatus with the new one. The object is achieved by generating, as the setting value of the setting item adopted as the local prioritized setting, the value of virtual configuration data of a replacing apparatus using the value of virtual configuration data of an image processing apparatus specified as a replacement target. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163049 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH REAL SIZE PREVIEW FUNCTION, METHOD OF DISPLAYING IMAGE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus having a preview function which enables a user to select a desired area of a print image and is capable of providing a real size preview of the area selected by the user. A bird's eye preview unit displays the image by changing a size of the image, to a size which enables the whole image to be displayed on a display unit. A real size preview unit performs real size preview display of the image. A real size preview display area-setting unit accepts a setting of a preview display area of the image for being displayed by the real size preview display, from the image displayed by the bird's eye preview display. The real size preview unit displays an image within the set preview display area on the display unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163051 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus configured to communicate with an external apparatus includes a recording unit configured to record content data on a removable recording medium, a transmission unit configured to transmit the content data to the external apparatus, a selection unit configured to select a mode from among a plurality of modes including a setting mode and a transmission mode, a determination unit configured to determine whether the removable recording medium is in an attachable and detachable state, and a control unit configured to control communication with the external apparatus, wherein, in a case where the selected mode is the setting mode when it is determined by the determination unit that the removable recording medium is in the attachable and detachable state, the control unit does not stop communication with the external apparatus. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163054 | METHOD OF DETECTING FLOATING AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL FOR IMAGE READING APPARATUS, METHOD OF IMAGE PROCESSING USING THE SAME, AND IMAGE READING APPARATUS - A method detects the floating amount of an original from an original table based on image information read by an image reading apparatus having the original table on which the original is placed, a line sensor, and a lens array arranged in a direction of arrangement of pixels of the line sensor. The method includes obtaining image information of the original as line image information by performing scanning in the direction of arrangement of pixels of the line sensor, extracting a distinguishing portion from the line image information, detecting a characteristic frequency by frequency analysis of image information of the distinguishing portion, and determining the floating amount of the original from the characteristic frequency. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163084 | IMAGE STABILIZATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, OPTICAL APPARATUS AND IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - An image stabilization apparatus includes an image stabilization unit that compensates image blurring by moving a compensation member, a first shake detection unit that detects an angular velocity of the shake, a second shake detection unit that detects shake by a different method, an orientation detection unit that detects an inclination status of an optical apparatus, a calculation unit that calculates a compensation value from signals of the first and second shake detection units, and an output unit that compensates the output of the first shake detection unit using the compensation value, with the calculation unit performing weighting on the compensation value of a drive axis of an image stabilization mechanism, based on a correlation between the first signal and the second signal. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163107 | OPTICAL BARREL AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - The optical barrel includes a first barrel member having a guiding portion to guide an optical element holding member in an optical axis direction, and a second barrel member disposed around the first barrel member and being relatively rotatable with the first barrel member. The second barrel member is provided with a cam portion to move the holding member, and with a bayonet engagement portion in an outer circumferential portion of the second barrel member. The first barrel member is provided with a flange portion, and with overhang portions and bayonet protrusion portions in plural areas of the flange portion. Each overhang portion extends along an outer circumferential surface of the second barrel member in the optical axis direction. Each bayonet protrusion portion extends inward in the radial direction and engaging with the bayonet engagement portion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163161 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS - Provided is an electronic apparatus equipped with a strap attaching member. The strap attaching member includes a first portion in which a fixing portion for the electronic apparatus, an upper surface, and first areas located at both sides of the upper surface are provided; a second portion in which a bottom surface and second areas located at both sides of the bottom surface are provided; and a joint portion that joins the first portion and the second portion together. The strap attaching member is formed by folding the joint portion so that the back of the upper surface and the bottom surface face each other and the first areas and the second areas lie on top of one another. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163221 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING THEREIN MEMBER INCLUDING CABLE - An electronic apparatus that prevents a cable included in a coupler accommodated in an accommodating part from being caught between a battery lid and an apparatus body, with a simple construction. The electronic apparatus includes an accommodating part for accommodating a coupler, a battery lid which opens and closes an opening of the accommodating part, and a lock member including a pawl portion which restricts the coupler from being discharged from the accommodating part when the coupler has been accommodated therein. A portion defining the opening of the battery accommodating part is formed with a cutout for routing out the cable. When the coupler is accommodated and the cable has been arranged in the cutout, the pawl portion covers at least part of the cable. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163616 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS THAT CAN BE OPERATED IN POWER-SAVING MODE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which makes it possible to achieve the securing of network communication speed and the reduction of power consumption of a communication apparatus at the same time. The communication apparatus performs communication at a first link speed when operating in a power-saving mode and at a second link speed higher than the first link speed when operating in a normal power mode. In a first link unit, a standby time period for switching the first link speed to the second link speed is required after the communication apparatus enters the normal power mode. In a second link unit, the standby time period is not required. When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the communication apparatus switches between a communication by the first link unit and a communication by the second link unit such that one of the communications which consumes less electric power is selected, based on switching information. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163654 | ENCODER - An encoder ( | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163665 | MOVING IMAGE ENCODING APPARATUS AND MOVING IMAGE ENCODING METHOD - There is provided a moving image encoding apparatus comprising: an encoding unit which encodes moving image data using inter-frame prediction, the moving image data being input by an image pickup unit which captures an object image, and generates an encoded bitstream; a setting unit which performs settings for an encoding process performed by the encoding unit; a transmitting unit which transmits setting information created by the setting unit to an external moving image encoding apparatus; a receiving unit which receives setting information for an encoding process transmitted by the external moving image encoding apparatus; and an encoding control unit which controls the encoding process performed by the encoding unit in accordance with a first setting made by the setting unit and a second setting based on the setting information received by the receiving unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163719 | STEREO X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS AND STEREO X-RAY IMAGING METHOD - Provided is a stereo imaging apparatus that generates X-rays from a plurality of different focal positions and that acquires a plurality of X-ray images from an X-ray detector, the stereo imaging apparatus including X-ray generation controlling means for controlling irradiated areas of X-rays so that an irradiated area in a detection area of the X-ray detector based on X-rays applied from a first focal position is included in an irradiated area in the detection area based on X-rays applied from a second focal position. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163813 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus for compositing a plurality of images that are shot with different exposures, comprises an object detection unit configured to detect object regions from the images; a main object determination unit configured to determine a main object region from among the object regions; a distance calculation unit configured to calculate object distance information regarding distances to the main object region for the object regions; and a compositing unit configured to composite the object regions of the plurality of images using a compositing method based on the object distance information, so as to generate a high dynamic range image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163814 | IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Face recognition data to be used in recognizing a person corresponding to a face image is managed upon associating the feature amount of the face image, a first person's name, and a second person's name different from the first person's name with each other for each registered person. A person corresponding to a face image included in a captured image is identified using the feature amount managed in the face recognition data, and the second person's name for the identified person is stored in a storage in association with the captured image. When the image stored in the storage is read out and displayed on a display device, the first person's name which corresponds to the second person's name associated with the readout image is displayed on the display device together with the readout image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163815 | 3D RECONSTRUCTION OF TRAJECTORY - Disclosed is a method of determining a 3D trajectory of an object from at least two observed trajectories of the object in a scene. The observed trajectories are captured in a series of images by at least one camera, each of the images in the series being associated with a pose of the camera. First and second points of the object from separate parallel planes of the scene are selected. A first set of 2D capture locations corresponding to the first point and a second set of 2D capture locations corresponding to the second point to determine a approximated 3D trajectory of the object. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163830 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus generates, for each person, a first face dictionary storing face data concerning a face of the person included in an image. The apparatus receives, from an imaging apparatus, a second face dictionary which is stored face data of a person corresponding to the first face dictionary and which may be updated the face data using images obtained on the imaging apparatus, and stores. The information processing apparatus transmits the first face dictionary to the imaging apparatus when an update date and time of the second face dictionary is older than a date and time of the first face dictionary. The information processing apparatus does not transmit the first face dictionary to the imaging apparatus when the first face dictionary includes face data of the person included in an image captured outside of a predetermined period. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163831 | OBJECT RECOGNITION APPARATUS AND DICTIONARY DATA REGISTRATION METHOD - In a personal authentication apparatus that compares input feature information with feature information stored in advance as dictionary data, thereby calculating a similarity and recognition a person, when additionally storing feature information in the dictionary data, the feature information is compared with the feature information of the same person already stored in the dictionary data. Pieces of feature information are put into groups for the same person based on the similarities and stored in the dictionary data. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163883 | APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THREE-DIMENSIONAL POSITION, METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus includes an input unit configured to input a plurality of images captured from a plurality of viewpoints, an extraction unit configured to extract a region of an object from each of the plurality of images, an acquisition unit configured to obtain a contour from the region of the object, a smoothing unit configured to perform smoothing of the contour based on a point group on the obtained contour, a correlation unit configured to correlate regions of the object extracted from respective ones of the plurality of images, and a calculation unit configured to calculate a position of the object based on information of regions correlated by the correlation unit and the point group obtained by the smoothing unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163886 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - An information processing apparatus and method for processing an input image by comparing a stored background image with the input image to obtain a difference, collating a change in the difference and time of the change with conditions for the occurrence of a periodic event and information as to the time of occurrence of the periodic event, which are previously stored in a storage unit, to determine whether the change in state of the input image is the periodic or a non-periodic movement of an object, and selecting, according to a result of the determination, any one of operations according to the periodic or the non-periodic movement of an object. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163955 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CAPABLE OF LOOP PLAYBACK OF VIDEO, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus capable of executing loop playback of a video from a start position desired by a system user without requiring setting thereof in advance. A button displayed on a console section shifts a playback position of the video to a desired position according to an operation by a user. A comparative determination section determines whether or not a shifted playback position shifted backward. When the shifted playback position shifted backward, a video controller stores the shifted playback position as a start position of a loop playback section and the playback position before being shifted as an end position of the same, and gives an instruction for controlling loop playback of the loop playback section defined by the start position and the end position. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163972 | IMAGE STABILIZATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, OPTICAL APPARATUS AND IMAGING APPARATUS - An image stabilization apparatus, having a vibration correction unit that corrects image blur due to vibrations, detects an angular velocity of vibrations with a first vibration detection unit, calculates a rotational shake correction amount based on an output from the first vibration detection unit, detects vibrations with a second vibration detection unit, calculates a correction value from the outputs of the first and second vibration detection units, calculates a translational shake correction amount based on the correction value and the output of the first vibration detection unit, and drives the vibration correction unit based on at least one of the rotational or translational shake correction amounts. The image stabilization apparatus changes the translational shake correction amount to a smaller value when a main object accounts for a smaller proportion of an entire screen. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130163999 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a holding unit configured to change a developing device to first and second orientations. Whether a developer in the developing device is unevenly distributed in a longitudinal direction of the developing device is detected based on a capacitance C1 between first and second electrode members in the first orientation and a capacitance C2 between the first and second electrode members in the second orientation. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164001 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image bearing member, a developing device, a holding unit, and a detection device. The image bearing member supports an electrostatic latent image. The developing device includes a developer bearing member having a first electrode member and supporting a developer to develop the electrostatic latent image. The developing device includes a supply member having a second electrode member and supplying the developer to the developer bearing member at a nip portion. The holding unit holds and change the developing device to a first posture and to a second posture where the deposited developer falls off the first posture. The detection device detects a remaining developer amount in the developing device based on a capacitance C | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164004 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including: color image forming means for effecting image formation with a color toner on the basis of color image data; transparent image forming means for effecting image formation, on the basis of transparent image data, with a transparent toner on a color toner image formed by the color toner forming means; fixing means for fixing a formed image, on a recording material, of the transparent toner superposed on the color toner; and control means for controlling the color image forming means, so that a toner amount per unit area of the color toner at a superposing portion of the transparent toner on the color toner image is less than that of the color image data at the superposing portion. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164005 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a developing device for developing a latent image formed on an image bearing member into a developer image; a transferring device for transferring the developer image from the image bearing member onto a transfer material; a temperature detecting sensor in a main assembly of the image forming apparatus, for detecting a temperature; and a controller for controlling a forced consumption operation in which toner is forcedly consumed by the developing device without transferring the developer image from the image bearing member onto the transfer material. The controller is capable of executing the forced consumption operation when toner consumption is below a predetermined threshold. The predetermined threshold is higher with higher temperature. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164006 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR DETECTING PATCH IMAGE INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF REGIONS - An image forming apparatus includes a plurality of developing units configured to develop latent images formed on a plurality of photosensitive members by a exposure units; an image carrier, on which the developed images formed on the plurality of photosensitive members are transferred; a sensor configured to irradiate the image carrier with light, and detect an amount of reflected light; a patch detection unit configured to detect a position of a patch image, formed on the image carrier, based on the amount of reflected light detected by the sensor, wherein the patch image has a first region and a second region formed on the same photosensitive member, the second region is formed to be adjacent to the first region, and a density of the second region is lower than that of the first region. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164015 | FIXING DEVICE - A fixing device includes: a rotatable fixing member configured to fix at a nip a toner image formed on recording paper; a rotatable pressing member configured to form the nip between itself and the rotatable fixing member; and a controller configured to control a temperature of the rotatable pressing member depending on smoothness of the recording paper. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164022 | DEVELOPING CONTAINER, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, DEVELOPING DEVICE USING THE SAME, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developing container configured to contain developer, the developing container including: a filter member which covers a communicating hole through which an inside and an outside of the developing container are communicated with each other; a fixing area where the filter member is fixed to the developing container; and a vibration regulating portion configured to regulate vibrations of the filter member on an inner side of the fixing area, wherein the filter member is configured to allow passage of air and regulate passage of the developer, and wherein the vibration regulating portion is provided so as to be hit by the filter member if the filter member is vibrated, in order to regulate the vibrations of the filter member. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164028 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A process cartridge includes: a first unit including a photosensitive drum; a second unit, including a process member, movable to a spaced position and to a close position; and a spacer member for holding the second unit at the spaced position. The spacer member includes a contact portion for holding the second unit at the spaced position and includes a portion-to-be-phase-determined for preventing rotation of the spacer member by being engaged with a phase-determining portion provided in the second unit. The spacer member is rotated, by receiving a force from the drum at the contact portion when the drum is rotated, against a force with which the phase-determining portion determines a rotational position of the spacer member, and eliminates a contact state of the contact portion with the drum to permit movement of the second unit from the spaced position to the close position. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164029 | DEVELOPING DEVICE, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND DRUM UNIT - A developing device for use with an image forming apparatus, includes: a developer carrying member for carrying a developer; a developer regulating member for regulating an amount of the developer carried on the developer carrying member; a first frame for supporting the developer regulating member; a fixing member for fixing the developer regulating member to the first frame; a second frame mounted to the first frame; and a molded resin portion formed by injecting a melted resin material into a space defined by the first and second frames. The molded resin portion is engaged with a first limiting portion provided as a part of the fixing member and projected into the space and is engaged with a second limiting portion provided as a part of the second frame to connect the first and second frame. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164030 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A process cartridge demountably mountable on an apparatus body of an image forming apparatus includes: an image carrying member; a first frame body configured to support the image carrying member; a developer carrying member configured to carry developer; a second frame body configured to support the developer carrying member; an urging member configured to urge the developer carrying member against the image carrying member; a holding member mounted between the first frame member and the second frame member and configured to hold the urging member so as not to cause the urging member to apply the urging force to the first frame member and the second frame member, and the urging member is configured to apply the urging force to the first frame member and the second frame member upon removal of the holding member. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164031 | ROTATIONAL FORCE TRANSMITTING PART - An electrophotographic photosensitive drum unit includes a cylinder having a photosensitive layer at an outer periphery thereof. A drum flange is provided at one end of the cylinder, with the drum flange including a plurality of projections provided inside of the drum flange and projected radially inwardly of the drum flange, and with a space diametrically between the projections. A radially inner part of each projection has an overhang. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164036 | CHARGING DEVICE - The present invention provides a charging device which can suppress the deterioration of a photosensitive member and the occurrence of an image deletion phenomenon on an electrophotographic image due to an electric discharge product having deposited on a charger shutter, even when having been used for a long period of time. The charging device has an image bearing member which bears an image thereon, a charging member which charges the image bearing member, and a shielding member which shields the charging member from the image bearing member, wherein the shielding member includes a specific material. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164038 | DEVELOPING MEMBER AND PRODUCTION METHOD THEREFOR, AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Provided is a developing member capable of suppressing occurrence of compression set. The developing member comprises a substrate; an elastic layer provided on the substrate; and a coating layer provided on the elastic layer, wherein the elastic layer contains a cured substance of a mixture containing the following (A) to (D): (A) organopolysiloxane having two or more vinyl groups bonded to a silicon atom in one molecule and having a viscosity at 25° C. of 10 Pa·s or more and 100 Pa·s or less; (B) organopolysiloxane including constituent units of SiO | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164039 | DEVELOPER ACCOMMODATING CONTAINER, PROCESS CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developer accommodating unit includes: a flexible container, provided with an opening for permitting discharge of a developer, for accommodating the developer; a frame for accommodating the flexible container and for accommodating the developer discharged from the flexible container; and an urging member, provided inside the frame, for urging the flexible container to deform the flexible container. The flexible container has a plurality of sides including an opening-containing side and another side having stiffness lower than that of the opening-containing side. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164040 | DEVELOPING DEVICE, CARTRIDGE AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A developing device includes: a flexible container, provide with an opening, for accommodating the developer; a frame for accommodating the container; an urging member, rotatably provided inside the frame, for urging the container by rotation thereof to deform the container; and a developer carrying member for carrying the developer on its surface to feed the developer. A distance X from a rotation center of the urging member to the surface of the developer carrying member and a length T from the rotation center of the urging member to a free end thereof for urging the container satisfy a relationship of X| 06-27-2013 | |
| 20130164044 | DEVELOPING APPARATUS, DEVELOPING METHOD AND MAGNETIC TONER FOR DEVELOPING APPARATUS - An object of the present invention is to provide a developing apparatus which can provide images having superior image density and less fogging. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164047 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COLOR REGISTRATION CONTROL BASED ON DETECTION RESULT OF PATCH IMAGE - An image forming apparatus includes: an image carrier on which images formed by a plurality of image forming units are transferred; a sensor configured to irradiate the image carrier with light, and detect reflected light; a detection unit configured to detect, based on an output value of the sensor, a feature value of an edge of a patch image which has been formed by the image forming unit and transferred to the image carrier; a determination unit configured to determine a position of the patch image using the output value of the sensor corresponding to the patch image and the feature value of the edge; and a color registration control unit configured to perform color registration control based on the determined position of the patch image. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164049 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image bearing member unit including a toner image carrying member; a transfer unit including a movable endless belt for transferring the toner image from the carrying member onto a transfer material, a plurality of stretching members for stretching the endless belt, and a supporting portion, provided at a end portion with respect to a widthwise direction, for supporting the stretching members; and a main assembly frame provided at a position opposing the supporting portion and including a positioning portion for determining a positions of the plurality of stretching members, wherein the supporting portion is movable relative to the main assembly frame. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164057 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - The image heating apparatus includes an endless belt, a heater placed in contact with an inner surface of the endless belt, a holder made of resin, adapted to hold the heater, and provided with a supporting space to be fitted with the heater, where a through hole is formed in a bottom area of the supporting space; and a back-up member adapted to form a nip together with the heater to pinch and convey a recording material through the endless belt, wherein in the bottom area, hollow portions recessed from the bottom area are provided at opposite ends in a short direction of the holder, being located at locations in a longitudinal direction of the holder different from a location in which the through hole is formed. Consequently, even if the heater heats up abnormally, heater cracks can be prevented. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164060 | FIXING APPARATUS AND FILM FOR USE IN FIXING APPARATUS - A fixing apparatus for fixing a toner image on a recording material, while conveying the recording material bearing the toner image, at a nip portion includes a tubular film, a heater configured to heat the film, and a pressure member configured to form the nip portion with the film, wherein the film has a property that a resistance value per unit area between an outer surface of the film and an inner surface of the film becomes 5×10 | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164065 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a transfer unit, a fixing unit, a conveyance belt, a suction unit, and a control unit. The transfer unit transfers a toner image to a sheet. The fixing unit conveys the sheet and to fix the toner image transferred by the transfer unit on the sheet. The conveyance belt provided between the transfer unit and the fixing unit conveys the sheet. The suction unit suctions the sheet to the conveyance belt. The control unit controls to suction the sheet to the conveyance belt, and controls to stop suction or weaken a suction force in response to performing conveyance control for changing a conveyance speed of the fixing unit so that a loop amount of the sheet between the transfer unit and the fixing unit is maintained in a constant range after the leading edge of the sheet reaches the fixing unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164100 | SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS - A sheet processing apparatus includes a sheet stacking unit, a binding unit, a folding unit, a conveyance unit, a press unit, a grasping unit, and a control unit. The binding unit performs binding processing on a sheet bundle stacked in the sheet stacking unit. The conveyance unit conveys a sheet bundle folded by the folding unit. The press unit presses a fold line portion of the conveyed sheet bundle from a direction perpendicular to a surface of a front page of the sheet bundle while moving along the fold line portion. The grasping unit is switched between a first state in which the grasping unit fixes the sheet bundle in position and a second state in which the grasping unit does not grasp the conveyed sheet bundle. The control unit shifts the grasping unit to the first state and causes the press unit to press the sheet bundle. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164671 | DEVELOPING APPARATUS AND DEVELOPING METHOD - An object of the present invention is to provide a developing apparatus which is less affected by usage environments, has high development efficiency for long term use and can provide a high quality image without image density non-uniformity. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164684 | CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - A lithography apparatus performs writing on a substrate with a plurality of charged particle beams and includes a blanking deflector array for blanking the plurality of charged particle beams; an aperture array configured to block a charged particle beam deflected by the blanking deflector array; and a sealing mechanism configured to seal an opening of at least one of the blanking deflector array and the aperture array with a shielding material that shields a charged particle beam. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130164692 | DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - The present invention provides a drawing apparatus which performs drawing on a substrate with a charged particle beam based on drawing data generated from pattern data representing a circuit pattern to be drawn on the substrate, and mark data representing a mark to be drawn on the substrate, the apparatus including an obtaining unit configured to obtain information associated with a positioning accuracy of the charged particle beam relative to the substrate, a determination unit configured to determine a drawing region for the mark based on the obtained information, and a generation unit configured to generate the drawing data by combining the pattern data and the mark data such that the mark is drawn in the determined drawing region. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130165765 | PROPERTY INFORMATION ACQUIRING APPARATUS - The present invention employs a property information acquiring apparatus comprising: a supporting unit configured to support a test subject and include an aperture into which a tested part of the test subject is inserted; a holding unit configured to hold the tested part inserted into the aperture; and a pressing unit that includes a receiving unit for receiving information relating to a property of the tested part and is pushed against a surface of the holding unit different from a surface for holding a test object, wherein the supporting unit includes a restricting part that restricts deformation caused in the holding unit by the pressing of the pressing unit. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166061 | OBJECT GRIPPING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR OBJECT GRIPPING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An object gripping apparatus comprises an imaging unit configured to capture an image of a plurality of workpieces; a workpiece state estimation unit configured to estimate positions and orientations of the plurality of workpieces from the captured image; a pickup-target workpiece selection unit configured to select a pickup-target workpiece from among the plurality of workpieces based on a result of the estimation of the workpiece state estimation unit; a workpiece pickup unit configured to grip and pick up the pickup-target workpiece in accordance with an operation path associated with a position of the pickup-target workpiece; and a path setting unit configured to determine an evacuation path along which the workpiece pickup unit that has gripped the pickup-target workpiece evacuates to the outside of an imaging range of the imaging unit based on an estimated moving time required for the evacuation. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166239 | METHOD FOR GENERATING INFORMATION SIGNAL - A signal generation method for generating an information signal F(b) by performing a Fourier transform on a signal f(a) includes the following steps: detecting the maximum peak intensity of the information signal F(b); calculating an amplitude, a phase, and a frequency of the signal f(a) corresponding to the maximum peak intensity; generating a signal by causing the signal f(a) corresponding to the maximum peak intensity to extend along an ‘a’ axis on the basis of information about the amplitude, the phase, and the frequency of the signal f(a); generating an extrapolation signal by extracting a signal in a region smaller than a1 and a signal in a region larger than a2 from the signal, where a1| 06-27-2013 | |
| 20130166683 | DEVICE CAPABLE OF SAFELY COMMUNICATING DEVICE INFORMATION, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A device which is capable of minimizing the use of resources in devices and safely communicating information such as settings on devices. The device is capable of communicating with another device via a wireless communication network and manages the other device. The device leaves a first wireless communication network to which the device is currently connected. Then, the device wirelessly connects to the other device so as to construct, with the other device that left the first wireless communication network after the device, a second wireless communication network, which is different from the first wireless communication network, by using a setting network ID for use in a setting change mode for changing setting values of the other device. The device sends setting data to the other device, to which the device was wirelessly connected, via the second wireless communication network. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166717 | DISTRIBUTION DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A distribution device receives a registration request of setting information relating to distribution of an event occurring in a print device from a client, registers the setting information, acquires print device information including event information relating to an event occurred in the print device from the print device, determines event information which is a distribution target based on the event information included in the acquired print device information and the registered setting information, distributes the determined event information to the client, and confirms the reception of the event information by the client device to which the event information is to be distributed. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166779 | DATA TRANSFERRING APPARATUS AND DATA TRANSFERRING METHOD - A data transferring apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive, from a plurality of bus masters, a data transfer request including attribute information indicating a data transfer type and an address and a sending unit configured to determine, based on information included in the data transfer request, whether the data transfer request is a target to be compressed and to, based in the determination, transfer the data transfer request with or without the attribute information and address. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130166804 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND RECORDING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A memory control unit is connected to a first bus and a second bus and that controls writing and reading of data to a memory; a control unit controls the information processing apparatus; a first circuit device is connected to the first bus and outputs a data write request to the memory control unit and a notification signal; a second circuit device is connected to the first bus and outputs a data read request to the memory control unit in accordance with the notification signal and an interrupt signal to the control unit in response to the data read request; and a third circuit device is connected to the second bus and outputs a data read request stored in the memory to the memory control unit in accordance with an instruction from the control unit which has received an interrupt signal. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130167055 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING A USER INTERFACE OBJECT - A method of selecting at least one user interface (UI) object from a plurality of UI objects, is disclosed. Each UI object represents an image and is associated with metadata values. A set of the UI objects is displayed on the display screen ( | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130167069 | SCROLL CONTROL METHOD, SCROLL CONTROL APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A scroll control method for aiding works including displaying a partial area of an image of an observation object on a display apparatus and moving a display area within the image to observe the image includes, by a computer, a first calculation step, a second calculation step, and a display control step. The first calculation step calculates a first direction of movement and first movement speed based on information on time and coordinates on a movement selected with a pointing device and instructed to operate. The second calculation step calculates a second direction of movement and a second movement speed from the first direction of movement and first movement speed. The display control step performs scroll control over the display area based on the second direction of movement and movement speed. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130167163 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A technique to suppress a remote procedure call from a client by a server is provided. An information processing system is provided that includes a client component and a server component, wherein a program of the client component makes an RPC for a function of the server component. The client component includes a holding unit that holds return value information of the function, and a calling unit that receives an RPC request for the function from the program. The server component includes an execution unit that returns a return value of the function to set return value information. When the return value information has not been set in the holding unit, the calling unit makes an RPC for the function. When the return value information has been set in the holding unit, the calling unit returns the return value included in the return value information without making an RPC. | 06-27-2013 |
| 20130168558 | IMAGING CONTROL APPARATUS, RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGING SYSTEM, AND IMAGING CONTROL METHOD - An imaging control apparatus for controlling an imaging system capable of performing a plurality of imaging modes for detecting light or radiation to acquire an image includes a detection unit configured to detect that an instruction for executing a second imaging mode is generated during execution of a first imaging mode, a determination unit configured to determine a wait time according to a state of the imaging system when the instruction is received, and a control unit configured to perform control for instructing the imaging system to wait at least for the determined wait time before the transition to the second imaging mode, and control for instructing the imaging system to perform mode transition processing for switching from the first imaging mode to the second imaging mode. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130168559 | RADIATION DETECTION APPARATUS - A radiation detection apparatus including a sensor panel which includes a plurality of pixels two-dimensionally arranged on a substrate and detects light, and a scintillator layer which is disposed on the sensor panel and converts radiation into light, the apparatus, comprising members embedded in regions between the plurality of pixels in the scintillator layer, wherein the member satisfies a relationship of μ | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130168569 | DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - The present invention provides a drawing apparatus which performs drawing on a substrate with a plurality of charged particle beams, the apparatus including a stage configured to hold the substrate and to be moved, a charged particle optical system including a deflector configured to deflect the plurality of charged particle beams, a detector configured to detect a charged particle arrived thereat by causing a charged particle beam to impinge on a mark including a plurality of mark elements formed on one of the substrate and the stage, and a processor configured to perform a process of obtaining a position of the mark. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130168828 | THROUGH-HOLE FORMING METHOD AND INKJET HEAD - A through-hole forming method includes steps of forming a first impurity region ( | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130168915 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A printing apparatus capable of connecting a post-processing apparatus includes a printing unit configured to convey an envelope so that the long edge of the envelope can become a leading edge in conveyance direction and print an image on the envelope. When the post-processing apparatus is connected, the printing apparatus restricts from conveying the envelope so that the long edge of the envelope becomes the leading edge in conveyance direction for printing the image on the envelop. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169731 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The detector that detects a light beam emitted from a light source of a second image forming device and reflected by a polygon mirror, and an adjustment device that performs adjustment processing of adjusting the velocity of the polygon mirror based on an output of the detector are provided. Before a first image forming device performs the image forming processing, the adjustment device performs the adjustment processing while causing the light source of the second image forming device to emit the light beam during a time period including at least a time period in which a photosensitive member of the second image forming device is emitted with the light beam. Before the adjustment processing is finished, the first image forming device starts to move a developing member to a developing position. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169784 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An image pickup apparatus includes a detector and an image processing unit. The detector executes image pickup operations in which electrical signals based on radiation are output and executes, in a period between a first image pickup operation and a second image pickup operation, a first inter-image pickup operation for suppressing a lag generated by the first image pickup operation and a second inter-image pickup operation for obtaining dark signals from the detector after the first inter-image pickup operation. The signal processing unit calculates a correction coefficient using a first time ts, a second time te, and the dark signals, predicts an amount of offset to be included in electrical signals of the second image pickup operation using a third time ts′, a fourth time te′, and the correction coefficient, and executes calculation using the electrical signals and the amount of offset output from the detector in the second image pickup operation. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169831 | PRINTING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING TERMINAL, SERVER, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A system including an image forming apparatus and a terminal for displaying an image acquired by a capturing unit on a display, wherein the terminal comprises: a unit which transmits a current position information, a unit which receives the distribution data in response to the transmission of the current position information, a unit which performs display control such that, when an image including the image forming apparatus is displayed on the display, a message included in distribution data distributed by the image forming apparatus and received from the server is superimposedly displayed on the image, a unit which accepts a print instruction made after the message displayed on the display is selected, and a unit which transmits print data to the image forming apparatus that distributed the distribution data containing the selected message according to the print instruction. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169839 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - Even when as an object targeted for registering feature data, an object for which registered feature data has reached an upper limit is selected, replacement of the registered feature data is prompted to register new feature data. An imaging apparatus includes a registration unit configured to register a plurality of feature data up to an upper limit number in association with the same object, a selection unit configured to select one of registered objects for which new feature data is to be registered, and a control unit configured to perform control to display a selection screen for allowing, when the object selected by the selection unit is the object for which the upper limit number of feature data has been registered, a user to select the feature data to be replaced with the new feature data among the upper limit number of feature data registered for the object. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169842 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - An electronic device that is accessible to a first storage medium that has no communication function and a second storage medium that has a communication function and is detachable to the device, comprising: an input unit configured to input image data; a designation unit configured to designate at least
| 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169848 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH FUNCTION FOR NOTIFYING ACCEPTANCE OF OPERATION, METHOD OF CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus capable of reducing a time lag between an operation on an operation section and notification of acceptance of the operation. An audio codec section and a speaker perform notification indicating reception of the operation according to the operation performed on the operation section. A PLL circuit supplies the audio codec section and the speaker with a clock signal for causing the audio codec section and the speaker to operate. A system controller detects an approach of a finger for operating the operation section, to the operation section. Further, the system controller starts the PLL circuit or increases a clock frequency supplied from the PLL circuit, when the system controller detects that the distance between the finger and the operation section has become equal to or smaller than a first distance. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169850 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS, IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD - A display control apparatus displays, together with an image on a display unit, items related to a plurality of objects in the image. At this time, for the plurality of objects in the image, the display control apparatus displays items related to the respective objects at display positions having a predetermined relative positional relationship with the objects. The display control apparatus decides the order of priority of the plurality of objects. In case that the area of a main object having a highest decided priority level and the display position having the predetermined relative positional relationship for an item related to another object overlap each other, the display control apparatus adjusts the display position of the item related to the other object to eliminate the overlapping, and displays the item related to the other object. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169851 | OPTICAL SYSTEM AND OPTICAL APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An optical system includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit of a positive refractive power, an aperture diaphragm, and a second lens unit of a positive refractive power. The first lens unit includes, in order from the object side to the image side, a cemented lens Lp | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169858 | IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, IMAGE SENSING SYSTEM AND FOCUS DETECTION METHOD - An image sensing apparatus including: an image sensor including a plurality of focus detection pixel pairs that perform photoelectric conversion on each pair of light beams that have passed through different regions of a photographing lens and output an image signal pair; a flash memory that stores shift information on relative shift between an optical axis of the photographing lens and a central axis of the focus detection pixel pairs; a correction unit that corrects a signal level of the image signal pair based on the shift information and exit pupil information of the photographing lens so as to compensate for an unbalanced amount of light that enters each of the focus detection pixel pairs; and a focus detection unit that detects a focus of the photographing lens using the image signal pair corrected by the correction unit. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169888 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING A VIDEO PROJECTOR IN A VIDEO PROJECTION SYSTEM COMPRISING MULTIPLE VIDEO PROJECTORS - Controlling at least one video projector of a video projection system comprising multiple video projectors having a modifiable focal length and adapted to project sub-images. After determining a first calibration parameter associated with a first predetermined focal length of the video projectors, a second calibration parameter corresponding to a second predetermined focal length of the video projectors is computed, the second calibration parameter computed as a function of the first calibration parameter and the second predetermined focal length different from the first one. A display parameter is computed for a video projector, the display parameter being computed as a function of second calibration parameter, and a sub-image to be projected by the video projector is calculated according to the computed display parameter. Necessary display parameters are determined during an initial calibration step and used during a projection session whenever the user issues an “optical zoom” command, without repeating the calibration. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169932 | ADAPTIVE OPTICS APPARATUS THAT CORRECTS ABERRATION OF EXAMINATION OBJECT AND IMAGE TAKING APPARATUS INCLUDING ADAPTIVE OPTICS APPARATUS - An adaptive optics apparatus includes a first light modulating unit configured to perform modulation in a polarization direction of one of two polarized light components in light emitted from a light source, a changing unit configured to rotate the light modulated by the first light modulating unit by 90 degrees, a second light modulating unit configured to modulate the light changed by the changing unit in the polarization direction, and an irradiating unit configured to irradiate a measurement object with the light modulated by the second light modulating unit. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169973 | OPTICAL COHERENCE TOMOGRAPHY APPARATUS AND METHOD - An OCT apparatus includes, in addition to a first light source that changes a wavelength of light that is emitted, a second light source that emits light having a particular wavelength. The OCT apparatus is formed so that, when light having the particular wavelength is emitted from the first light source, the light emitted from the second light source is detected by a second optical detector. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169978 | APPLICATION FUNCTION EXTENSION METHOD, SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, in a plug-in of a general use application, sheet size information and margin information set by the application are calculated by using a scaling factor at the time of an expansion or reduction printing. The calculated sheet size information and margin information are reconfigured into the application. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169980 | SWATHING PARALLEL PIPELINE ARCHITECTURE - Disclosed is a method of processing a print job, the print job being received in a page description language format. The method identifies a number of print heads on a printer targeted for printing said print job. The method processes the print job in the page description language format to produce a plurality of intermediate jobs, in which a number of the intermediate jobs is determined by the number of print heads. The intermediate jobs have an intermediate format between the page description language format and a rasterized image format. The method renders each of the plurality of intermediate jobs to a rasterized image in a renderer associated with each of the print heads independently of one another and external input. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169981 | INPUT DISPLAY APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An input display apparatus can communicate with a printing apparatus, and includes a display unit, a touch detection unit, and an orientation detection unit. The input display apparatus determines which screen components is touched by the operator touches, determines a type of an operation from the touch by the operator, and determines based on the orientation of the input display apparatus whether or not the input display apparatus has been rotated on a plane including a display screen. When the operation is a long press operation, and the input display apparatus has been rotated, the touched screen component determined to be touched is rotated and displayed in a direction opposite to a rotation direction of the input display apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169994 | DATA GENERATION METHOD AND DATA GENERATION APPARATUS - Conventional calibration patches are designed such that gradation values of the patches are determined, based on the overall length of a trajectory of a monochrome ink color in an L*a*b* space, so that distances between patches become uniform, and therefore provide low interpolation accuracy in a region where measurement values change non-linearly in accordance with the change in gradation. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130169995 | APPARATUS CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING OUTPUT USING TWO-DIMENSIONAL CODE, AND CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM THEREOF - In the case that a secure mode is applied to an MFP which handles both of a QR code and an LVBC, there is a problem that convenience is lost also in LVBC utilization. An apparatus, comprising a unit configured to: enable to set any of a normal mode and a secure mode in determining whether or not to allow output of a document image, in the case that a first mode utilizing a partial code included in the document image is set; and enable setting of the normal mode and disable setting of the secure mode in determining whether or not to allow output of a document image, in the case that a second mode utilizing a whole code included in the document image is set. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170025 | MICROSCOPE - A microscope includes an illumination system, a stage, and an objective lens that forms an image of a specimen. The stage includes a fixed member whose position and inclination are fixed, a specimen holding member at least one of whose position and inclination is changeable, and a supporting member that supports the specimen holding member. A connection between the supporting member and the specimen holding member and a connection between the supporting member and the fixed member reside near sides of the specimen holding member. The microscope further includes an actuator that changes at least one of the position and the inclination of the specimen holding member with respect to the fixed member, and a buffer mechanism that suppresses transmission of any changes in the inclination of the specimen holding member to the actuator. The actuator and the specimen holding member are connected with the buffer mechanism interposed therebetween. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170039 | IMAGE STABILIZATION APPARATUS, OPTICAL APPARATUS, AND IMAGING APPARATUS - An image stabilization unit includes a lens holder that holds a correction lens and is relatively movably provided with respect to a base member, first and second drive devices or a drive device group that drive the lens holder, and three supports that support the lens holder relative to the base member. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170483 | COMMUNICATION PARAMETER SETTING METHOD, COMMUNICATING APPARATUS, AND MANAGING APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS - When a plurality of managing apparatuses which manage communication parameters exists, there is a case where the wrong communication parameters are set into a communicating apparatus. When the communication parameters are set between the managing apparatus which manages the communication parameters and the communicating apparatus, if a plurality of managing apparatuses in a setting state of the communication parameters into the communicating apparatus is detected, the managing apparatus in the setting state is notified that the plurality of managing apparatuses in the setting state exists. Whether or not the setting of the communication parameters is continued is discriminated, thereby continuing or stopping the setting of the communication parameters. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170491 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS HAVING A PLURALITY OF NETWORK INTERFACES, METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BY THE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is capable of performing multicasting or broadcasting using a user-desired network interface. An MFP implementing the communication apparatus includes a plurality of network interfaces and performs multicasting or broadcasting via at least one of the network interfaces. A controller unit provides an application programming interface to an application that operates on the MFP. An operator of the MFP operates an operation unit to set a transmission condition for transmitting a multicast packet and a broadcast packet via a predetermined network interface. When a plurality of active network interfaces are detected, one of the plurality of detected active network interfaces which satisfies the set transmission condition is selected and multicasting or broadcasting is performed via the selected network interface. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170545 | IMAGE ENCODING APPARATUS, IMAGE ENCODING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An image encoding apparatus includes an encoding unit which encodes an input image of a block, a calculating unit which calculates a plurality of evaluation values for the block, an identifying unit which generates identification information by comparing a plurality of evaluation values calculated by the calculating unit with a plurality of threshold values, and a controller which controls a quantization parameter on the basis of the identification information identified by the identifying unit. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170547 | VIDEO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR VIDEO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - Waiting-for-transmission fragments that cannot be transmitted by a transmission unit due to the interruption of transmission by the transmission unit are stored. In accordance with the waiting-for-transmission fragments, a fragment to be transmitted prior to a first fragment including an intra-coded frame is eliminated from the waiting-for-transmission fragments. The transmission unit is controlled so that the first fragment is transmitted at the resumption of transmission. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170617 | IMAGING CONTROL APPARATUS, RADIOGRAPHIC IMAGING SYSTEM, AND IMAGING CONTROL METHOD - A radiographic imaging apparatus includes: a radiation detection array configured to store charges to acquire an image signal; an output unit configured to output radiation image data based on the image signal to an external apparatus; a detection unit configured to detect an imaging mode changeover instruction; and a control unit configured to, when the detection unit detects an imaging mode changeover instruction during one unit of imaging processing including the charge storage and the charge-based radiation image data output to an external apparatus, control whether the imaging processing is to be interrupted, based on an operating state of the radiographic imaging apparatus. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170704 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE MANAGEMENT METHOD - Provided is an image processing apparatus comprising: an acquisition unit that acquires location information indicating a photographed point and date/time information indicating a photographed date/time for each of a plurality of images representing image data obtained by photographing; a determination unit that determines whether the photographed point of each image is a main photographed point or a sub-photographed point on the basis of the location information and the date/time information; and a recording unit that, if the photographed point of the image is the main photographed point, records information indicating the location of the main photographed point in association with the image data of the image, and that, if the photographed point of the image is the sub-photographed point, records information indicating the locations of the sub-photographed point and of the main photographed point in association with the image data of the image. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170742 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A technique capable of more suitably extracting a foreground region from an image including the foreground region and a background region is provided. The image processing apparatus comprises: a reliability derivation unit configured to derive a reliability of a distance information of a pixel of interest based on a color information and the distance information of the pixel of interest and a neighbor pixel of the pixel of interest; a parameter derivation unit configured to derive a parameter concerning a type of a region for the pixel based on the color information and the distance information of the pixel and the obtained reliability of the distance information; and a determination unit configured to determine a foreground region in the image using the derived parameter for each pixel of the image. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170769 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - The present invention provides an image processing apparatus for performing image processing of image data in which information specifying, on a first coordinate system, a position of a portion of interest in an image is recorded, including an image processing unit configured to perform rotation processing of the image data using a second coordinate system having an origin different from that of the first coordinate system, and a change unit configured to change the information specifying the position of the portion of interest in accordance with a rotation amount of the image data by the rotation processing such that an image of the portion of interest specified by the information specifying the position of the portion of interest after the rotation processing matches that before the rotation processing. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170771 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus stores a database which includes first analytical information obtained by analyzing an image existing on a recording medium, a matching dictionary including information extracted from a camera dictionary with an identifier added to each subject, and file information relating information about each subject existing in the image file with the identifier, and checks consistency between the information in the matching dictionary and information in the camera dictionary, and reconstructs the database retrieve of the database is possible to be performed, in a case where any inconsistency is found as a result of the consistency confirming. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170849 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - When an unfixed toner image is formed on a recording material, a toner amount per unit area satisfying: A<(ρΠL)/30√3 when a specific gravity of a toner is ρ (g/cm | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130170851 | CARTRIDGE - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of an image forming apparatus, comprising an electric energy receiving member; a frame of resin material; an electrode member which is molded by injecting electroconductive resin material into the frame which provides an electroconductive path between the electric energy receiving member and a main assembly electrical contact provided in the main assembly when the cartridge is mounted to the main assembly, the electrode member having a projected portion projected from a surface of the frame for contacting the main assembly electrical contact, the projected portion being provided by changing a direction of flow of the injected electroconductive resin material by the metal mold or the frame. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130171380 | JOINED UNIT OF GLASS BASE MEMBERS, AIRTIGHT ENVELOPE, AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING GLASS STRUCTURAL UNIT - A joined unit of glass base members is provided, comprising first and second glass base members and a joining member which extends along opposing surfaces of the first and second glass base members, wherein glass base member is elastically deformed while being depressed in an internal direction of the glass base member in the vicinity of an end portion in a widthwise direction of the joining member, a boundary surface between the elastically deformed glass base member and the joining member and a surface of the elastically deformed glass base member, which are disposed in the vicinity of the end portion in the widthwise direction of the joining member, are positioned on an internal side of the glass base member, and an area, in which a residual stress is a compressive stress, is formed in the vicinity of the end portion in the widthwise direction of the joining member. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130171570 | DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - The present invention provides a drawing apparatus including a stage having a reference mark, and configured to hold a substrate and to be moved, a charged particle optical system, a first measuring device having an optical axis spaced apart from an axis of the charged particle optical system by a first distance and configured to measure a position of an alignment mark formed on the substrate, a second measuring device having an optical axis spaced apart from the axis of the charged particle optical system by a second distance and configured to measure a position of the reference mark, and a processor configured to obtain a baseline of the first measuring device based on positions of the reference mark respectively measured by the first measuring device and the second measuring device. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130171764 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, the method comprising, forming a first opening in a first insulating layer provided above a semiconductor substrate, forming a first contact plug by depositing a conductive member in the first opening and removing a part of the conductive member so as to expose the first insulating layer, forming a second insulating layer over the first insulating layer after forming the first contact plug, forming a second opening in the first and second insulating layers without exposing the first contact plug, forming a second contact plug by depositing the conductive member in the second opening and removing a part of the conductive member so as to expose the second insulating layer, and removing the second insulating layer so as to expose the first contact plug after forming the second contact plug. | 07-04-2013 |
| 20130174703 | POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING SHEET ALIGNMENT FUNCTION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A post-processing apparatus which enable reduction of shift alignment time and improvement of productivity. A shift unit performs a shifting operation for shifting a conveyed sheet, in a lateral direction orthogonal to a sheet conveying direction. An alignment unit aligns the sheet by a pair of alignment members thereof which are moved toward each other such side edges of the sheet in the lateral direction are held therebetween. A CPU of a finisher controller controls the alignment unit and the shift unit such that an operation for moving the alignment members from respective first standby positions in the lateral direction to respective second standby positions closer to the sheet than the corresponding first standby positions is executed in parallel with the shifting operation by the shift unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130174961 | MANUFACTURING METHOD OF HERMETICALLY SEALED CONTAINER - A manufacturing method of a hermetic container includes steps of bonding a frame member to a first substrate, by pressing the first substrate and the second substrate to each other by an electrostatic force generated between a first electrode and a second electrode by applying a potential difference between the first electrode and the second electrode, and softening and melting the bonding material. Additional steps include cooling and solidifying the bonding material by simultaneously heating the bonding material with a local heating unit and moving the local heating unit, and increasing the potential difference between the first electrode and a segment of the second electrode, which is in a position at which the segment is heated by the local heating unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130175453 | DRAWING APPARATUS, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - The present invention provides a drawing apparatus including a plurality of drawing units each of which is configured to perform drawing on a substrate with a charged particle beam, a plurality of first processors configured to be selectively connectable to each of the plurality of drawing units, an information processor configured to determine, from the plurality of first processors, a first processor to be connected to a first drawing unit among the plurality of drawing units, based on drawing data, and a connection unit configured to connect the determined first processor to the first drawing unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130175752 | SHEET PROCESSING APPARATUS HAVING STAPLING FUNCTION - A sheet processing apparatus capable of shortening a time period required to determine whether or not a sheet bundle has been normally stapled, while suppressing an increase of apparatus size and an increase of apparatus manufacturing cost, and capable of stacking sheet bundles on a sheet discharge tray such that sheet bundles not normally stapled can be distinguished from normally stapled sheet bundles. When the absence of staple is detected in a sheet bundle by one or both of staple detecting sensors, sheet bundles starting from a sheet bundle to be discharged next are shifted on a processing tray, whereby a sheet discharge position of the next and subsequent sheet bundles on the sheet discharge tray is changed. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130175753 | SHEET POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A sheet post-processing apparatus that is capable of aligning a sheet bundle accurately even if sheet types like sheet sizes are different, and is capable of setting a reference position depending on a selected finish. A conveyance unit conveys a sheet. A sheet stacking unit stacks sheets conveyed by the conveyance unit as a sheet bundle. A stapler applies a staple process to the sheet bundle stacked on the sheet stacking unit. A position determination unit determines a staple position at which the staple process is applied to the sheet bundle. An alignment unit aligns the sheets stacked on the sheet stacking unit in a direction perpendicular to a sheet conveyance direction with respect to one of both sides parallel to the sheet conveyance direction. The alignment unit determines the one side as a reference side depending on the staple position determined by the position determination unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176217 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - At least part of screen data corresponding to a screen displayed on the display unit of an information processing apparatus is transmitted to an image output apparatus. Transmission includes the first transmission mode in which at least part of screen data and pointer position information indicating the position of a pointer in the screen are transmitted without associating them, and the second transmission mode in which at least part of screen data and pointer position information are associated and transmitted. In a case that a predetermined operation using the pointer to an object included in the screen is detected, at least part of screen data is transmitted in the second transmission mode. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176256 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display control apparatus includes a detection unit for detecting a touch operation on a display unit, a storing unit for temporarily storing data of a plurality of images, and a display control unit for performing, in response to the detection unit detecting a touch operation including a movement with a touch kept on the display unit, a scrolling process for scrolling an image displayed on the display unit to display another image temporarily stored in the storing unit, and performing, in response to the detection unit detecting a touch operation including a movement for a predetermined distance or longer with a touch kept on the display unit, an updating process for updating the data of the plurality of images temporarily stored in the storing unit with data of another plurality of images to display the images included in the other plurality of images on the display unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176357 | PRINTING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING APPARATUS - Provided is an printing apparatus and temperature detecting method that can accurately obtain temperature of a printing element substrate and output a high-quality image at high resolution and high speed. For this purpose, a first temperature sensor outputting signals through a first output line and a second temperature sensor outputting signals through a second output line that is longer than the first output line are provided on the printing element substrate. In addition, the switch between the case of using detected temperatures obtained from both of the first temperature sensor and the second temperature sensor to calculate the temperature of the printing element substrate, and the case of using only detected temperature obtained from the first temperature sensor to calculate the temperature of a printing element substrate is made. On the basis of this, it is avoided that inaccurate temperature of a printing element substrate is obtained caused of noises. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176374 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An optical scanning apparatus, including: a light source including a plurality of light emitting parts; a deflector including a deflecting surface; a first optical system configured to cause the plurality of light beams to enter the deflecting surface at an oblique angle; and a second optical system configured to focus the light beams on a surface to be scanned, in which: the light emitting parts are arranged away from each other; the second optical system includes an optical element including at least one optical surface having a non-arc shape, so that a wave optics interval between scanning lines based on barycentric positions of spot images on the surface to be scanned is aligned along the main scanning direction; the non-arc shape of the at least one optical surface of the optical element within the sub-scanning section is defined by a predetermined condition. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176385 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a positive first lens unit, a negative second lens unit, a positive third lens unit, and a positive fourth lens unit. During zooming from a wide-angle end to a telephoto end, the first lens unit moves with a locus convex toward the image side, and the third lens unit moves toward the object side. The first lens unit includes, in order from the object side to the image side, a negative first lens, a positive second lens, and a positive third lens. A distance (d | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176408 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - The imaging element of the imaging apparatus is provided with pixels respectively having multiple photoelectric conversion units that generate image signals by photoelectrically converting light fluxes that transit different regions dividing an exit pupil of an imaging optical system to a single micro lens. The imaging apparatus generates left-eye image data and right-eye image data for three-dimensional display based on image signals output by the imaging element, and generates combined image data for two-dimensional display by additively combining the left-eye image data and the right-eye image data. The imaging apparatus compresses the combined image data at a first compression rate, compresses the left-eye image data and the right-eye image data at a second compression rate that is higher than the first compression rate, and records the respectively compressed image data in the same image file. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176416 | IMAGING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An imaging apparatus configured to perform white balance correction on an image captured with flash emission includes an object region specifying unit configured to specify an object region irradiated with flash by the flash emission, a first white balance coefficient calculation unit configured to calculate a first white balance coefficient based on a light amount of flash for the object region specified by the object region specifying unit and a light amount of external light, an object distance calculation unit configured to calculate an object distance when imaging with the flash emission includes underwater photography, and a second white balance coefficient calculation unit configured to calculate a second white balance coefficient from the first white balance coefficient and the object distance calculated by the object distance calculation unit when the object distance calculated by the object distance calculation unit is equal to or less than a predetermined distance. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176444 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A control apparatus for controlling an image capture apparatus includes a communication unit and a control unit. The communication unit transmits a first command to the image capture apparatus if a predetermined area in a captured image received from the image capture apparatus and a pointer operated by an operation unit are overlapped. The communication unit transmits a second command to the image capture apparatus if a button of the operation unit is clicked in a state that the predetermined area and the pointer are overlapped. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176468 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR, DRIVING METHOD THEREOF, AND CAMERA - A solid-state image sensor, comprising a pixel array complying with a Bayer array, a first signal processor configured to process each of red-pixel and blue-pixel signals output from the pixel array, a second signal processor configured to process each of green-pixel signals output from the pixel array, and a control unit configured to control the pixel array, the first signal processor, and the second signal processor, wherein the solid-state image sensor selects a readout method, by changing timings of the control signals, from a progressive method, an interlace method, and a pseudo-progressive method. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176470 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS AND IMAGING SYSTEM - A solid-state imaging apparatus having a pixel array is provided. The apparatus includes one or more ground lines and one or more power supply lines for supplying power to the pixels. Each of the pixels includes an photoelectric conversion element and an A/D converter for converting an analog signal corresponding to a charge generated by the photoelectric conversion element into a digital signal. At least one of the plurality of pixels includes at least a portion of a capacitance element having a first electrode connected to one of the one or more power supply lines, and a second electrode connected to one of the one or more ground lines. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176473 | IMAGING APPARATUS HAVING AUTOFOCUS FUNCTION, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE IMAGING APPARATUS - An apparatus includes an imaging unit, a focus detection unit configured to detect a focusing state of a focus lens, a designation unit configured to receive a designation of an in-screen position of an object displayed on a display screen, and a control unit configured to control a movable range of the focus lens when the focusing state is detected by the focus detection unit such that if the designation unit does not designate the in-screen position of the object, the movable range is set to be a first range and, if the designation unit designates the in-screen position of the object, the movable range is set to a second range that is wider than the first range. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176479 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH SAME - A zoom lens includes a front lens group including a first lens unit and a second lens unit, a reflecting mirror configured to bend an optical path, and a rear lens group including two or more lens units. When the zoom lens is retracted, the reflecting mirror performs at least one of rotation and linear movement to provide space for the front lens group. A focal length of a lens unit having the highest absolute value of refractive power among negative lens units in the front lens group, a focal length of the entire zoom lens at a telephoto end, a maximum value and a minimum value of amounts of movement of the at least two lens units in the rear lens group during zooming, a length of a reflecting surface of the reflecting mirror, and a maximum effective diameter of the first lens unit are appropriately set. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176482 | ILLUMINATION DEVICE CAPABLE OF HAVING OPTICAL ACCESSORY ATTACHED FORWARD OF LIGHT EMISSION SECTION THEREOF, IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM, FILM HOLDER, LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL DEVICE, AND LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Light emission control makes it possible to determine an appropriate main light emission amount even when an optical accessory that changes color characteristics of transmitted light is attached forward of a light emission section of an illumination device. A strobe capable of having a color filter attached thereto, which changes color characteristics of transmitted light. The strobe includes a strobe microcomputer that acquires information on characteristics of the color filter attached forward of the light emission section, and transmits the acquired information on the characteristics to an image pickup apparatus on which the strobe is mounted. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176582 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - This invention provides a sample print which allows the user to easily set color adjustment parameters. To this end, upon outputting images which undergo color processing using a plurality of different parameter sets, a sample print mode of parallelly outputting a reference image and images which have different parameter sets of the image processing from the reference image, and are arranged around the reference image, and a sample print mode of parallelly outputting the reference image which is arranged at a corner of an image group including images in a specific hue direction, and images which have different parameter sets of the color processing from the reference image and are arranged between the corner and other corners, are prepared. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176586 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE DATA TRANSMISSION - An image processing apparatus including a reading unit configured to read an image of a document to generate image data based on the read image acquires a process definition file, which defines a content of reading processing to be executed by the reading unit and a content of transmission processing for transmitting image data generated by the reading unit, causes the reading unit to execute reading processing to generate image data according to a definition included in the acquired process definition file, and, when a plurality of process definition files is selected and the selected plurality of process definition files is instructed to be executed, causes the generated image data to be transmitted according to a definition included in each of the selected plurality of process definition files. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176593 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS REPRODUCTION SYNCHRONIZATION OF MOVING IMAGE BETWEEN THE SAME AND MOBILE INFORMATION TERMINAL, METHOD OF CONTROLLING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM - An image processing apparatus capable of facilitating synchronization of a maintenance moving image between an image processing apparatus and a mobile information terminal, thereby making it possible to more efficiently show the moving image to a user who performs a maintenance operation. The mobile information terminal is registered as a distribution destination of the moving image. The moving image for current reproduction and display on the apparatus and information of the reproduction position of the moving image are distributed to the terminal to thereby cause the terminal to reproduce and display the moving image from the position. The position is changed based on information of a change in the reproduction position received from the terminal. When the position is changed on the image apparatus, information of a change in the position is transmitted to the terminal, to thereby cause the terminal to change the position. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130176620 | IMAGE STABILIZING APPARATUS, LENS BARREL, AND OPTICAL APPARATUS - An image stabilizing apparatus includes a shift member holding a lens, a first driver moving the shift member in a first direction in a plane orthogonal to an optical axis, and a second driver moving the shift member in a second direction in the plane orthogonal to the optical axis. The first driver includes a first magnet, a first coil, and a first yoke in order in an optical axis direction, the second driver includes a second magnet, a second coil, and a second yoke in order in the optical axis direction, the first yoke has a protrusion that protrudes in the first direction at least one of end portions extending in a direction orthogonal to the first direction, and the second yoke has a protrusion that protrudes in the second direction at least one of end portions extending in a direction orthogonal to the second direction. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177074 | Image Processing Apparatus - An image processing apparatus encodes an input motion image signal, records encoded motion image data on a recording medium, detects complexity of a motion image according to the input motion image data, detects a remaining recording capacity of the recording medium, and has a first mode for controlling the encoding unit based on information of the detected complexity of the motion image so as to adjust a code amount of the encoded motion image data and has a second mode for controlling the encoding without using the information of the detected complexity of the motion image so as to adjust the code amount of the encoded motion image data, wherein the first mode and the second mode are determined based on the remaining recording capacity. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177206 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes: an image processing unit that executes image processing on an input image; a point light source detection unit that detects a point light source included in the input image; a scene determination unit that determines whether or not the input image shows a vivid scene based on a detection result of the point light source detection unit and an image signal of the input image; and a control unit that controls the image processing unit to change image processing for the input image in accordance with a determination result of the scene determination unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177218 | PERSONAL AUTHENTICATION APPARATUS AND PERSONAL AUTHENTICATION METHOD - A personal authentication apparatus comprises an input unit configured to input image data; a face detection unit configured to detect a face region of a person included in the image data input by the input unit, and to detect feature data from the detected face region; a facial expression determination unit configured to determine a facial expression from the face region detected by the face detection unit; a storage unit configured to store feature data used to authenticate a person in correspondence with respective facial expressions of a plurality of faces; a selection unit configured to select feature data corresponding to the facial expression determined by the facial expression determination unit from the storage unit; and an authentication unit configured to authenticate a person by comparing the feature data of the face region detected by the face detection unit, and the feature data selected by the selection unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177328 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive member (drum); a rotatable charging member for electrically charging the drum; a bias applying device for applying a charging bias to the charging member in the form of a DC voltage biased with an AC voltage; a current detector for detecting an AC current passing between the charging member and the drum; a temperature and humidity detector; a setting device for setting a condition of the charging bias on the basis of a plurality of detected AC currents passing between the charging member and the drum when a plurality of AC voltages depending on an output of the temperature and humidity detector are applied to the charging member; and a corrector for correcting the set condition of the charging bias on the basis of an output of the current detector when a predetermined AC voltage is applied to the charging member. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177332 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND COOLING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus, includes: an image heating device for heating an image on a sheet; a cooling belt for cooling the sheet in close contact with the sheet heated by the image heating device; a heat sink for cooling the cooling belt; a first fan for forming airflow in the heat sink; and a second fan for forming airflow in a space between the image heating device and the cooling belt. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177334 | CARTRIDGE - A cartridge detachably mountable to a main assembly of an image forming apparatus includes: a frame; a member-to-be-energized; a fixing member, having electroconductivity, for fixing the member-to-be-energized to the frame, wherein the fixing member is electrically connected with the member-to-be-energized; a recessed portion, provided on the frame, where a part of the fixing member enters; and a molded resin portion formed by injecting a melted electroconductive resin material into the recessed portion, wherein when the cartridge is mounted in the main assembly, the molded resin portion electrically connects the fixing member with an energizing portion provided in the main assembly. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177335 | PROCESS CARTRIDGE, ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOSENSITIVE DRUM UNIT - A process cartridge is detachably mountable to a main assembly of an electrophotographic image forming apparatus. The process cartridge includes a coupling member provided at an axial end portion of a photosensitive drum and rotatable about a coupling axis thereof so as to transmit a driving force to the photosensitive drum. The coupling member is capable of inclining relative to the photosensitive drum so that the coupling axis inclines relative to a drum axis, with the coupling member having a first end portion connected to the photosensitive drum, a second end portion, and a connecting portion between the first end portion and the second end portion. A maximum distance from the coupling axis to an outermost surface of the connecting portion along a line perpendicular to the coupling axis is less than a maximum distance from the coupling axis to an outermost surface of the second end portion along a line perpendicular to the coupling axis. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177338 | DEVELOPING DEVICE - A developing device includes a developing chamber which supplies a developer to a developing sleeve, an agitating chamber which is disposed above the developing chamber in a vertical direction, a first conveying screw which is disposed within the developing chamber, a second conveying screw which is disposed within the agitating chamber, a first connecting portion which is formed at one longitudinal end of the developing chamber and pumps the developer from the developing chamber to the agitating chamber, and a second connecting portion which is formed at the other longitudinal end of the developing chamber and at which the developer falls from the agitating chamber to the developing chamber. In the developing device, a replenishing port which replenishes a replenish toner to the developing chamber is provided at a downstream side of the first conveying screw of the developing chamber in a developer conveyance direction. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130177339 | DEVELOPING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - According to a representative configuration of the developing device and the image forming apparatus of the present invention, the developing device includes: a developing sleeve which bears developer and conveys the developer to a developing region; a developing chamber which supplies the developer to the developing sleeve; an agitating chamber which forms a circulation path with the developing chamber and collects the developer from the developing sleeve; and a conveying unit (a first conveying screw and a second conveying screw) which circulates and conveys the developer in the circulation path. A spiral groove is formed on a surface of the developing sleeve so as to apply a conveying force to the developer in a rotation axis direction of the developing sleeve opposite to a developer conveying direction of the agitating chamber. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130178157 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal includes a first communication unit having a power supply function by electromagnetic induction, and a second communication unit having a communication capability higher than that of the first communication unit. When communicating with a communication partner terminal, it is determined whether to receive power from the communication partner terminal. Upon determining to receive the power by the power supply function of the first communication unit, communication with the communication partner terminal by the second communication unit is controlled using the power supplied from the communication partner terminal by the power supply function of the first communication unit. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179310 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONSUMABLES STOCK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, CONSUMABLES STOCK MANAGING METHOD, CONSUMABLES STOCK MANAGING PROGRAM, AND MEMORY MEDIUM - A frequency of a residual amount signal which includes the absence of consumables and is issued by a printing apparatus is analyzed, whether new consumables have been attached or not is properly discriminated, and proper stock management is made. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179381 | FREQUENT PATTERN EXTRACTION APPARATUS FREQUENT PATTERN EXTRACTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - There is provided a frequent pattern extraction apparatus. In the apparatus, time series data for an item operation is divided into a plurality of item operation sets. Using a set degree of similarity between the item operation sets, an abstract item operation set is generated. A pattern of sequences that frequently appear is extracted from the sequences in the abstract item operation set. Using the pattern of sequences that frequently appear, an item as well as an item operation are recommended to a user. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179644 | PARALLEL PROCESSING PROCESSOR SYSTEM - A parallel processing processor system includes multiple processor elements, a main memory, and a shared memory, whose latency with the processors is less than the latency between the main memory and the processors. Each of the multiple processor elements has a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) and an instruction cache. Firmware executed by the DSPs is transferred from the main memory to the shared memory and is shared by the DSPs. Updating of the instruction caches in the case where a cache miss has occurred is performed by, for example, copying, into the instruction caches, the content of the shared memory corresponding to an address accessed by a DSP. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179831 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An imaging apparatus includes a touch detection unit configured to detect a touch operation on a display unit, a display control unit configured to control display of an indicator indicating a reference value in an autobracketing shooting and an indicator indicating a bracketing value in the autobracketing shooting, a control unit configured to perform control to increase a width between the reference value and the bracketing value to be set when the touch detection unit detects a touch operation moving in a first direction while keeping touching a setting area for setting the bracketing value on the display unit and to decrease the width when the touch detection unit detects a touch operation moving in a second direction opposite the first direction while keeping touching the setting area, and a bracketing value setting unit configured to set the bracketing value based on the width. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179887 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR IMAGE PROCESSING - The present invention is intended for properly receiving set data in setting items of a series of processes. The present invention solves the problem by controlling to determine whether the setting item of the unique processing information and the setting item of the shared processing information are identical, to generate, when the setting items are determined to be identical and when a setting item for which set data is different in the unique and shared processing information is identified, template processing information including information indicating the identified setting item and the setting item of the shared processing information, and to store the template processing information, and by displaying a user interface receiving the set data of the identified setting item from among the setting items of the template processing information at the time of generating new unique processing information by using the template processing information. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130179961 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, INTERMEDIATE SERVICE DEVICE, AUTHENTICATION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - Provided is a method for controlling an information processing system including a relay service device, an intermediate service device, and an authentication service device. The control method includes transmitting an authentication request from the intermediate service device to the intermediate service device; acquiring a first access token from the authentication service device that has made a success of authentication; storing the first access token; comparing the stored first access token with a second access token included in an execution request of an relation processing upon reception of the processing execution request from the relay service; and executing processing received from the intermediate service device when it is determined in the comparing that the first access token matches the second access token or not executing the processing when it is determined in the comparing that the first access token does not match the second access token. | 07-11-2013 |
| 20130180284 | AMORPHOUS ALLOY, MOLDING DIE, AND METHOD FOR MOLDING OPTICAL ELEMENT - An amorphous alloy contains 68 atomic % or more and 86 atomic % or less of Re, 8 atomic % or more and 12 atomic % or less of Hf, and 0.1 atomic % or more and 5 atomic % or less of O. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130180944 | PROCESS FOR PRODUCING A LIQUID EJECTION HEAD - A process for producing a liquid ejection head including a silicon substrate having a first surface and a second surface that is a surface on an opposite side to the first surface, an ejection energy generating element which is formed on a side of the first surface side and generates energy for ejecting a liquid, a cavity formed in the second surface and a liquid supply port which is formed in a bottom part of the cavity and communicates with the first surface, including, in the following order: (1) forming the cavity in the second surface of the silicon substrate by a first crystal anisotropic etching; (2) forming a chemical leading hollow in a slope of the cavity; (3) expanding the cavity by a second crystal anisotropic etching; and (4) forming the liquid supply port in a bottom face of the cavity by dry etching with the use of an ion. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181115 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - A solid-state imaging apparatus includes: a read out circuit configured to convert the analog signal generated by a pixel into a digital signal. The read out circuit includes an analog circuit, a digital circuit and a logic circuit arranged between the analog circuit and the digital circuit. The analog circuit is formed within first and second semiconductor regions of first and second conductivity type. The logic circuit is formed within third and fourth semiconductor regions of the first and second conductivity types. The digital circuit is formed within a fifth and sixth semiconductor regions of the first and second conductivity types. The first to sixth semiconductor regions are isolated one from another. And, a number of elements included in the logic circuit is smaller than a number of elements included in the digital circuit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181116 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DRIVING THE SAME - In an image pickup apparatus, a plurality of vertical signal lines are disposed in each pixel column. A pixel array includes pixels of first color and pixels of second color different from the first color. Two pixels of the first color are located at different row addresses and different column addresses. Signals from two pixels of the same color are processed simultaneously by a plurality of first column circuits. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181117 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - An image pickup apparatus of the present invention includes a clipping circuit that clips the voltage of an input node of an amplifying unit in a pixel. The clipping circuit can operate at least in a time period in which a charge is transferred from a photoelectric conversion unit to the input node of the amplifying unit, and can switch among multiple clipping voltages. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181118 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND CAMERA - An object of the invention is to cause a part of charge spilling from a photoelectric conversion unit to flow into a charge holding unit and thereby extend dynamic range and at the same time improve image quality. There is provided a solid-state image pickup device having a pixel including: a photoelectric conversion unit generating and accumulating charge by means of photoelectric conversion; a first charge holding unit being shielded from light, and being adaptable to accumulate a part of charge spilling from the photoelectric conversion unit in a period during which the photoelectric conversion unit generates and accumulates charge; an amplifying unit (SF-MOS) amplifying charge; a first transfer unit (Tx-MOS) transferring the charge accumulated in the photoelectric conversion unit to the amplifying unit; and a second transfer unit (Ty-MOS) transferring the charge accumulated in the first charge holding unit to the amplifying unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181268 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS - A photoelectric conversion section contains a semiconductor element having a laminated structure which contains an electroconductor, a semiconductor, and an insulator provided between the electroconductor and the semiconductor, in which the insulator is a silicon oxide film containing nitrogen in a main portion located between the electroconductor and the semiconductor. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181309 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM - An image pickup apparatus includes photoelectric conversion units each including a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type and a semiconductor region of a second conductivity type disposed in contact with the first semiconductor region, a potential barrier formed between photoelectric conversion units, and a contact plug disposed in an image sensing area. The number of contact plugs is smaller than the number of photoelectric conversion units. The photoelectric conversion units include first and second photoelectric conversion units and are arranged such that at least two first photoelectric conversion units are adjacent in a first direction. The potential barrier includes a first part formed between the two first photoelectric conversion units disposed adjacently and a second part formed between first and second photoelectric conversion units adjacent to each other. The contact plug is located closer to the first part than to the second part. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181365 | IMPRINT APPARATUS AND ARTICLE MANUFACTURING METHOD - An apparatus for bringing a mold having a pattern region and a first mark into contact with an imprint material on a substrate having a second mark, includes a deforming mechanism configured to deform the mold such that a portion of the mold where the first mark is formed protrudes toward the substrate, a driving mechanism configured to adjust a distance between the mold and the substrate, and a detecting unit configured to detect, after the driving mechanism starts an operation of reducing the distance, the first mark and the second mark in a state in which the portion of the mold and the imprint material on the substrate are in contact with each other but a whole of the pattern region is not in contact with the imprint material. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181390 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which includes a plurality of feeding units each formed by an exchangeable part, and selects one of the plurality of feeding units based on priority levels of the plurality of feeding units in a feed operation, comprises: a monitoring unit which monitors a consumed level of the part forming the feeding unit; a notification unit which sends a notification to a user in a case where the monitoring unit detects that a life-time of the part has been reached; an ordering unit which orders the part before the monitoring unit detects that the life-time of the part has been reached; and a changing unit which changes the priority level of the feeding unit formed by the part being ordered to be lower than the priority levels of other feeding units. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181392 | SHEET FEEDING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - The present invention is directed to a sheet feeding apparatus including a sheet feeding unit capable of feeding sheets stacked on a sheet stacking face of a sheet stack tray, wherein the sheet feeding unit includes a feeding roller configured to feed the sheets, a driving motor configured to rotate the feeding roller, a lifting member configured to move at least edges of the sheets in a direction of the feeding roller, a sheet-shaped member connected to a front end of the lifting member at the downstream side, and a counter member disposed opposite to the feeding roller to pinch the sheet-shaped member, wherein, when the feeding roller is rotated, the sheet-shaped member is moved to the downstream side to cause the lifting member to move, and when the sheets are brought into contact with the feeding roller, the contacted uppermost sheet is fed by the feeding roller. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181612 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A light emitting apparatus having a plurality of light sources comprises a brightness sensor; a first malfunction detecting unit configured to detect any malfunction of each of the light sources; a second malfunction detecting unit configured to detect any malfunction of the brightness sensor; a storage unit configured to store a target value of a detected value of the brightness of each of the light sources; and a control unit configured to determine a light emission control value of each of the light sources so as to decrease a difference between the target value and the detected value of the brightness of each of the light sources; wherein the control unit allows the light emission control value to be set to a fixed value if the malfunction of at least any one of the light source and the brightness sensor is detected. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181782 | OSCILLATOR - An oscillator includes a resonator section structured such that a dielectric is interposed between first and second conductors and such that the first and second conductors are electrically connected to a resonant tunneling diode, a capacitor section structured such that the dielectric is interposed between the first and second conductors, a line section configured to electrically connect the resonator section and the capacitor section in parallel to each other, and a resistor section configured to electrically connect the first and second conductors to each other. A first position of the resonator section and a second position of the capacitor section are connected to each other by the line section so that the first position and the second position are substantially electrically equivalent to each other in a wavelength range larger than a wavelength of an electromagnetic wave that resonates in the resonator section. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130181961 | DISPLAY DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention in its first aspect provides a display apparatus including a light emitting apparatus having a plurality of light sources, a brightness sensor that measures an emission brightness of the light emitting apparatus corresponding to each of blocks, a temperature sensor that measures a temperature of the light emitting apparatus corresponding to each of the blocks, an acquisition unit that acquires the measured value of the temperature sensor for each of the blocks, and an emission brightness control unit that performs processing of acquiring the measured value of the brightness sensor and controlling the emission brightness based on the measured value of the brightness sensor, in order from a block with a greatest difference between a temperature represented by the measured value acquired by the acquisition unit and a temperature represented by the measured value acquired in the past by the acquisition unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182030 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS - An inkjet printing apparatus is provided that reduces a period required for detection of the ink ejection state for the individual ejection ports of a print head. The inkjet printing apparatus includes a carriage moving unit for moving a carriage in the main scan direction that crosses a conveyance direction in which a printing medium is to be conveyed. The inkjet printing apparatus also includes an LED and a photodiode, for receiving light emitted by the LED, both of which are employed to detect the ink ejection state for the ejection ports to be examined. The inkjet printing apparatus moves the LED and the photodiode in the main scan direction to move the inspection position, at which the ink ejection state is to be examined. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182127 | IMAGING APPARATUS, LENS APPARATUS, IMAGING APPARATUS CONTROLLING METHOD, LENS APPARATUS CONTROLLING METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND IMAGING SYSTEM - In a camera unit that is capable of attaching and detaching a lens unit, a camera control unit transmits a drive command for shifting a focus lens to a position corresponding to a focal point detected by use of an evaluation value for focus adjustment generated from an imaging signal by a TVAF signal processing unit to a lens control unit. The camera control unit acquires data indicating the amount of change in image magnification from the lens apparatus when performing center shift to thereby control the focus lens so as to suppress an out-of-focus blur of an image according to the image signal in response to the amount of change in image magnification relative to the shift amount of the focus lens in the vicinity of a focal point. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182129 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image display apparatus configured to recognize one or more objects from an image, determine a display priority of a menu to be displayed relating to a recognized object based on a set display mode, and displaying menus corresponding to one or more recognized objects based on the determined display priority. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182132 | CAMERA, PRINTER, PRINT SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, MEMORY MEDIUM AND PROGRAM THEREFOR - The invention provides a system capable of printing in a simple manner by detecting the connection of a printer and shifting to a print mode in response to the detection of the printer. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182133 | IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - One of a plurality of image sensing modes is set, and an image sensing process including a plurality of processes is performed based on the set image sensing mode. Whether or not each of the plurality of processes is to be performed by an external apparatus is decided based on the set image sensing mode. Image data obtained by image sensing is transmitted to the external apparatus so that the decided process is performed by the external apparatus. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182140 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREFOR, AND LENS UNIT AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREFOR, AND IMAGING SYSTEM - In a camera unit that is mountable to a lens unit having a focus lens, an AF signal processing unit generates an AF evaluation value from an imaging signal obtained by an imaging element, and a camera control unit generates drive information for moving the focus lens to an in-focus point using the AF evaluation value and transmits the drive information to the mounted lens unit. The camera control unit transmits drive information including a focus lens position served as a reference for micro vibration and an amount of movement of the focus lens indicated by shift amount of an image plane with reference to the focus lens position to a lens unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182151 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM IN WHICH PROGRAM IS STORED - An image processing apparatus includes an image acquisition unit configured to acquire a first image and a second image taken at a different focus position from the first image, an image magnification calculator ( | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182157 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRIVING THE SAME - A solid-state imaging apparatus includes: a plurality of pixels; a reference signal generating circuit configured to generate a ramp signal; a counter performing a counting operation according to the changing of the ramp signal; a read out circuit having a comparator comparing a signal read out from the pixel with the ramp signal, and converting an analog signal outputted from the pixel to a digital signal; and a control circuit configured to adjust a reset potential to be used when the comparator is reset, wherein the control circuit obtains a conversion value derived by converting an analog signal derived of a reset level of the pixel to a digital signal, and adjusts a reference potential based on the conversion value to make a dynamic range of A/D conversion follow the fluctuation of the reset level of the pixel. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182158 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM - In a photoelectric conversion apparatus that adds signals of a plurality of photoelectric conversion elements included in photoelectric conversion units, each of the plurality of photoelectric conversion elements includes a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type that collects signal carriers. The first semiconductor regions included in photoelectric conversion elements that are included in each of the photoelectric conversion units and that are arranged adjacent to each other sandwich a second semiconductor region of a second conductivity type. A height of a potential barrier for the signal carriers generated in a certain region of the second semiconductor region is smaller than a height of a potential barrier for the signal carriers generated in a third semiconductor region between each of the first semiconductor regions and an overflow drain region of the first conductivity type. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182159 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM - An image pickup apparatus according to one or more embodiments includes a power line and first through fourth photodiodes. The first, second, and third photodiodes are arranged along a first direction so that the first photodiode is adjacent to the second photodiode, and the second photodiode is adjacent to the third photodiode. The power line includes a first conductor disposed along the first direction and a second conductor disposed along a second direction that intersects the first direction. The second conductor is disposed on a region between the second and third photodiodes. First and second transistors corresponding to the first and second photodiode, respectively, are connected to the power line. The fourth photodiode is disposed adjacent to the second photodiode in the second direction. A third transistor corresponding to the fourth photodiode is connected to the power line. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182162 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR, METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME, AND CAMERA - A solid-state image sensor having a pixel region and a peripheral circuit region, includes wiring lines arranged in the pixel region and the peripheral circuit region, dummy patterns arranged in the peripheral circuit region, and a planarizing layer arranged on the wiring lines and containing a resin. The wiring lines in the peripheral circuit region include a plurality of electrically conductive patterns. The dummy patterns are arranged between the plurality of electrically conductive patterns. The dummy patterns are electrically insulated from the wiring lines. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182163 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE SENSOR - A solid-state image sensor comprising a pixel array in which a plurality of pixels are arrayed in a matrix having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns, wherein the pixel array includes a first wiring layer and a second wiring layer arranged above the first wiring layer, the first wiring layer includes first column signal lines arranged at the respective columns of the pixel array, and the second wiring layer includes second column signal lines arranged at the respective columns of the pixel array. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182170 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS - An image capturing apparatus comprises a photoelectric conversion unit that performs photoelectric conversion on incident light that has passed through an imaging lens and outputs an electric signal, the photoelectric conversion unit including a plurality of two-dimensionally arranged pixels, and a plurality of micro lenses formed between the imaging lens and the photoelectric conversion unit. The plurality of micro lenses respectively corresponds to a plurality of areas in the photoelectric conversion unit and each of the areas includes a predetermined number of pixels. Among the pixels, those whose receiving quantity of light is small in each area due to a characteristic of an optical system including the imaging lens and the micro lenses and a characteristic of the photoelectric conversion unit are configured as pixels for use in calculation of a reference value for the electric signals output from the photoelectric conversion unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182171 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, LENS UNIT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - The image pickup apparatus includes an image sensor operable to generate an image signal, and controller that controls communication with a mounted lens unit including an image taking optical system and generates a drive instruction to drive a focus lens of the mounted lens unit on a basis of a focus signal generated by using the image signal, the focus signal indicating a focus state of the image taking optical system. The controller sends information relating to a predetermined timing and the drive instruction to the lens unit, and receives, from the lens unit, a first signal indicating whether the focus lens is able to be moved by a movement based on the drive instruction to satisfy the predetermined timing. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182172 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A focus detecting device that addresses unstableness in frame rate by performing optimal focus detection depending on a frame rate setting, an AF frame selection setting, and a shooting speed priority/focus priority setting is provided. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182175 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, LENS UNIT, AND METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image pickup apparatus detachably mounting a lens unit including a plurality of optical members includes an image pickup unit that accumulates charge in synchronization with a vertical synchronizing signal to generate an image signal, and a control unit that generates control information for each of the plurality of optical members of the mounted lens unit and communicates the control information with the lens unit in synchronization with the vertical synchronizing signal. The control unit is configured to perform a first communication in synchronization with the vertical synchronizing signal, and to perform a second communication, for controlling an optical member different to the optical before a next first communication that is performed in synchronization with a next vertical synchronizing signal. The first communication and the second communication are predetermined packet communications in which optical members to be controlled among the plurality of optical members are different from each other. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182218 | PHOTOGRAPHING APPARATUS AND PHOTOGRAPHING METHOD - In order to place a coherence gate as close as possible to a object, provided is a tomographic image photographing apparatus including: a moving unit for moving the coherence gate corresponding to a difference between an optical path length of measuring light and an optical path length of reference light; and a control unit for controlling the moving unit so as to further move the coherence gate from a second position based on first combined light and second combined light of the object, which are respectively acquired at a first position of the coherence gate and the second position at which the coherence gate is placed after being moved from the first position to the object side by the moving unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182219 | OPHTHALMOLOGIC IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - Provided is an ophthalmologic image pickup apparatus for measuring movement of an eye to be inspected at higher speed than a conventional one. The ophthalmologic image pickup apparatus for acquiring an image of an eye to be inspected based on return light from the eye to be inspected which is irradiated with measuring light via a scanning unit, includes: a position acquiring unit for acquiring a plurality of positions of characteristic portions in the image of the eye to be inspected based on the return light from the eye to be inspected corresponding respectively to a plurality of scanning lines of the scanning unit in the image of the eye to be inspected; and a measuring unit for measuring movement of the eye to be inspected based on the plurality of positions. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182220 | IMAGE FORMING METHOD AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Provided is an image forming method of forming an object image by combining a plurality of tomographic images acquired by using an optical coherence tomographic method, including: acquiring, within a first predetermined period, a first three-dimensional image of a first area including a characteristic portion of the object and first tomographic images as a part of the plurality of tomographic images of a second area different from the first area; acquiring, within a second predetermined period, a second three-dimensional image of the first area and second tomographic images as a part of the plurality of tomographic images of the second area, the second tomographic images being different from the first tomographic images; and aligning positions of the first tomographic images and the second tomographic images by using, as references, the characteristic portion included in the first three-dimensional image and the characteristic portion included in the second three-dimensional image. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182270 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A user is unable to confirm whether a sheet for color printing and a sheet for monochromatic printing may be mixed before executing a job. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182277 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - There are provided an information processing apparatus which enables a mobile terminal device to send a print instruction to a printer without adding a dedicated arrangement to the printer, a control method for the information processing apparatus, and a program. To accomplish this, an information processing apparatus communicable with a mobile terminal device and an image forming apparatus receives e-mail from the mobile terminal device, analyzes the e-mail received by the reception unit, and transmits, if the e-mail has an attached file and a print instruction is described in the body field of the e-mail in accordance with an analysis result, image data attached to the e-mail while sending a print instruction to an image forming apparatus designated in the subject field or body field of the e-mail. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182281 | DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There are cases where an OS running on an information processing apparatus cannot automatically prompt the user to enter user input information at the time of an output operation. In such cases, where the user cannot enter user input information at the time of an output operation, a device cannot acquire user input information necessary to output print data. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182284 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL, PRINTING SYSTEM, AND PRINT CONTROL METHOD - An information processing apparatus determines whether e-mail acquired includes request information requesting a printer list. When the information processing apparatus determines that the e-mail includes the request information, it acquires a list of controllable printers. The information processing apparatus transmits, as a response to the request, e-mail including the printer list. A mobile terminal transmits e-mail including the request information, and receives e-mail including a printer list. The mobile terminal displays the printer list on the display. The mobile terminal accepts selection of a printer on the printer list to transmit e-mail to which the file to be printed by the selected printer is attached. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182286 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a touch panel environment, it is difficult to notice when a printer driver displays a user interface and whether processing is waiting for an input from a user at the time of printing. When print setting information requiring that a printer driver displays a message dialogue for prompting a user's input at the time of printing is set, an information processing apparatus activates software operated in a desktop environment in a process different from print processing. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182613 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus searches for another network after a network is created, participates in another network in accordance with a role, in communication parameter setting processing, of a communication apparatus existing in another network, and executes the communication parameter setting processing. After the communication apparatus decides to receive the communication parameters from another communication apparatus, the communication apparatus determines an activation state of a providing function of a provider apparatus of the communication parameters, and requests the provider apparatus to provide the communication parameters in accordance with the determination. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182826 | RADIATION GENERATING APPARATUS AND RADIOGRAPHIC APPARATUS - Radiation generating apparatus includes an envelope and a radiation tube disposed inside the envelop. A cooler is connected to the envelope at an inlet port and an outlet port. Coolant circulates between the cooler and the envelope through the inlet port and outlet port. A partition plate divides the inside of the envelope into a first chamber on the side of the radiation tube and a second chamber on the side of the inlet port. An air bubble chamber provided at an upper portion of the second chamber collects air bubbles formed in the coolant. A protrusion projecting toward the second chamber is provided at an end of the partition plate on the side of the opening. Since the air bubbles are moved due to buoyancy force or inertial force when the apparatus is rotated, it is possible to prevent radiation from passing through the air bubbles. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182827 | X-RAY WAVEGUIDE AND X-RAY WAVEGUIDE SYSTEM - An X-ray waveguide includes a core having a curved portion and a cladding. The core has a periodic structure made of different substances periodically arrayed perpendicular to a guiding direction. A critical angle for total reflection of an X-ray at a core-cladding interface is larger than a Bragg angle of the periodic structure. A critical angle for the total reflection of the X-ray at a substance interface in the periodic structure is smaller than the Bragg angle. When s is a core width in a direction perpendicular to the guiding direction and parallel to a curvature radius of the curved portion, n | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182828 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS - An X-ray imaging apparatus comprises an X-ray source; a housing configured to accommodate the X-ray source; and a plurality of supporting legs each connected to the housing via a movable connecting portion and configured to support the housing, wherein each of the supporting legs can change, by the movable connecting portion, a support angle made by a ground plane and the supporting leg. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182900 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - For obtained raw moving image data, an image processing apparatus decides a focal distance at which a specific subject is focused on. The respective pixels of image signals in each frame of the raw moving image data correspond to light beams having different combinations of pupil regions through which the light beams have passed, and incident directions in an imaging optical system. More specifically, the image processing apparatus generates, from the image signals of each frame of the raw moving image data, a pair of images corresponding to light beams having passed through different pupil regions, and decides, based on a defocus amount at the position of the specific subject that is calculated from the pair of images, the focal distance at which the specific subject is focused on. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182901 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a region acquisition unit configured to obtain a specific region of a subject, a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to obtain a tomographic image of the subject, and a display control unit configured to cause a display unit to display a region indicating probability of existence of the specific region in the obtained tomographic image. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182919 | IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE CAPTURE APPARATUS, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An image capture apparatus include transmission unit for transmitting first feature data concerning a face region included in an image captured by an image sensor to an external apparatus, reception unit for receiving a matching result between the first feature data and second feature data concerning a sub object from the external apparatus, storage unit for storing third feature data concerning a main object in a predetermined storage area in advance, matching unit for matching the first feature data with the third feature data and display unit for identifiably displaying, on a display device, the face region recognized as the sub object in the matching result received by the reception unit and the face region recognized as the main object in the matching result obtained by the matching unit. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130182923 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - A system control unit causes a diagnosis monitor to display a plurality of sample images generated by changing one or more image processing parameters used in image processing of an X-ray image. When an operator designates a mixing ratio, at which the sample images are mixed, after the plurality of sample images are displayed on the diagnosis monitor, the system control unit sets one or more image processing parameters to be used when image processing of an X-ray image is performed based on the designated mixing ratio. An image processing unit performs image processing of an X-ray image input from an image input unit based on the set image processing parameter. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183020 | DISPLAY PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A display processing apparatus acquires a plurality of images and time data corresponding to the respective images. The display processing apparatus selects, as the time interval at which the plurality of images are switched and displayed one by one, either a time interval based on the difference between time data corresponding to images before and after switching, or a predetermined interval. The display processing apparatus switches the plurality of images at the selected time interval, and displays them on a display device. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183026 | INTERCHANGEABLE LENS AND CAMERA SYSTEM - An interchangeable lens attachable to a camera body includes an image pickup optical system configured to form an optical image of an object, and a controller configured to start initializing an optical element included in the image pickup optical system so as to move the optical element to a predetermined position when the controller receives a first signal that commands a start of an initialization from the camera body, and configured to start initializing the optical element after the controller receives identification information from the camera body and a period elapses for which the camera body consumes more than a predetermined amount of power when the controller does not receive the first signal from the camera body. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183047 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus including an image forming unit configured to form an image on the image bearing member, a transfer unit configured to transfer the image on the image bearing member to a recording material, a conveyance unit configured to convey the recording material to the transfer unit, a controller configured to form a test sheet by causing a test image to be formed on the image bearing member such that the test image has a predetermined density and causing the test image to be transferred to the recording material, and a determination unit configured to determine a conveyance speed of the recording material such that a density difference between a density of the test image on the test sheet and the predetermined density is less than or equal to a threshold value. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183049 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes an image bearing member, a development device, a supply developer container, a supply developer supply member, a toner density detecting portion, and a controller. The controller that controls an image formation condition based on first information regarding a humidity of the developer accommodated in the developing device, second information regarding a humidity of the developer accommodated in the supply device and third information regarding a supply amount supplied by the supply device. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183052 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image bearing member; a developer carrying member; a first chamber for permitting feeding of the developer to the developer carrying member; a second chamber for forming a circulation path of the developer at end portions thereof, wherein the second chamber collects the developer from the developer carrying member at an opposing position; a screw member for feeding the developer contained in the first and second chambers; a supplying portion for supplying a developer; a discharging portion, provided in the circulation path, for causing an excessive developer to overflow; and a controller for controlling, on the basis of information on a first drive time from a start of rotation of the screw member to an end of a developing operation, a second drive time from the end of the developing operation to a stop of the rotation of the screw member. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183120 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, PRINTING APPARATUS, PRINTING SYSTEM, PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR REDUCING PRINT TIME AND MEMORY - It is an object of the present invention to provide an information processing apparatus, a printing apparatus, a printing system, and a printing control method which can reduce a memory amount used in the printing apparatus and shorten a time required for printing. An information processing apparatus comprises a determination unit configured to determine whether a print mode is a print mode via a server capable of performing communication via a network, and a printing control unit configured to send print data including drawing data received from a pass-through application and divided in page units and control data regarding printing of the drawing data to the server device when the determination unit determines that the print mode is the print mode via the server, and to send the control data to a printing apparatus capable of performing communication via the network. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130183786 | METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE - A method for manufacturing a conversion device is provided. Formed are an insulating layer that covers at least conversion portion is formed; a protection layer for suppressing formation of a metal-semiconductor compound layer, at a position where the protection layer covers the conversion portion via the insulating layer, covers at least part of an element isolation region, and exposes a transistor; and a metal film on the protection layer and the transistor. A metal-semiconductor compound layer on the transistor by performing heating process is formed. Metal that has not been reacted by the heating process is removed from the substrate. After that, an upper side in portions of the protection layer covering the conversion portion and the at least part of the element isolation region are removed. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130184017 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREFOR, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus searches for another network after a network is created, participates in another network in accordance with a role, in communication parameter setting processing, of a communication apparatus existing in another network, and executes the communication parameter setting processing. After the communication apparatus decides to receive the communication parameters from another communication apparatus, the communication apparatus determines an activation state of a providing function of a provider apparatus of the communication parameters, and requests the provider apparatus to provide the communication parameters in accordance with the determination. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185391 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus for transmitting content data to a receiving apparatus includes an establishing unit configured to establish a state where the content data can be transmitted to the receiving apparatus, a reception unit configured to receive a transmission request of the content data from the receiving apparatus in the established state where the content data can be transmitted, and a control unit configured to perform control such that, while a number of transmissions of the content data is equal to or greater than a predetermined number, the control unit does not transmit the content data to the receiving apparatus having issued the transmission request but keeps the state where the content data can be transmitted to the receiving apparatus and, when the number of transmissions of the content data becomes less than the predetermined number, the control unit permits the content data to be transmitted to the receiving apparatus. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185573 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR EXECUTING A PROXY IN RESPONSE TO A HEARTBEAT - An image forming apparatus automatically recognizes and responds to an encrypted heartbeat packet only with a small amount of calculation, without causing a sub control unit to execute an SSL/TLS decryption process. As a result, the image forming apparatus can execute a proxy response with less power consumption. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185712 | APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - At a timing after a target application is installed, in a case where a usage amount of a resource used at a predetermined timing by the target application exceeds a declaration of a maximum value of the usage amount of the resource described in an application file corresponding to the target application, a framework is instructed to stop the target application. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185784 | AUTHORITY DELEGATE SYSTEM, SERVER SYSTEM IN AUTHORITY DELEGATE SYSTEM, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR CONTROLLING AUTHORITY DELEGATE SYSTEM - An authority delegate system including a first server system to manage specific information, a second server system to provide a service, an authentication device, and a client operated by a first user who is authorized to use the service, includes a reception unit, a transmission unit, a management unit, a determination unit, and a provision unit. The reception unit receives an authorization token shared range for authorizing specific information usage. The transmission unit transmits to the client a setting screen for setting whether to permit users within the shared range to share the authorization token. The management unit manages the setting screen set shared range, and the authorization token issued by the authentication device. The provision unit provides, in response to determining that the second user is included in the shared range and confirmation that the authorization token is valid, the service to the second user using the specific information. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130185809 | SYSTEM FOR DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY, ACCESS MANAGEMENT SERVICE SYSTEM, MEDIUM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SYSTEM FOR DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY - In sequential processing including issuance of an approval token from a user to a cooperation source service via an access management service, a system for delegation of authority confirms whether each of the user and the cooperation source service has a sufficient authority to execute a service of a cooperation destination before issuing the approval token. | 07-18-2013 |
| 20130187054 | RADIATION IMAGING APPARATUS AND RADIATION IMAGING SYSTEM - A radiation imaging apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes an image sensing panel in which a plurality of imaging substrates each including an photoelectric conversion element are arranged so as to form a single image sensing plane, and a scintillator portion that is disposed in a location covering the image sensing panel, and converts radiation into light having a wavelength detectable by the photoelectric conversion element. The scintillator portion includes, in a location covering at least a region between the plurality of imaging substrates, a first scintillator layer and a second scintillator layer that diffuses the converted light over a wider range than the first scintillator layer does. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187199 | SOLID STATE IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREFOR - A MOS-type solid-state image pickup device includes a photoelectric conversion unit having a first semiconductor region of a first conductive type, a second semiconductor region of a second conductive type forming a pn-junction with the first semiconductor region, and a third semiconductor region of the first conductive type disposed on the second semiconductor region. In addition, a transfer gate electrode is disposed on an insulation film and transfers a carrier from the second semiconductor region to a fourth semiconductor region of the second conductivity type, an amplifying MOS transistor having a gate electrode is connected to the fourth semiconductor region, and a fifth semiconductor region of the second conductivity type is continuously disposed to the second semiconductor region, disposed under the gate electrode. An entire surface of the third semiconductor region is covered with the insulation film, and a side portion of the third semiconductor region that is laterally opposite to the transfer gate is in contact with the first semiconductor region. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187210 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS AND IMAGING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - In a photoelectric conversion apparatus including charge storing portions in its imaging region, isolation regions for the charge storing portions include first isolation portion each having a PN junction, and second isolation portions each having an insulator. A second isolation portion is arranged between a charge storing portion and at least a part of a plurality of transistors. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187329 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - To simplify control of a sheet feeing/conveying system while preventing a step-out phenomenon, saving power, and reducing cost, provided is an image forming apparatus which detects a load angle of a motor (M | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187332 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - To simplify control of a sheet feeding/conveying system while preventing a step-out phenomenon and saving power, provided is an image forming apparatus which detects a load angle of a first motor (M | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187721 | OSCILLATION ELEMENT, OSCILLATOR, AND IMAGING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - An oscillation element includes an antenna for oscillation configured to oscillate electromagnetic waves, and multiple negative resistance elements electrically connected to the antenna in parallel, and the multiple negative resistance elements are disposed in only a place where the phases of electromagnetic waves oscillated therefrom are the common phase or opposite phase. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187837 | MATRIX SUBSTRATE, DETECTING DEVICE, AND DETECTING SYSTEM - A matrix substrate includes a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix of rows and columns. In the matrix substrate a conducting voltage and a non-conducting voltage of a transistor included in a unit circuit including a demultiplexer that connects a plurality of connection terminals which are disposed to be smaller in number than the number of a plurality of driving lines which are connected in common to a plurality of pixels in a row direction and are arranged in parallel to each other in a column direction are supplied to a control line connected to a control electrode of a transistor at a frequency which is half a frequency at which a pixel is driven. Thus, a matrix substrate capable of suppressing the number of connection terminals and reducing power consumption is provided. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187840 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - Provided is a display apparatus including: a substrate; a first organic light emitting element; a second organic light emitting element; a first color filter; and a second color filter in which the first color filter has a refractive index larger than a refractive index of the second color filter; the first color filter and the second color filter are in contact with each other; and in a cross section taken along a direction perpendicular to the substrate, at a part at which the first color filter and the second color filter are in contact with each other, the first color filter has an angle between a side surface thereof and the substrate, which is more than 90 degrees, and the second color filter has an angle between a side surface thereof and the substrate, which is less than 90 degrees. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187944 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT CONTROLS DISPLAY OF CONTENTS, METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus that is capable of displaying, when displaying a large number of contents in a manner divided into a plurality of pages, the contents in a manner such that continuity between each other is maintained, and enables a user to easily recognize the contents located in the vicinity of each page boundary. The information processing apparatus includes a CPU which selects and arranges the contents such that contents selected as objects to be displayed are redundant between adjacent display sections at a predetermined ratio, and subjects displays the contents to screen display in a display area, on a display section-by-display section basis. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187954 | IMAGE DATA GENERATION APPARATUS AND IMAGE DATA GENERATION METHOD - In a case where a plurality of interest regions are designated with respect to an original image, a position data acquisition unit creates list information, in which data of respective positions of the interest regions is associated with designation order. In a case where data of a position of a newly designated interest region is acquired, a display data generation unit generates data for superimposing and displaying, on a display image, a mark indicating the position of the newly designated interest region, and a path connecting the position of the interest region designated last time and the position of the newly designated interest region. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187971 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - There are provided an image processing apparatus and an image processing method which can shorten a drying time of inks in an edge region of an image, and can form a sharp image without bleeding of the ink applied onto the edge region into a blank paper. The image processing method generates applying data for forming an image on a print medium by a relative scan between print heads for ejecting a first ink and a second ink having the same color with the first ink and lower in surface tension than the first ink, and the print medium. The image processing method generates first data for applying the first ink to a predetermined region that is adjacent to an edge region of the image and that is included in an inside region inward of the edge region, and generates second data for applying the second ink to the edge region. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187987 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SAME - A method of manufacturing a liquid ejection head includes the steps of ( | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187996 | INK CARTRIDGE, INK JET RECORDING SYSTEM AND INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS - An ink cartridge adopts a construction in which an air seal and an ink seal are arranged on the cartridge side and in which sealing between the ink cartridge and the recording apparatus is performed with a radial seal. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130187999 | LIQUID COMPOSITION, INK JET RECORDING METHOD, INK JET RECORDING APPARATUS AND RECORDED IMAGE - The invention provides an aqueous liquid composition containing a water-soluble monomer, a photopolymerization initiator and an aqueous medium and further containing a polymer emulsion, wherein the water-soluble monomer is a monomer that has two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds and is curable with an active energy ray. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188041 | DETECTING DEVICE, DETECTOR, AND IMAGING APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A detecting device which detects electromagnetic waves includes an antennal configured to receive electromagnetic waves, and a plurality of semiconductor rectifying devices serially connected to the antenna, and connected in parallel to each other such that the polarity is aligned, so as to receive electromagnetic waves propagated from the antenna, wherein the plurality of semiconductor rectifying devices are each disposed at positions where the phase of electromagnetic waves propagated from the antenna is substantially the same phase. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188076 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image processing apparatus generates an image by adding a plurality of different film-tone image effects to an input image. When the plurality of different film-tone image effects is added to an input image, if the effects include image slurring or blinking, an addition order is determined so that such effects can be added after the other effects. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188087 | REPRODUCING APPARATUS, IMAGE DATA REPRODUCING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A reproducing apparatus, an image data reproducing method, a program, and a storage medium each detects an attitude state of the reproducing apparatus, extracts a part of an area of image data obtained by an image pickup device, and reproduces the part of the area of the extracted image data. According to the detection result, the part of the area of the image data is changed to another part of the area and rotation processing of another part of the area is performed, thereby reproducing the another part of the area which was subjected to the rotation processing. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188092 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An image pickup apparatus comprising: a lens apparatus having: an image pickup optical system including a focus lens unit and a zoom lens unit; a zoom state detector; and a controller; a camera apparatus having: a light receiving unit; and an image display unit; an AF frame operation unit; and a distance measuring unit installed with a parallax with respect to an optical axis of the image pickup optical system, in which the controller is configured to: select, from among measured distances obtained by the distance measuring unit, a measured distance obtained in an angle of field of the AF frame, based on a position of the zoom lens unit detected by the zoom state detector and a position of the AF frame set in the display; and perform the focusing by driving the focus lens unit based on the selected measured distance. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188093 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - This invention enables, for example, reduction of motion blur in a hold-type display device and reduce flicker in an impulse-type display device by a simple process. For this purpose, an LPF filters a frame of input image data (A[i]) to generate low-frequency image data (L). A subtractor and an adder generate high-frequency image data (SH). Another adder adds the low-frequency image data (L) from a delay circuit to subsequent low-frequency image data. A divider halves the sum to generate low-frequency averaged image data (SL). A switch alternately outputs the high-frequency image data (SH) and the low-frequency image data (SL) every time a frame of image data is input. As a result, the apparatus of this invention can generate output image data having a frame rate twice that of the input image data. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188133 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a planar image acquisition unit configured to acquire a planar image of a subject, a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a tomographic image indicating a polarization state of the subject, and a display control unit configured to cause a display unit to display the planar image and the tomographic image indicating the polarization state side by side. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188134 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a polarization-sensitive tomographic image of a subject by using a polarization adjustment member which adjusts a polarization state of a measuring beam, and a display control unit configured to cause a display unit to display the polarization-sensitive tomographic image and a display form indicating a state of the polarization adjustment member. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188135 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a polarization-sensitive tomographic image of a subject, and an extraction unit configured to extract, from the polarization-sensitive tomographic image of the subject, a region in which a polarization state is scrambled. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188136 | IMAGING APPARATUS - An imaging apparatus includes a planar image acquisition unit configured to acquire a planar image of a subject, a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a tomographic image of the subject, and a polarization adjustment member disposed in a common optical path of a portion of an optical system in the planar image acquisition unit and a portion of an optical system in the tomographic image acquisition unit and configured to adjust polarization states of a measuring beam for the planar image and a measuring beam for the tomographic image. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188137 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An imaging apparatus includes a polarization adjustment member configured to adjust a polarization state of a measuring beam, a planar image acquisition unit configured to acquire, in a case where the polarization adjustment member is removed from an optical path of the measuring beam, a planar image of a subject, and a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire, in a case where the polarization adjustment member is inserted in the optical path of the measuring beam, a tomographic image of the subject. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188138 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a fundus image acquisition unit configured to acquire a fundus image of an eye, a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a polarization-sensitive tomographic image of the eye, and a display control unit configured to cause a display unit to display, superimposed on a position in the fundus image which corresponds to a discontinuous portion in a predetermined layer of the eye shown in the polarization-sensitive tomographic image, a display form indicating the discontinuous portion. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188139 | IMAGING APPARATUS, IMAGING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An imaging apparatus includes a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a tomographic image indicating a polarization state of a subject based on beams of different polarizations obtained by splitting a beam into which a return beam from the subject irradiated with a measuring beam and a reference beam corresponding to the measuring beam have been combined, and a control unit configured to control an optical path length difference between the return beam and the reference beam according to positional information of a predetermined region in the tomographic image indicating the polarization state of the subject. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188141 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - To ensure display of a region of interest on a fundus image and a tomographic image of an eye to be inspected in a correspondence manner, an apparatus for processing images of an eye to be inspected includes: a unit that acquires a fundus image of an eye to be inspected; a unit that designates an arbitrary point on the fundus image; a unit that acquires a tomographic image of the eye to be inspected; a unit that calculates a point on the tomographic image corresponding to the arbitrary point; and a unit that converts a coordinate system for displaying the tomographic image and the fundus image in association with each other on the basis of positions of the arbitrary point and the corresponding point. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188142 | MEDICAL IMAGING APPARATUS - A medical imaging apparatus includes an imaging unit configured to capture an image of a subject, an imaging sequence registration unit configured to register an imaging sequence, and a display unit configured to display the imaging sequence registered by the imaging sequence registration unit. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188144 | CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - A control apparatus includes an irradiation unit configured to irradiate a measurement object with a measuring beam, a restriction unit configured to restrict the measuring beam from being incident on the measurement object and to reflect or scatter the measuring beam, and a polarization control unit configured to control, based on the measuring beam reflected or scattered by the restriction unit, polarization of the measuring beam. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188165 | LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A lithography apparatus includes: a rotation mechanism configured to rotate a substrate; a first measurement device configured to measure a position of an alignment mark formed on the substrate in a first direction with a first precision; a second measurement device configured to measure a position of an alignment mark formed on the substrate in a second direction with a second precision higher than the first precision; and a controller configured to control the rotation mechanism so that a direction, in which the substrate requires an overlay precision higher than another direction, is aligned with the second direction. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188198 | ASPHERIC FACE FORM MEASURING METHOD, FORM MEASURING PROGRAM, AND FORM MEASURING APPARATUS - An aspheric face form measuring method calculates phase information of interference light from light intensity of a fringe pattern image obtained by detecting interference light that is formed by measurement light and reference light reflected off a subject aspheric face being overlaid. The method changes a relative distance between an optical system and the subject aspheric face and transitions a position of a null region. The method performs calculation of form data for a vertical incident region where measurement light is vertically incident to the subject aspheric face, using phase information and a scanning amount. The method performs calculations of form data, of the null regions, a non-vertical incident region that is outside of the vertical incident region. The method also composites a plurality of partial form data of the subject aspheric face previously calculated, using each of a plurality of the phase information and scanning amounts. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188203 | NETWORK SYSTEM, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROLLING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A PROGRAM - The storage unit stores first ability information indicating an image processing ability of each of the plurality of image reading apparatuses and second ability information indicating an image processing ability of the image processing apparatus. The accepted job is instructed to execute by any one of the plurality of image reading apparatuses and specifies at least image processing. The selecting is performed on either an image reading apparatus instructing to execute the job or the image processing apparatus based on the first ability information and the second ability information. When the image reading apparatus is selected, the image reading apparatus is controlled to execute the image processing specified in the job. When the image processing apparatus is selected, the image processing apparatus is controlled to execute the image processing specified in the job on data read by the image reading apparatus. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188216 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - When an error occurs in communication between an access point and an image processing apparatus, it is determined whether a setting of the access point has been changed. When an error occurs in communication between the access point and the image processing apparatus, the error is notified to a user. If it is determined that the setting of the access point has been changed, resetting of a wireless LAN by a user is awaited, and then, connection between the access point and the image processing apparatus is started. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188221 | PRINT SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING DEVICE, INTERMEDIATE PROCESSING DEVICE, WEB SERVICE PROVISION DEVICE, METHOD OF CONTROLLING PRINT SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming device provided in a print system displays a shared use request screen operated by a user other than a manager of the image forming device, and for a request shared use of the image forming device. The external print service provided in the print system receives the shared use request of the image forming device by the user through the shared use request screen, and generates a setting screen for setting by the manager of whether or not to approve the received shared use request of the image forming device. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188223 | SERVER, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - An apparatus and method for printing files sent from a portable terminal includes receiving mail with at least one attached file from a portable terminal, associating the at least one received file with a print ID, and sending mail including the print ID to the portable terminal. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188230 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image reading apparatus includes a sheet feeding unit configured to sequentially feed documents loaded on a document positioning plate, a reading sensor configured to read a document of the plurality of documents fed by the sheet feeding unit, an acquisition unit to acquire an interval of the document between a trailing edge of a preceding document and a leading edge of a next document conveyed through the conveyance path, and a reading unit to execute a first reading mode using the reading sensor to read the document conveyed at a first conveyance speed, and a second reading mode using the reading sensor to read the document conveyed at a second conveyance speed that is lower than the first conveyance speed, wherein the reading unit executes the second reading mode after the first reading mode when the interval of the document is less than a predetermined interval. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188236 | LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROL APPARATUS - An arm member is capable of moving to a first position, a second position, a third position, and a fourth position, in order, by driving a stepping motor in one direction. A shutter blade is in a closed state and a light quantity adjustment blade is in an insertion state when the arm member is at the first position, the shutter blade is in an open state and the light quantity adjustment blade is in the insertion state when the arm member is at the second position, the shutter blade is in the open state and the light quantity adjustment blade is in the evacuation state when the arm member is at the third position, and the shutter blade is in the closed state and the light quantity adjustment blade is in the evacuation state when the arm member is at the fourth position. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188523 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a unit configured to operate as a providing apparatus for providing a communication parameter to another communication apparatus, a unit configured to operate as a reception apparatus for receiving a communication parameter provided from another communication apparatus, a determination unit configured to determine a role to perform based on predetermined processing for determining whether the communication apparatus operates as the providing apparatus or the reception apparatus by communication with another communication apparatus, and an execution unit configured to execute the predetermined processing again in a case where communication for sharing the communication parameter with another communication apparatus is not started after the determination unit determines that the communication apparatus operates as either the providing apparatus or the reception apparatus. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188774 | RADIATION TARGET AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME - Provided are a radiation emission target and a radiation generating apparatus that reduce the variation in the output due to operation and temperature history by maintaining stable adhesion of the layered radiation target and achieve stable radiation emission characteristics. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188781 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS - An X-ray imaging apparatus comprises an X-ray generation unit; a plurality of supporting members configured to support the X-ray generation unit; and an accommodation unit configured to accommodate the X-ray generation unit and the plurality of supporting members, wherein the accommodation unit is formed by bringing a first member and a second member into contact with each other, each of the plurality of supporting members is connected to the first member by a first connecting portion that is rotatable and to the X-ray generation unit by a second connecting portion that is rotatable, and a support height of the X-ray generation unit supported by the supporting members can be adjusted in accordance with a distance between the first member and the second member. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188829 | ANALYSIS APPARATUS, ANALYSIS METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An analysis apparatus analyzes an image and performs counting of the number of object passages. The analysis apparatus executes the counting and outputs the execution status of the counting. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188831 | POSITIONING INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - There is provided an information processing apparatus. An obtaining unit obtains positioning information from information associated with an image file. The positioning information includes positioning method information that indicates a positioning method and position information that indicates a position determined by the positioning method. A changing unit changes the position indicated by the position information. A determining unit determines whether or not an amount of change made by the changing unit is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold. An updating unit updates the positioning method information associated with the image file, when it was determined that the amount of change is greater than or equal to the predetermined threshold. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188851 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In an information processing apparatus according to this invention, an ROI acquisition unit acquires a position of an ROI in an object. A position/orientation acquisition unit acquires a position and orientation of a tomographic image acquired by an ultrasonic probe. A processing-target region acquisition unit acquires a processing-target region defined based on the position of the ROI. A calculation unit calculates a cross area between the processing-target region and the tomographic image based on the position and orientation of the tomographic image. A display control unit displays the tomographic image and an outline image indicating an approximate outline of a portion to be examined, and also displays information indicating the cross region on the outline image. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188853 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus includes a planar image acquisition unit configured to acquire a planar image of a subject, a tomographic image acquisition unit configured to acquire a tomographic image indicating a polarization state of the subject based on beams of different polarizations obtained by splitting a beam into which a return beam from the subject irradiated with a measuring beam and a reference beam corresponding to the measuring beam have been combined, and a display control unit configured to cause, in a case where a designation unit designates a portion of the tomographic image indicating the polarization state displayed on a display unit, position information indicating a position corresponding to the portion designated by the designation unit to be displayed on the planar image displayed on the display unit. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188920 | RECORDING APPARATUS - The present invention is directed to a recording apparatus and method for setting, when moving images are recorded on a plurality of recording media, whether to independently record additional information on each of the recording media. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188942 | IMAGE TAKING SYSTEM AND OPERATING APPARATUS - An image taking system including: a lens apparatus; a first and a second operating apparatus, the first and the second operating apparatus configured to output a command information for an optical member movable in the lens apparatus, and the lens apparatus includes: a driving unit for the optical member; and a lens controller for driving the optical member based on a command from the first and the second operating apparatus, wherein the first operating apparatus includes: an operating unit; and a demand controller for outputting, to the lens controller, an information for driving the optical member, and wherein the demand controller outputs a position command information for the optical member to the lens controller when the operating unit being operated, and outputs other information for the optical member to the lens controller when the operating unit not being operated. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188974 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus performs first control, while rotating an image bearing member at a first speed during non-image-formation, to apply a plurality of alternating-current voltages differing in peak-to-peak voltage to a charging device and to detect the value of each alternating current flowing through the image bearing member. When rotating the image bearing member at a second speed during image formation, the image forming apparatus performs second control, while rotating the image bearing member at the second sped before the start of image formation, to apply an alternating-current voltage determined based on the first control to the charging device. In the second control, the image forming apparatus detects the value of the alternating current flowing through the image bearing member, and determines a peak-to-peak voltage of the alternating-current voltage applied to the charging device at the time of image formation based on the detected alternating current value. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188975 | Image Forming Apparatus With Sheet Transport Control Timing Changed According To Length Of Transported Sheet - An image forming apparatus has an image bearing member bearing a toner image, a transfer part transferring the toner image from the image bearing member onto a sheet, a separation/feeding part separating and feeding sheets stacked on a sheet stacking member, and a transport part transporting the sheet fed by the separation/feeding part to the transfer part, in which a transporting operation of the transport part is changed according to a length of the sheet to be transported in a transport direction of the sheet. A control is configured to control so that a timing to decelerate to the transfer speed by the transport part with respect to a start of image formation is changed according to a length of the transported sheet in a transport direction of the sheet. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188978 | IMAGE HEATING APPARATUS - An image heating apparatus, including: a first rotating member configured to heat a toner image on a sheet at a nip portion; a second rotating member configured to form the nip portion cooperatively with the first rotating member; a heat conduction member configured to conduct a heat of the second rotating member in a width direction of the second rotating member in an operating position in which the heat conduction member is in contact with the second rotating member; and a fan configured to blow an air toward a predetermined region of the heat conduction member which is in the operating position. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130188999 | DEVELOPER CARRYING MEMBER, PROCESS FOR ITS PRODUCTION, AND DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY - A developer carrying member is provided the surface layer of which can make a developer stable by controlling its triboelectric charging strongly and which can maintain a high image quality over a long period of time even where a developer made highly spherical-particle or a small-particle developer is used. The developer carrying member has a substrate and a surface layer. The surface layer is a cured product of a resin composition containing a binder resin, conductive particles, a quaternary ammonium salt and an azo metal complex compound, the binder resin has in the molecular structure at least one structure selected from the group consisting of an —NH | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130189010 | CLEANING APPARATUS, PROCESS CARTRIDGE, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - Representative configurations of a cleaning apparatus, a process cartridge and an image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes: a cleaning blade which abuts on a photosensitive drum which bears a toner image, and which removes toner which remains on the photosensitive drum; compression springs which are compressed to pressurize the cleaning blade against the photosensitive drum; and spring attaching portions which regulate phases of compression springs such that positions of the compression springs in a circumferential direction are at predetermined phase positions when the compression springs are attached. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130189011 | CLEANING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A representative configuration of a cleaning device and an image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes: a photosensitive drum which bears a toner image; a cleaning blade which abuts against the photosensitive drum and removes a toner remained in the photosensitive drum; a compression coil spring which is compressed to pressurize the cleaning blade against the photosensitive drum; and a positioning boss which is arranged to face the compression coil spring, with a predetermined gap being provided therebetween, allows a movement in a direction perpendicular to a compression direction of the compression coil spring, and regulates a movement of the compression coil spring such that the compression coil spring is not moved by more than a predetermined amount in the direction perpendicular to the compression direction of the compression coil spring. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130190513 | NOVEL ORGANIC COMPOUND AND ELECTROCHROMIC ELEMENT HAVING THE SAME - An organic compound represented by the following general formula [1] is provided. In the general formula [1], A | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130190593 | IMAGE DIAGNOSIS ASSISTANCE APPARATUS, PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image diagnosis assistance apparatus calculates a first characteristic value based on an image feature of an image that is a diagnosis target, acquires a second characteristic value based on the findings information of the image input by a user via an operation unit, and performs diagnostic inference for a predetermined region of the image based on the first characteristic value, the second characteristic value, and the reliability of inference of the first characteristic value and the second characteristic value. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191387 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM FOR DISPLAYING A TAG ADDED TO A CONTENT FILE - The present invention is directed to improving user operability by identifiably notifying the user of the current collective addition statuses of tags to a plurality of files which are targets of tag addition or tag deletion, when the tags are collectively added or deleted to/from the plurality of files. An information processing apparatus acquires tag information stored in association with a plurality of content files, and selects a part of the plurality of content files. The information processing apparatus then detects whether the acquired tag information is associated with the selected content files, and displays the tag information in a display mode according to a sufficiency rate at which the piece of the tag information is added to the selected content files. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191503 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image processing apparatus includes a reception unit configured to receive a transmission request of information on a directory for managing contents from a display apparatus, a transmission unit configured to transmit a response to the transmission request received by the reception unit, and a notification unit configured to notify the display apparatus of a change in a predetermined directory, thereby causing the display apparatus to transmit a transmission request of information on the predetermined directory again. When a new directory is formed on the same layer as that of the directory for managing the contents as a result of addition of the contents in the storage medium, the notification unit notifies the display apparatus of a change in a directory located on a layer above the directory for managing the contents. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191613 | PROCESSOR CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREFOR - Whether each of a plurality of processor cores is in a suspend state or operation state is detected. The processor utilization of a processor core of interest in the operation state is acquired. The number of processes assigned to the processor core of interest is obtained. The stop control or startup control of a processor core is performed based on the suspend state or operation state, the processor utilization, and the number of processes. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191623 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus capable of booting in a normal boot mode or a special boot mode includes an input unit configured to input a request for booting the information processing apparatus in the special boot mode in booting the information processing apparatus, and a control unit configured to control the information processing apparatus to be booted in the normal boot mode if the input unit has not input the request, and to control the information processing apparatus to be booted in the special boot mode if the input unit has input the request, wherein, in a case where the information processing apparatus is booted with a predetermined condition satisfied, the control unit controls the information processing apparatus to be booted in the normal boot mode even if the input unit has input the request. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191782 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus capable of displaying information about a plurality of content data pieces recorded in a recording medium by a display unit includes a first display control unit configured to control the display unit such that information about content data is displayed in an arrangement based on attribute information of the content data, and a second display control unit configured to control the display unit such that information about content data is displayed in an arrangement based on other attribute information, wherein the second display control unit controls the display unit to display information indicating existence of the content data of which information is displayed by the first display control unit and information indicating existence of content data of which information is not displayed by the first control unit in a distinguishable manner. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191783 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus includes a decision unit configured to determine whether the existence of the plurality of content data pieces is to be displayed using individual information corresponding to each piece of the content data or using representative information that combines the content data pieces into one based on the display position of the information indicating existence of each piece of the content data, and a display control unit configured to control a display unit to display the information indicating existence of the content data based on the display position based on a determined result of the decision unit. The display control unit controls the display unit to change a display form of the representative information according to whether at least one of the plurality of content data pieces of which existence is displayed by being combined into the representative information satisfies a predetermined condition. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130191839 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - When a process starts using a resource, management information is stored. Management information includes, in association with one another, process identification information indicating the process, resource identification information indicating the resource to be used by the process, and processor identification information indicating a processor allocated to the process. When waking up the process, a processor that is associated to the process to wake up in the management information is allocated to the process to wake up. | 07-25-2013 |
| 20130192056 | ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCER AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME WHICH SUPPRESSES LOWERING OF SENSITIVITY WHILE A PROTECTIVE LAYER IS FORMED - An electromechanical transducer of the present invention includes a first electrode, a vibrating membrane formed above the first electrode through a gap, a second electrode formed on the vibrating membrane, and an insulating protective layer formed on a surface of the second electrode side. A region where the protective layer is not formed is present on at least part of a surface of the vibrating membrane. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193309 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING EXPOSURE DURING MOTION WITH HIGH SHUTTER SPEED, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image pickup apparatus which is capable of suppressing changes in luminance during motion with high shutter speed while minimizing image degradation. An image pickup device accumulates electric charge corresponding to an amount of light incident thereon. An amplification unit amplifies a signal obtained as a result of accumulating electric charge in the image pickup apparatus. A control unit controls an electric charge accumulation time period in the image pickup device. An adjustment unit adjusts an amplification factor for the amplification unit. In a case where the control unit changes the electric charge accumulation time period while the image pickup device is repeatedly accumulating electric charge, the adjustment unit adjusts an amplification factor in accordance with the amount of change in the electric charge accumulation time period, and after adjustment, the adjustment unit brings the adjusted amplification factor close to an amplification factor before adjustment in steps. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193310 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS AND IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM - A photoelectric conversion apparatus includes a first capacitance and a second capacitance that hold a signal, a switch provided between a signal line and the first capacitance, a capacitance adjustment unit electrically connected to the second capacitance, and a connection unit configured to electrically connect the first capacitance provided to one of signal processing units to the second capacitance provided to another one of the signal processing units. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193334 | IMAGING APPARATUS, X-RAY DETECTOR, AND IMAGING METHOD - An imaging apparatus includes a sensor including a plurality of pixels arranged in a two-dimensional pattern, a sample-hold unit configured to sample and hold a signal obtained from each pixel, and a reading unit configured to perform scanning in such a way as to perform a plurality of non-destructive reading operations for pixels of one row and as to read pixels of the next row, and to subsequently perform scanning in a row direction and a column direction to read the signal having been sampled and held by the sample-hold unit, an A/D conversion unit configured to perform analog/digital conversion processing on the signal read by the reading unit, an averaging processing unit configured to perform averaging processing on the signal converted by the A/D conversion unit, for each pixel, and a digital binning unit configured to perform binning processing using the signal processed by the averaging processing unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193335 | IMAGING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A flat panel sensor control unit reads image data from each region formed by dividing a flat panel. A write access control unit writes the image data read by the flat panel sensor control unit in a frame memory. A read access control unit starts reading the image data from the frame memory in response to that the writing of the image data to the frame memory becomes a predetermined state. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193418 | LIGHT-EMITTING APPARATUS, IMAGE-FORMING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An organic EL element uses the maximum optical interference effect and satisfactorily emits light. The first optical distance L | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193419 | ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT ELEMENT AND DISPLAY APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - An organic electroluminescent element that emits red light includes an organic compound layer provided between a first electrode including a reflective metal film and a second electrode including a translucent metal film. The organic compound layer includes a light-emitting layer. The second electrode is provided on a light extraction side. An optical length L | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193497 | PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION APPARATUS AND IMAGING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A photoelectric conversion apparatus includes: a first semiconductor region forming a part of a photoelectric conversion element; a second semiconductor region stacked on the first semiconductor region, and forming a part of the photoelectric conversion element; a third semiconductor region to which a signal charge transferred from the photoelectric conversion element; a fourth semiconductor region of the first conductivity type having an higher impurity concentration, between the first and third semiconductor region and between the second and third semiconductor regions, closer to a main surface than the first semiconductor region, and connected to the first semiconductor region; a first gate electrode over the fourth semiconductor region, an insulating film on the main surface and between the first gate electrode and the fourth semiconductor region; and a second gate electrode between the third and fourth semiconductor regions, and over the insulating film. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193602 | IMPRINT APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - An imprint apparatus cures an imprint material, while a pattern formed on a mold is kept in contact with the imprint material, thereby transferring the pattern onto the imprint material. The apparatus includes a measurement unit which performs, in parallel, alignment measurement in which a relative position between the mold and a shot region on the substrate, to which the pattern is to be transferred, is measured so as to align the mold and the shot region, and overlay measurement in which a relative position between a first pattern already formed in another shot region on the substrate using the mold, and a second pattern underlying the first patter is measured. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193603 | INSPECTION APPARATUS, LITHOGRAPHY APPARATUS, IMPRINT APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A foreign substance inspection apparatus includes: an irradiation unit configured to irradiate a surface of an object to be inspected with inspection light; a detector configured to detect light scattered by the surface irradiated with the inspection light; a determination unit configured to determine, using data of a surface roughness of the object, and data of a size of the foreign substance, an irradiated region of the inspection light on the surface, that allows light scattered by the foreign substance to be discriminated from light scattered by the object due to the surface roughness of the object; and a controller configured to control the irradiation unit so as to irradiate the irradiated region determined by the determination unit with the inspection light. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193629 | SHEET POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT CARRIES OUT STAPLING PROCESS ON SHEET BUNDLE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A sheet post-processing apparatus which is capable of preventing a stapling position and a folding position from being out of alignment when a stapling process is carried out. A sheet bundle, which is stacked in a housing guide, is stapled by a stapler using a staple at the stapling position. The sheet bundle is folded at a position of the staple after the stapling. After the stapling, the sheet bundle is moved from the stapling position to the folding position. During the movement, the staple is detected using a staple sensor disposed at a predetermined location between the stapling position and the folding position. Based on a moving distance of the sheet bundle before the staple is detected after the stapling process, a position of the sheet bundle with respect to the stapler for stapling on a subsequent sheet bundle is corrected. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193630 | SHEET POST-PROCESSING APPARATUS THAT PERFORMS BUFFER PROCESSING, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet post-processing apparatus for performing post-processing on a sheet having an image formed thereon. A stapling section or a scoring section performs processing on a sheet and a sheet bundle. The upper limit value of a sheet count of sheets processable at a time by the post-processing unit is equal to N (N is an integer). A buffer path performs buffer processing for retaining a conveyed sheet, placing the retained sheet and a sheet following the retained sheet one on the other, and conveying the superimposed sheets as a sheet bundle. A CPU controls the buffer path the stapling section or the scoring section such that when the processing is being performed on the sheet or the sheet bundle, the buffer processing is performed on a following sheet, and that the processing is performed on each sheet bundle having been subjected to the buffer processing. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193633 | SHEET FEEDING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A sheet feeding device includes drawing and conveying a sheet, applying negative pressure for sheet suction via a suction opening, moving a shutter member between a closing position where the suction opening in an upstream side in a sheet feeding direction is partially closed and an open position where the suction opening is opened, and controlling the shutter member to follow a preceding sheet that is drawn onto the suction conveyance member to move to the downstream side in the feeding direction to close the suction opening, and return to an open position at a predetermined timing to draw the sheets onto the suction conveyance member in a state where an upstream edge of the preceding sheet in the feeding direction and a downstream edge of the subsequent sheet in the feeding direction are overlaid by a predetermined amount. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193635 | FEEDING APPARATUS - A feeding apparatus which is capable of increasing the number of stacked sheets without increasing a size of an apparatus is provided. The feeding apparatus includes a stopper member which is in contact with a leading edge of a sheet placed on a sheet stacking plate and blocks the sheet from entering a separation unit, and an actuating member which presses the stopper member in conjunction with a rotation of a holding member, and a movement distance of the actuating member is longer than a movement distance of the holding member. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193638 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS INCLUDING SKEW CORRECTION MECHANISM, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus that can detect a leading edge of a tabbed sheet after skew correction with high accuracy and without increasing a size of the apparatus. A transfer unit transfers a toner image to the sheet, the skew of which having been corrected based on a detection result of a first skew detection unit, while the toner image is controlled to be synchronized with the sheet based on the detection result of the first skew detection unit and a detection result of a second skew detection unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193639 | SKEWED SHEET CORRECTING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A skewed sheet correcting device includes: first and second shutter members which move to a first position in which the first and second shutter members are pushed to be movable by a leading edge of a sheet, a second position which is disposed further downstream of the sheet conveyance direction than the first position to latch the leading edge of the sheet, and a third position which allows the sheet to pass; and a movement regulating member which, when one of the shutter members does not move to the second position, regulates the other shutter member in the second position, and, when both the first and second shutter members move to the second position, allows the first and second shutter members to move to the third position. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193640 | SHEET TRANSPORTING APPARATUS, IMAGE READING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PRINTING APPARATUS - A sheet transporting apparatus, whereby the level of a transporting error for a sheet, such as a document or a printing medium, can be appropriately determined and coped with, and an image reading apparatus and an image printing apparatus equipped with this sheet transporting apparatus, are provided. In the image reading apparatus, in order to transport a sheet of a document, the driving amount per unit time of a transporting roller is compared with a plurality of different threshold values, and the results obtained by comparison are employed to determine whether a transporting error is a service error or an operator error. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193641 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which performs image forming processing on sheets and outputs the sheets to a sheet stacking unit includes an instruction unit configured to issue an instruction for shutting down the image forming apparatus, an acquisition unit configured to acquire a remaining amount of sheets stacked in the sheet stacking unit, and a control unit configured to display, when the instruction unit receives the instruction, a warning indicating a shift to a state in which sheets are not extractable from the sheet stacking unit, based on the remaining amount of sheets acquired by the acquisition unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193756 | POWER SUPPLY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A power supply device includes a power supply unit that wirelessly supplies power, a communication unit that communicates with an electronic device, and a control unit that controls the communication unit to transmit a predetermined data to the electronic device based on whether or not the electronic device is connected to an external device supplying power to the electronic device. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193803 | ULTRASONIC MOTOR AND LENS DRIVING APPARATUS - An ultrasonic motor includes a vibrator configured to generate an elliptical vibration, a driven member configured to be driven by the vibrator, wherein the driven member is driven according to the elliptical vibration of the vibrator, a holding unit configured to hold the vibrator, and a pressure unit configured to press the vibrator against the driven member, wherein the holding unit includes a first holding member configured to hold the vibrator, and a second holding member configured to press the vibrator against the driven member, and wherein the first holding member and the second holding member are relatively movable in a direction perpendicular to a contact surface of the driven member with the vibrator. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130193853 | LIGHT EMITTING SYSTEM, LIGHT EMISSION CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A light emitting system in which a light emission control apparatus wirelessly communicates with at least one controlled light emitting apparatus, the controlled light emitting apparatus comprising a first transmission unit which wirelessly transmits charging state information to the light emission control apparatus, and the light emission control apparatus comprising a receiving unit which receives the charging state information from the controlled light emitting apparatus, an informing unit which informs the image capture apparatus that a charging operation is complete, a second transmission unit which transmits a signal to stop transmitting charging state information, and a third transmission unit which transmits a light emission command to the controlled light emitting apparatus. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194254 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - Appropriate lighting is easily performed corresponding to a virtual subject position. An image processing apparatus according to the present invention includes a surrounding environment three-dimensional shape data generation unit configured to generate surrounding environment three-dimensional shape data from environment map data having two or more viewpoints, and a virtual subject combining unit configured to combine a virtual subject with background image data, by setting the surrounding environment three-dimensional shape data as a light source. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194290 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - In order to effectively accomplish blur restoration in a short time, an image processing apparatus includes a blur restoration unit configured to perform blur restoration processing on image data according to an object distance and a blur restoration distance correction unit configured to correct a blur restoration distance that represents an object distance at which the blur restoration processing is performed by the blur restoration unit. The blur restoration distance correction unit is configured to set an interval of the blur restoration distance according to a difference between a reference object distance and another object distance. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194318 | LIGHT SOURCE APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHODS THEREFOR - A light source device including: a boost-type conversion unit configured to convert an input AC voltage into a DC voltage; a detection unit configured to detect a voltage value of the input AC voltage; and a control unit configured to control the brightness of a light source unit on the basis of an input image signal. The control unit changes the timing of brightness change of the light source unit according to a voltage value detected by the detection unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194325 | PRINTING APPARATUS - Disclosed is a printing apparatus capable of safe high-speed leakage detection and contact detection of a printhead. The leakage detection and contact detection are executed in the apparatus which prints on a printing medium by scanning a removable printhead mounted to a carriage. When the printhead is mounted, connection with a capacitor used in normal printing is disconnected, a lower voltage is applied to drive a printing element and monitor the voltage. If the monitored voltage is not less than a predetermined threshold, occurrence of a poor contact is determined. This is performed for electric contacts one by one. During the operation, a lower voltage is applied at a predetermined timing to drive a printing element and monitor the voltage. If the monitor voltage is not higher than a predetermined threshold, occurrence of current leakage is determined. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194327 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD AND IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS - It is an objective of the present invention to provide an image processing method that can perform an accurate calibration corresponding to an ink receiving characteristic of a printing medium. The present invention obtains information regarding an ink amount that can be applied to a unit area of a printing medium. Then, the present invention determines, based on the information obtained, a combination of a plurality of ink application amounts corresponding to a plurality of first patches for adjusting ink application amounts corresponding to the respective gradation levels of an image to be printed on the printing medium. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194329 | INKJET PRINTING APPARATUS AND INKJET PRINTING METHOD - Provided is a printing method for multi-pass printing with column thinning in which the multi-pass number is not restricted to being a multiple of the column thinning number. A mask pattern of a size corresponding to the number of printing elements in use is prepared, and divided into blocks | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194336 | PRINTING APPARATUS, DRIVING APPARATUS, AND DRIVING METHOD - A printing apparatus according to the present invention comprises a carriage configured to mount a printhead and reciprocate, a driving unit configured to move the carriage, the driving unit including a motor as a driving source, a measurement unit configured to measure a velocity fluctuation of the carriage, a correction unit configured to correct driving of the motor by correction data to reduce a velocity fluctuation of the carriage arising from cogging of the motor, and a setting unit configured to set a parameter which defines a periodic fluctuation manner of the correction data. The setting unit determines a current preferable value of the parameter based on the velocity fluctuation measured by the measurement unit for a current set value of the parameter, and sets a next set value of the parameter from the determined preferable value. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194337 | PRINTING CONTROL DEVICE, PRINTING CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing control device comprising: a receiving unit configured to receive an instruction to perform adjustment of the number of droplets to be ejected from ejection ports of an ejection head on a unit region of a printing medium, the ejection ports corresponding to an energy generation element, the energy generation element using electrical energy to generate energy for ejecting liquid; and a decision control unit configured to decide an amount of the electrical energy to be applied to the energy generation element corresponding to the ejection ports so that each of the ejection ports ejects the droplets; wherein the decision control unit decides whether to decide an amount of the energy in response to the receiving unit's receiving the instruction. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194341 | CONVEYING DEVICE AND PRINTING APPARATUS - Provided are an image scanning device that can prevent a rise in the temperature and overloading or overheating of a conveying motor during continuous conveying of document sheets, and a conveying device that includes the image scanning device. According to the present invention, the temperature of a drive motor and the temperature of the periphery of the drive motor are predicted, and based on the predicted values, the conveying mode is selected. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194342 | LIQUID EJECTION HEAD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME - Provided is a liquid ejection head formed by performing bonding and fixing operations speedily and highly accurately when a recording element board is bonded to a supporting member, the liquid ejection head having a high liquid-landing accuracy and achieving a high printing quality. A method of manufacturing the liquid ejection head is also provided. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194372 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND COLOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS THEREWITH - An optical scanning apparatus that is capable of increasing use life of a semiconductor laser by decreasing the emission time for sensors that are independently provided for synchronous control, light control, and focus control. A laser beam emitted from a light source is deflected by a deflector, and scans a photoconductor. A beam splitter arranged between the light source and the deflector separates the laser beam, which is detected by a first detection unit. A second detection unit arranged in a non-image forming area detects the deflected laser beam to detect defocus amount. A focusing unit focuses the scanning laser beam based on a detection result of the second detection unit. A control unit controls the light amount of the laser beam applied to an image forming area based on a detection result of the first detection unit at the timing when the second detection unit detects the laser beam. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194387 | IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE-PICKUP APPARATUS - The image processing method includes acquiring parallax images produced by image capturing, performing position matching of the parallax images to calculate difference between the parallax images, and deciding, in the difference, an unnecessary image component different from an image component corresponding to the parallax. The method is capable of accurately deciding the unnecessary image component included in a captured image without requiring image capturing multiple times. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194393 | IMAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SAME - An imaging element is configured by arranging a plurality of light receiving elements with respect to each micro lens. A second PD selecting/composing unit has a mode for generating right-eye image data and left-eye image data from the output signal of the imaging element. A phase difference detecting unit detects a phase difference from right-eye image data and left-eye image data. A movement detecting unit detects the movement of an object from right-eye image data or left-eye image data. A CPU calculates an object position based on both the result of phase difference detection and the result of movement detection and drives a focus lens via a driving unit to thereby control focus adjustment. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194433 | IMAGING PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - An imaging processing system includes one or more image capturing apparatuses, a reading unit configured to read biometric information from an authentication object person, a similarity calculation unit configured to calculate similarity based on a result of comparing biometric information read by the reading unit with true biometric information of the authentication object person, an authentication unit configured to perform authentication based on a comparison between the similarity calculated by the similarity calculation unit and a preliminarily set threshold, and a control unit configured to control, if the authentication performed by the authentication unit is successful, imaging processing, which is performed by the image capturing apparatus, based on the similarity calculated by the similarity calculation unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194439 | INFORMATION RECORDING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - According to an embodiment, there is provided an information recording apparatus, such as a digital camera, arranged to record information on a detachably mountable storage medium, such as for example to record video data on the storage medium. In one version of the apparatus, when a connection of an AC adapter is cancelled, the storage medium is detected by a storage medium detection unit, and in a case where the storage medium is not mounted to the mounting unit, a warning is issued, for example in an audio output unit or a display unit. Accordingly, the user can find out that the storage medium is not mounted before the digital camera has been brought outside for use. Thus, it may be possible to prevent a failure in which the user first realizes that they forgot to mount the storage medium only when they are already away from home. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194440 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication apparatus sets one authentication ID for connecting to a network based on user input, changes the set authentication ID to authentication IDs different from each other with respect to each of a plurality of states for communicating with at least any one of an imaging device and a light emission device in a network to execute a predetermined photographing processing, and communicates with at least any one of the imaging device and the light emission device using the changed authentication IDs with respect to each of a plurality of states to execute the predetermined photographing processing. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194444 | IMAGE CAPTURE CONTROL APPARATUS, METHOD OF LIMITING CONTROL RANGE OF IMAGE CAPTURE DIRECTION, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image capture control apparatus for controlling the image capture direction of an image capture unit limits the control range of the image capture direction to part of a range where the image capture direction is changeable, and generates, based on the output of the image capture unit, an image having an aspect ratio selected from a plurality of aspect ratios. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194447 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus including an image sensing unit performs scene determination processing of determining a photographic scene based on an image being captured by the image sensing unit. Upon receiving a help designation to display a help screen, the electronic apparatus displays a description concerning the determined photographic scene as the help screen. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194465 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - A zoom lens includes a first lens unit having positive refractive power, a second lens unit having negative refractive power, a third lens unit having positive refractive power, and a fourth lens unit having positive refractive power. During zooming from a wide-angle end to a telephoto end, each lens unit moves so that a distance between the first lens unit and the second lens unit increases, and a distance between the second lens unit and the third lens unit decreases. Each of the first lens unit, the second lens unit, and the third lens unit consists of a single positive lens and a single negative lens, and the fourth lens unit consists of a single positive lens. Focal lengths of the entire zoom lens at the wide-angle end and the telephoto end and focal lengths of the first lens unit and the second lens unit are appropriately set. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194467 | ZOOM LENS WITH HIGH OPTICAL PERFORMANCE AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A zoom lens comprises a first lens unit having a positive refractive power, a second lens unit having a negative refractive power, and a rear group including at least two lens units and having a positive refractive power as a whole, in order from an object side to an image side. An interval of each of the lens units changes in a zoom operation, the rear group includes a lens unit R having a positive refractive power at the most image side, the lens unit R includes a lens having a concave surface at the image side and having an aspherical surface shape where a negative refractive power becomes stronger with increasing distance from an optical axis, and focal lengths f | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194468 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - A solid-state imaging apparatus wherein an FD capacitor value is variable without increasing the number of elements. There is provided a solid-state imaging apparatus including a plurality of photoelectric conversion elements arranged in a horizontal direction and a vertical direction, for generating an electric charge by photoelectric conversion; a plurality of transfer transistors each connected to each of the photoelectric conversion elements, for transferring the electric charge generated by the plurality of photoelectric conversion elements; a plurality of floating diffusion regions for holding the electric charge transferred by the transfer transistors; a plurality of amplifiers each connected to each of the floating diffusion regions, for amplifying a signal based on the electric charge in the plurality of floating diffusion regions; and a connecting unit for connecting and disconnecting between the plurality of floating diffusion regions. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194469 | IMAGE-TAKING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image-taking apparatus changes a switching threshold value for switching between a color mode and a monochrome mode according to a maximum gain value set by a maximum gain setting unit so that switching between the color and monochrome modes can be optimally performed regardless of setting of the maximum gain value. The image-taking apparatus includes a threshold value correction unit configured to correct the switching threshold value according to the maximum gain value. The threshold value correction unit sets the switching threshold value with the maximum gain value set larger than an initial value to be smaller than the switching threshold value with the maximum gain value set smaller than the initial value. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194470 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS - Provided is a solid-state imaging apparatus that is capable of preventing a harmful influence due to noise generated in a control line. The solid-state imaging apparatus includes: a plurality of pixels each including a photoelectric conversion unit for photoelectric converting to generate a signal; control lines for supplying control signals for driving the pixels; driving buffers for driving the control lines; and switching units for switching between a first path for supplying power source voltages from power source circuits to power source terminals of the driving buffers and a second path for supplying power source voltages from capacitors to the power source terminals of the driving buffers. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194473 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE SAME - In a solid-state image pickup apparatus, a first insulating film continuously extends over at least part of a photoelectric conversion element and at least part of a gate electrode and further protrudes into a region above part of a floating diffusion region. A second insulating film is disposed above the first insulating film. The first insulating film has a higher dielectric constant than the second insulating film. An end of a part of the first insulating film protruding beyond an end of the gate electrode into the region above the floating diffusion region is located at a distance of 0.25 μm or less from an end, on a side of the floating diffusion region, of the gate electrode. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194474 | SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, IMAGE PICKUP SYSTEM, AND DRIVING METHOD OF THE SOLID-STATE IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An apparatus includes a pixel array in which pixels for outputting an analog signal are arranged in a matrix, vertical output lines each of which is connected to pixels in a same column, A/D conversion units, which are individually connected to the vertical output lines, for converting the analog signal into a digital signal, and a constant current supply unit for supplying a constant current to the A/D conversion units. Each of the A/D conversion units includes an integration unit for integrating the constant current, a comparison unit for comparing the integrated constant current with the analog signal and outputting a comparison signal, and a digital signal storage unit for storing a digital signal corresponding to the comparison signal. The integration unit includes an input capacitor for receiving the constant current. The comparison unit is connected to the constant current supply unit via the input capacitor. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194476 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, IMAGE SENSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus includes a first operation unit and second operation unit, and performs the first function in accordance with an operation to the first operation unit and an operation to the second operation unit. When an instruction to perform the first function is accepted from an operation to the first operation unit, the electronic apparatus displays first operational display items for accepting, from an operation to the first operation unit, an instruction to perform the second function different from the first function. When an instruction to perform the first function is accepted from an operation to the second operation unit, the electronic apparatus displays second operational display items for accepting, from an operation to the second operation unit, an instruction to perform the second function. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194477 | LIGHT EMITTING APPARATUS, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, DISPLAY APPARATUS, AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - A light emitting apparatus having organic EL elements is provided. The first optical length L | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194484 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side: a first lens unit having positive refractive power, which does not move for zooming, the first lens unit including a lens unit which moves for focusing; a second lens unit having negative refractive power for magnification variation; a third lens unit having negative refractive power, which moves for zooming; a fourth lens unit having positive refractive power, which moves for zooming; and a fifth lens unit having positive refractive power, which does not move for zooming, in which an interval between the fourth lens unit and the fifth lens unit becomes largest at a telephoto end, and lateral magnifications β2w and β2t of the second lens unit at a wide-angle end and at the telephoto end are respectively set appropriately. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194485 | IMAGING APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - An imaging apparatus includes an autofocus function, and performs focus adjustment by displacing a focus lens to an in-focus opposition. A focal correction calculation unit calculates a focal correction amount using at least one type of information selected from the diaphragm information used for exposure adjustment, positional information for the zoom lens, and positional information for the focus lens. The focal correction amount is further revised, and processing is executed to suppress coloring on the subject image resulting from chromatic aberration. The correction amount after revision is sent to a focal adjustment unit and the focal lens is driven and controlled by the lens control unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194487 | IMAGE PICKUP OPTICAL SYSTEM AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - An image pickup optical system includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit that does not move for focusing and has a positive optical power, a second lens unit that moves during focusing, an aperture diaphragm, and a third lens unit that does not move for focusing. The image pickup optical system includes a diffractive optical element, and an optical element NLF made of a solid material on the object side of an intersection between a paraxial chief ray and an optical axis. The predetermined conditional expressions are satisfied. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194498 | DISPLAY APPARATUS - A display apparatus includes a first determiner configured to determine a terminal into which a video signal inputs and to determine a terminal into which a synchronizing signal type inputs, a frequency measuring unit, a switch configured to connect one of first and second input terminals to the frequency measuring unit, and a second determiner configured to determine a video signal type input into the input terminal which is connected by the switch to the frequency measuring unit on the basis of a determination result of the synchronizing signal type in the first determiner and a measurement result of the frequency in the frequency measuring unit and to determine a video signal type input into the input terminal which is not connected by the switch to the frequency measuring unit on the basis of the determination result of the synchronizing signal type in the first determiner. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194543 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, OPHTHALMOLOGIC APPARATUS, OPHTHALMOLOGIC APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, OPHTHALMOLOGIC SYSTEM, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus comprises: a fundus image obtaining unit configured to obtain a fundus image of an eye to be examined; a detection unit configured to detect positions of an optic papilla and macular region of the eye to be examined from the fundus image; and an obtaining position determination unit configured to determine, as an obtaining position where a tomographic image of the optic papilla of the eye to be examined is obtained, a position crossing a line passing through the position of the optic papilla and the position of the macular region. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194544 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes: an obtaining unit configured to obtain a tomographic image of an eye to be examined; an analysis unit configured to execute analysis required to obtain information indicating a degree of curvature of a retina from the tomographic image of the eye to be examined according to an imaging mode upon capturing an image of the eye to be examined; and a display control unit configured to display three-dimensional shape data of a retinal layer generated to obtain the information on a display device. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194545 | OPHTHALMIC APPARATUS, OPHTHALMIC APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An ophthalmic apparatus comprises: an image obtaining unit configured to obtain a fundus image of an eye to be examined; an information obtaining unit configured to obtain, from the fundus image, information about the eye to be examined; a fixation target display unit configured to display a fixation target pattern; and a change unit configured to change, in accordance with the information about the eye to be examined, the fixation target pattern displayed by the fixation target display unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194546 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Although a lamina cribrosa is deformed in glaucoma, in a method in a related art, a thickness of retinal layer or choroid is measured and a deformation of the lamina cribrosa is not detected. When glaucoma is diagnosed, it is desirable to analyze a shape of the lamina cribrosa and present its analysis result at a high visibility. An image processing apparatus is provided that comprises: an image obtaining unit that obtains a tomographic image of a subject's eye; an extracting unit that extracts a lamina cribrosa from the tomographic image; and a display control unit that controls a display means to display a display form showing a shape of the extracted lamina cribrosa. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194582 | MULTIWAVELENGTH INTERFEROMETER - A multiwavelength interferometer ( | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194590 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF THE IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An image forming apparatus that forms an image based on image data generated by executing an image process includes a first determination unit configured to determine whether a predetermined process causing a delay in the image process being executed has occurred, a second determination unit configured to determine whether a condition for an adjustment unit to perform an adjustment for maintaining the image formation has been satisfied based on condition information indicating the condition, and an instructing unit configured, in a case where the first determination unit determines that the predetermined process causing a delay in the image process being executed has occurred and the second determination unit determines that the condition has been satisfied, to instruct the adjustment unit to perform the adjustment. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194593 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - This invention generates a high-quality image by controlling the superimposition relationship between dots to be printed in multi-pass printing by a printhead including a plurality of printing elements. When a yellow dot is printed after printing a cyan dot in one scan in multi-pass printing, image data serving as a processing target is generated as follows. In cyan and yellow halftone image data for each scan, halftone image data having dots at a common pixel are set to correspond to a scan in which yellow dot data precedes cyan dot data. A yellow dot is printed as a layer lower than a cyan dot. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194599 | READING APPARATUS - A reading apparatus includes an auto document feeder configured to be openable and closable around a hinge with respect to a unit including an image sensor. The auto document feeder includes a roller configured to move a document relative to the image sensor, a motor, a gear train configured to transmit a rotation of a rotational shaft of the motor to the roller, and an encoder unit configured to detect rotation information of the motor, and including a sensor and a code wheel. An orientation of the rotational shaft is substantially parallel to a rotational axis of the hinge, and the gear train is arrayed in a direction of an extension of the rotational shaft. A gear that is a part of the gear train is attached to one end of the rotational shaft, and the code wheel is attached to the other end thereof. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194600 | READING APPARATUS AND READING CONTROL METHOD - A reading apparatus includes an image sensor, a movement mechanism including a motor that relatively moves between a document and the image sensor, an encoder that detects information about the relative movement, and a control unit that controls driving of the motor and reading by the image sensor based on the detection by the encoder, wherein when a read-suspension event occurs during the reading, the control unit performs control such that the reading is continued while decelerating the motor, a relative position of a last read pixel with respect to a read position by the image sensor is monitored based on the detection by the encoder, and the driving of the motor is stopped when the read position is determined to reach a stop position set within the last read pixel, and the motor is driven again to resume the reading with a pixel next to the last read pixel. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194601 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Depending on the environment of an operating system, it may be difficult to set print setting information desired by a user, resulting in a decrease in operability for the user. A printer driver activates software that operates in a desktop UI environment, by an additional process which is different from print processing when printing is performed. Accordingly, a print setting screen that can set the print setting information desired by the user is displayed. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194609 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A printing apparatus, and a control method thereof, stores received print data into a first memory and prints the print data stored in the first memory. The printing apparatus and method, in a case where the print data is job data for which authentication is necessary before printing, store the print data stored in the first memory into a second memory and, and delete the print data stored in the first memory after the print data has been printed, and in a case where the print data is not job data for which authentication is necessary before printing, retain the print data stored in the first memory even after the printing. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194610 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In an environment under which there are mixedly an output destination that requires authentication for extracting a printed product and an output destination that does not require the authentication for extracting the printed product, a printed product is subjected to post-processing. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194626 | NETWORK PRINTING SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT SERVER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A system in which a terminal instructs printing via a management server, wherein the management server comprises: a unit which manages location information and function information of each of a plurality of image forming apparatuses included in the network printing system; a unit which receives, from the terminal, printing conditions and location information of the terminal; a unit which selects an image forming apparatus to execute printing from the plurality of image forming apparatuses in accordance with the received printing conditions and location information of the terminal; a unit which generates a map based on the location information of the terminal and the location information of the image forming apparatus to display a positional relationship between the terminal and the selected image forming apparatus; and a unit which sends the generated map to the terminal. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194629 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING MAINTENANCE ON AN IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus configured to display a maintenance item for a user to do maintenance includes an input unit configured to input code information for specifying a plurality of maintenance items to be displayed by the image forming apparatus, a specifying unit configured to specify the plurality of maintenance items to be displayed by the image forming apparatus out of all the maintenance items based on the code information input by the input unit, a generation unit configured to generate a screen for displaying the plurality of maintenance items specified by the specifying unit on the same screen, and a display unit configured to display the screen generated by the generation unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194630 | MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD - An image forming apparatus receives at least one setting file including a first item for specifying an application and a second item for specifying an operation target setting content from a server apparatus. If a value specifying an application is set in the first item included in the received setting file, the image forming apparatus operates a setting value of the application according to a value set in the second item included in the received setting file. If a predetermined value defined for operating a setting value of the image forming apparatus is set in the first item included in the received setting file, the image forming apparatus operates the setting value of the image forming apparatus by using a value set in the second item included in the received setting file. The image forming apparatus transmits an operation result to the server apparatus. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194679 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit having negative refractive power, a second lens unit having positive refractive power, and a third lens unit having positive refractive power. A distance between every adjacent ones of the first to third lens units varies during zooming. The second lens unit includes, in order from the object side to the image side, a positive lens and a cemented lens in which a positive lens and a negative lens are cemented. A focal length (f2) of the second lens unit, a focal length (fT) of the entire zoom lens at a telephoto end, and an average refractive index (Npave) of materials of the positive lenses included in the entire zoom lens are appropriately set. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130194841 | POWER SUPPLY APPARATUS AND PRINTING APPARATUS - This invention is directed to a power supply apparatus and a printing apparatus, which have a function of easily relaxing an output voltage rise caused by an abrupt decrease in load current by a simple arrangement. In an embodiment of the invention, a dummy load is connected to some of power supply circuits included in the power supply apparatus. When an input voltage from a DC power supply falls below a predetermined threshold value, a power supply from the power supply circuit to an integrated circuit to which an electric power is supplied is stopped in synchronism with a reset signal output to the integrated circuit. At this time, an electric power from the power supply circuit is partially supplied to the dummy load, thereby relaxing an abrupt variation of the output voltage. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195090 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a sharing unit configured to share a communication parameter for wireless communication with another communication apparatus with the another communication apparatus, a connection unit configured to connect to the another communication apparatus using the communication parameter shared by the sharing unit, a communication unit configured to, after connection with the another apparatus by the connection unit, communicate with the another communication apparatus by utilizing a predetermined function, and a control unit configured to control the communication parameter shared by the sharing unit according to a result of communication by the communication unit utilizing the predetermined function. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195135 | SURFACE EMITTING LASER - A surface emitting laser having a mesa structure includes an off-orientation substrate, a bottom reflection mirror, an active layer, a current confinement layer, a top reflection mirror, and a surface-relief structure. The central axis of a high-reflectivity region of the surface-relief structure and the central axis of the mesa structure do not coincide with each other. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195170 | DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data transmission apparatus includes: a coding unit configured to code moving image data for each frame of the moving image data using an intra-frame coding method and an inter-frame coding method; an acquisition unit configured to acquire a set time that sets an upper limit of a time from a start of coding processing of a first frame using the intra-frame coding method to a start of coding processing of a second frame using the intra-frame coding method; and a decision unit configured to decide, based on at least a length of the set time, whether to code, using the intra-frame coding method, a third frame that undergoes coding processing during a time from the start of the coding processing of the first frame to an elapse of the set time. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195246 | TARGET STRUCTURE AND RADIATION GENERATING APPARATUS - A radiation-transmissive type target structure includes a target layer formed on a substrate. The target layer has a thickness equal to or less than 20 μm, and is configured to generate radiation in response to irradiation of electrons. A surface of the target layer is formed with projecting portions and depressed portions, the depressed portions have a depth of at least half the thickness of the target layer. Advantageously, separation of the target layer at an interface between the substrate and the target layer is substantially prevented. A radiation generating apparatus and a radiography system equipped with the target structure are also disclosed. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195251 | X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An X-ray imaging apparatus comprises: a wireless communication unit configured to communicate with a control apparatus; a measurement unit configured to measure first and second wireless parameters representing a wireless communication environment; a movement stop detection unit configured to detect a movement stop of the X-ray imaging apparatus based on a temporal variation in the first wireless parameter; a wireless environment determination unit configured to determine one of stability and instability of the wireless communication environment based on a temporal variation in the second wireless parameter; and an output unit configured to output, to the control apparatus, a signal to prohibit an X-ray generation apparatus connected to the control apparatus from performing exposure based on a detection result of the movement stop detection unit and a determination result of the wireless environment determination unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195327 | NOISE REDUCTION PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A BIOLOGICAL TISSUE IMAGE - Noise reduction processing for measured spectrum data is performed without any information loss due to discrete data characteristics of the measured spectrum data. Optical spectra in one or more cross-sections are measured through use of a signal correlated with a substance distributed in a biological tissue, and a biological tissue image having reduced noise is reconstructed from the spectra. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195328 | METHOD OF RECONSTRUCTING A BIOLOGICAL TISSUE IMAGE, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING A BIOLOGICAL TISSUE IMAGE - Provided are a method of reconstructing a biological tissue image, and a method and apparatus for acquiring a biological tissue image, which allow a biological tissue to be identified with higher accuracy than ever before. The reconstruction of the biological tissue image is performed by measuring spectra having a two-dimensional distribution correlated with a biological tissue section, and acquiring a biological tissue image from the two-dimensional measured spectra through utilization of the measured spectra and an classifier. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195339 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGING SYSTEM, AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - An image processing apparatus comprises a selection unit configured to select at least a first region of interest from regions of interest set in an imaging target, an image obtainment unit configured to obtain a first image representing the imaging target, and a second image from an imaging apparatus that images at least part of the imaging target, an information obtainment unit configured to obtain information of an existence range, and a display control unit configured to add, to the first image, displays representing positions of set regions of interest, and when the second image contains the existence range of the selected region of interest, display the existence range of the selected region of interest on the second image, and when the second image contains the existence range of an unselected region of interest, hide the existence range information. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195340 | IMAGE PROCESSING SYSTEM, PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing system includes: an analysis unit configured to obtain information indicating a degree of curvature of a retina from a tomographic image of an eye to be examined; and an obtaining unit configured to obtain a category of the eye to be examined based on an analysis result. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195357 | IMAGE PROCESSING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD - Included are determining a position of a pixel serving as an extraction subject by using first image data photographed under a first light source; determining an extraction range corresponding to the determined position, by using a color value of the pixel at the determined position and a color value of a pixel at a peripheral position around the determined position in the first image data; calculating a first representative color value from the first image data and a second representative color value from second image data photographed under a second light source, on the basis of the position of the pixel serving as the extraction subject and the extraction range; and generating a color correction condition for converting a color value depending on the first light source into a color value depending on the second light source. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195379 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - An image processing apparatus generates an image appended with additional effective pixels by executing appending processing for appending additional effective pixels by extending input image data in a scanning direction using pixels at terminal ends of the input image data in the scanning direction. The image processing apparatus generates image data of a second hierarchy obtained by reducing the input image data by applying filtering to the generated image appended with the additional effective pixels, and generates image data of a third hierarchy by applying filtering to the image data of the second hierarchy. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195438 | LENS BARREL HAVING SHUTTER FLEXIBLE CIRCUIT BOARD AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - A lens barrel capable of improving the workability in assembling a shutter flexible circuit board and capable of preventing a force that acts to press the shutter flexible circuit board into inside the lens barrel from being applied to the shutter flexible circuit board at the time of assemblage. The lens barrel has a fixed barrel having a notch portion formed thereon through which a coupling portion of the shutter flexible circuit board is inserted and having a fixed shaft formed thereon to project outward in a diametrical direction and to be fitted into a hole of the coupling portion. The lens barrel has a support member formed with a movement preventing portion that prevents the coupling portion whose hole is fitted with the fixed shaft from moving outward in a diametrical direction of the fixed barrel. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195473 | PRINTING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR PRINTING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A printing apparatus is capable of controlling an anti-jam mode for two-sided printing to an optimal level according to each printing. A method for controlling a printing apparatus configured to print an image on a sheet includes fixing the image on the sheet at a first fixing temperature by a fixing unit, determining whether a sheet jam caused by the fixing unit has occurred, and controlling a temperature of the fixing unit such that the temperature is reduced from the first fixing temperature to a second fixing temperature lower than the first fixing temperature, when the sheet jam caused by the fixing unit is determined to have occurred. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195475 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a photosensitive drum; a charging rotatable member for charging the drum by applying a voltage comprising a DC voltage component and an AC voltage component; a current detector for detecting a current flowing when a predetermined inspecting voltage is applied to the charging rotatable member; a storing portion for storing information corresponding to a reference current; a supplying portion for supplying a signal for notifying information corresponding to a lifetime of the drum on the basis of information stored in the storing portion and an output of the current detector; and a renewing portion for renewing information stored in the storing portion in accordance with the output of the current detector. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195485 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes a rotatable belt; a cleaning blade contacted to the belt; image forming stations including a first station and a second station for forming first and second adjustment toner images, respectively, on the belt, the second station being disposed downstreammost position, and the first station being disposed upstream of the second station and downstream of the cleaning blade with respect to a rotational direction of the belt; a detector for detecting the first image and the second image, at a position opposing the belt; a changing portion for changing image forming conditions of the stations on the basis of a result of detection of the detector, a controller for controlling the stations such that in a region between adjacent ones of the same images in a continuous image formations, the second image reaches the blade before the first image reaches the blade. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195486 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: an image bearing member; an image forming portion; an intermediary transfer member; a transfer member; an executing portion capable of executing a first mode in which a transfer voltage based on a current detected when a predetermined voltage is applied to the transfer member is applied to the transfer member and capable of executing a second mode in which a transfer voltage is applied to the transfer member to provide a predetermined constant-current; and a controller enabling transition between a stand-by state where the image formation is enabled and a sleep state less than in power consumption than the stand-by state. The controller executes the first mode in a job after main switch actuation and before the transition to the sleeve state, and executes the second mode in an initial job after the transition from the sleep state to the stand-by state. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195494 | FIXING APPARATUS - A fixing apparatus includes a film, a heater that contacts the inner face of the film and is capable of changing heat distribution, and a pressure member that forms the nip portion with the heater via the film, the pressure member including a region on which a diameter is increased from a center portion toward an end portion, wherein the fixing apparatus performs heater control so that a ratio of an amount of heat generation at the end portion of the heater to an amount of heat generation at the center portion of the heater is changed based on a temperature of the end portion of the pressure member, during a period at least from when the warm-up of the fixing apparatus is started until the recording material reaches the nip portion. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195497 | POWER SOURCE, POWER FAILURE DETECTION APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - A power source includes a rectifying unit configured to full-wave rectify an AC voltage to be input, a first and second converter configured to convert the voltage rectified by the rectifying unit, a zero cross detection unit configured to detect a zero cross of the AC voltage, a voltage detection unit configured to detect the AC voltage, a first capacitance element connected across a potential after being subjected to rectification by the rectifying unit and a ground, a first discharging resistor configured to discharge electric charges charged in the first capacitance element, a first switch unit configured to cut off a current flowing to the first discharging resistor and a stopping unit configured, in a case where the AC voltage is detected by the voltage detection unit and the detected voltage is smaller than a threshold value, to stop the operation of the second converter. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195503 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: a first unit including an image forming unit for forming an image on a recording material; a first supporting portion for supporting the first unit at three points consisting of a first foot provided adjacent to a side of a bottom of the first unit, a second foot, and a third foot provided adjacent to an opposite side of the bottom; a second unit provided below the first unit; a second supporting portion, provided at a bottom of the second unit, for supporting the second unit by at least four foots; and a connecting portion for connecting the first unit and the second unit with respect to an up-down direction so that the opposite side of the bottom of the first unit is inclined depending on inclination of the side of the bottom of the first unit with respect to a horizontal surface. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195518 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS WHICH USES ELECTROSTATIC LATENT IMAGE FOR COLOR MISREGISTRATION CORRECTION - An image forming apparatus includes a control unit configured to form electrostatic latent images for correction on a photosensitive member; a voltage application unit configured to apply a voltage to a process unit; a current detection unit configured to detect a current to the voltage application unit via the process unit when the voltage is applied to the process unit; and a conversion unit configured to convert an output value detected by the current detection unit such that a variation range of the output value detected by the current detection unit at a formation period of the electrostatic latent image for correction becomes larger than a variation range of the output value detected by the current detection unit at a one-rotation period of the photosensitive member on which the electrostatic latent image is not formed. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195529 | CLEANING DEVICE AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - As a typical configuration of a cleaning device and an image forming apparatus according to the invention, in a cleaning device including a cleaning blade which cleans an image bearing member and a plurality of compression coil springs which apply a force from the cleaning blade to the image bearing member, a plurality of bosses is provided so as to fix the plurality of compression coil springs, the bosses provided with the plurality of compression coil springs is selectable from the plurality of bosses, and the positions of the bosses provided with the plurality of compression coil springs are adjusted so as to adjust the abutting pressure of the cleaning blade. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130195532 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An image forming apparatus includes: a sheet feed unit that feeds a sheet to an image forming unit forming a toner image on the sheet; a fixing unit that fixes the toner image formed in the image forming unit to the sheet; and a control unit that controls the sheet feed unit, when starting duplex image formation for forming both sides of the sheet after an one-side image formation, the control unit retards a timing to cause the sheet feed unit to start the sheet feed operation as the number of sheet with an image formed on one side thereof in the one-side image formation is greater. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196016 | IMPRINT APPARATUS IN WHICH ALIGNMENT CONTROL OF A MOLD AND A SUBSTRATE IS EFFECTED - An imprint apparatus performs alignment control of a mold and a substrate. A pattern formed on the mold is transferred onto a pattern forming layer on the substrate. A mold holding portion holds the mold, a substrate holding portion holds the substrate, and a control portion effects control so that the mold and the substrate are brought near to each other during the alignment control. The mold and the pattern forming layer are brought into contact with each other and then the pattern forming layer is cured. The control portion changes a driving profile for the alignment control after the alignment control is started and at least one of before and after the mold contacts the pattern forming layer. The driving profile used to move at least one of the mold holding portion and the substrate holding portion to a target position, and includes at least one of acceleration, speed, driving voltage, and driving current. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196090 | RECORDING MEDIUM - A recording medium includes a base and at least one ink-receiving layer. A first ink-receiving layer that is at least one ink-receiving layer contains inorganic particles having an average primary particle size of 1 μm or less and inorganic particles coated with a metal oxide. The inorganic particles coated with the metal oxide have an average primary particle size of 15.0 μm or more. When the maximum of a FLOP value of the recording medium is denoted by FLOP | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196112 | OXIDE MESOSTRUCTURED FILM AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - An oxide mesostructured film has a structure in which the orientation direction of cylindrical structures is a given direction throughout in the film plane, at least one peak appears in an angle region corresponding to a plane spacing of 8 nm or more, the number of atoms (X) of silicon to which an alkyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms is bonded to the number of atoms (Y) of silicon or metallic elements among elements constituting oxides of the oxide mesostructured film is 0.1 or more and 0.5 or lower in terms of the atomic number ratio (X/Y). | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196265 | MAGNETIC CARRIER, TWO-COMPONENT DEVELOPER, AND DEVELOPER FOR REPLENISHMENT - Provided is a magnetic carrier satisfactory in terms of the suppression of leakage and solid carrier adhesion, charge-providing performance, and developability. The magnetic carrier is a magnetic carrier, including filled core particles of which pores of porous magnetic core particles are filled with a filling resin composition, and having a surface coated with a coating resin composition, in which the coating resin composition comprises a coating resin and a carbon black, an amount of the coating resin composition is 2.0 parts by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100.0 parts by mass of the filled core particles; and a particle diameter of the carbon black in the coating resin composition Pv at a maximum frequency in a particle size distribution based on a volume of the carbon black is 1.0 μm or more and 10.0 μm or less. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196517 | DRAWING METHOD AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A charged particle beam drawing apparatus draws a plurality of cut patterns on a plurality of first linear patterns arranged to extend in a first direction and align themselves at a predetermined pitch P in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction. The plurality of cut patterns are drawn so that an interval Ai in the second direction between the centers of each pair of cut patterns adjacent to each other in the second direction (i is a number which specifies the pair) satisfies a relation: | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130196846 | HYDROPHOBIC CATALYST LAYER FOR POLYMER ELECTROLYTE FUEL CELL AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE SAME, AND POLYMER ELECTROLYTE FUEL CELL AND METHOD OF PRODUCING THE SAME - Provided is a hydrophobic catalyst layer for a polymer electrolyte fuel cell to which hydrophobicity is imparted so that the dissipation property of produced water is improved and which simultaneously has an increased effective surface area and an increased utilization ratio of a catalyst, and a method of producing the same. The catalyst layer for a polymer electrolyte fuel cell includes a catalyst obtained by reducing a platinum oxide, a hydrophobic agent, and a proton conductive electrolyte, wherein the hydrophobic agent is mainly composed of alkylsiloxane. An Si compound containing a hydrophobic substituent is brought into contact with a platinum oxide to subject the Si compound to hydrolysis and a polymerization reaction by the catalytic action of the platinum oxide, and then it is reduced, thereby obtaining a hydrophobic catalyst layer carrying an alkylsiloxane polymer. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130197182 | DIOL, AND POLYCARBONATE RESIN OR POLYESTER RESIN - A diol from which a resin material having high processability and a high refractive index can be manufactured, a polycarbonate resin and a polyester resin which is a polymer of the diol, and a molded article and an optical element formed of the polymer. The diol is represented by the general formula (1) shown below; the polycarbonate resin and the polyester resin are polymers thereof; and the molded article and the optical element are formed of the polymers, | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130197342 | OBJECT INFORMATION ACQUIRING APPARATUS - The present invention employs an object information acquiring apparatus including a plurality of light irradiators irradiating light from a light source to an object; an intensity modulator modulating intensity of the irradiated light for each light irradiator; a plurality of acoustic detectors detecting an acoustic wave generated from the object; and an information processor producing internal characteristic information of the object by using the acoustic wave, wherein the information processor controls a weight of each acoustic detector in production of the characteristic information, based on the intensity of light in each light irradiator. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130197343 | SUBJECT INFORMATION OBTAINING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION REGARDING SUBJECT - A subject information obtaining apparatus sets certain sensitive regions corresponding to a plurality of acoustic wave detection elements on the basis of a sensitivity distribution of the plurality of acoustic wave detection elements, obtains initial sound pressure in a region of interest without using a detection signal corresponding to the region of interest obtained by an acoustic wave detection element whose certain sensitive region does not include the region of interest, obtains a value of integrated light intensity in the region of interest on the basis of the obtained initial sound pressure, and obtains an optical characteristic value in the region of interest using the obtained initial sound pressure and the value of the integrated light intensity. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130197345 | ULTRASONIC PROBE AND INSPECTION APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH THE ULTRASONIC PROBE - An ultrasonic probe includes a light irradiating portion configured to radiate light for generating ultrasonic waves from a light absorber, an ultrasonic transducing portion configured to transduce the ultrasonic waves to an electric signal, and a light guide member configured to introduce light from a light source to the light irradiating portion. A light irradiating region of the light irradiating portion is included within an ultrasonic receiving region of the ultrasonic transducing portion. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130197844 | MEASUREMENT APPARATUS - A measurement apparatus includes a mount configured to mount an object, a probe configured to move with respect to the object so as to measure a shape of the object, an interferometer configured to measure a position of the probe with respect to a reference mirror, and a calculator configured to calculate the shape of the object using a measured value relating to the shape of the object that is obtained based on the position of the probe measured by the interferometer and a relative displacement between the object and the reference mirror that is obtained based on a signal from a sensor for the object and the reference mirror while the probe is moved. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198143 | DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT SERVER AND DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT METHOD - A document management server according to the present invention acquires entity data of a plurality of content documents specified to be downloaded by the client, and stores the acquired entity data of each of the plurality of content documents in a different folder generated in an archive file when there are content documents having a same name among the specified plurality of content documents. Further, the document management server generates an information file in which path information in the document management server and path information in the archive file with respect to each of the plurality of content documents specified to be downloaded are described in association with the corresponding content document, and stores the generated information file in the archive file. Further, the document management server transmits the archive file storing the entity data of each of the plurality of content documents and the information file to the client. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198173 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image processing apparatus includes a search unit configured to search for an object, a selection unit configured to select a plurality of objects from among objects searched for by the search unit based on an instruction by a user, a creation unit configured to create a new document using the plurality of objects selected by the selection unit, and a storage unit configured to store the plurality of objects used in creating the new document by the creation unit as a group, associated with information about the group. The search unit searches for an object related to an object searched for based on a keyword, using information about the group. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198431 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, INPUT CONTROL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD - An input control apparatus, which accepts input of data from the outside and inputs the data to a bus in a data processing system in which a plurality of communication units are connected by the bus in a ring shape and data processed by processing units are delivered via the bus, controls acceptance of data based on the number of data items which should be output outside, are suspended from output, and remain on the bus. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198507 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING A FIRMWARE UPDATE FUNCTION - An image forming apparatus includes an update unit configured to execute firmware update processing, a storage unit configured to store information relating to a change in a setting value of the image forming apparatus produced by the firmware update processing, a selection unit configured to select a specific update history entry from a firmware update history, and a display unit configured to display information relating to the change in the setting value produced by the firmware update processing corresponding to the specific update history entry selected by the selection unit based on the information stored in the storage unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198546 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data processing apparatus includes first and second information processing apparatuses. The first information processing apparatus has a first power mode and a second power mode in which electric power consumption is smaller than in the first power mode. The second information processing apparatus is capable of communicating with the first information processing apparatus and an external apparatus via a network. Definition information including identification information identifying a packet received via the network and process information indicating a process to be performed on the packet is received at least from one of the first information processing apparatus and the external apparatus. If a packet is received from the external apparatus in the second power mode, the packet is analyzed to identify definition information corresponding to the packet based on the identification information. A process is performed according to the process information included in the definition information. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198689 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A display control apparatus displays a selection screen, which displays a plurality of options as icons, on a display device, and when one of the plurality of options is selected, it controls to switch a display to a screen according to the selected option and to display a variable icon, a display form of which is changed according to a processing result, on that screen. The display control apparatus controls to transition the display in response to a predetermined user operation accepted when the screen according to the selected option is displayed, so that the display form of the variable icon is changed to a display form corresponding to the selected option on the selection screen, and the selection screen is displayed after the change. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130198865 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A transmission apparatus capable of transmitting a first content stored in a first storage area to a receiving apparatus includes a determination unit configured to determine whether the receiving apparatus has authority to access a second storage area storing a second content associated with the first content, a storage unit configured to store the second content in a third storage area different from the second storage area in a case where the receiving apparatus does not have authority to access the second storage area, and a transmission unit configured to transmit to the receiving apparatus access information for accessing the third storage area storing the second content by the storage unit. | 08-01-2013 |
| 20130199010 | ASSEMBLY EQUIPMENT AND ASSEMBLY METHOD - Assembly equipment comprises a base, a first holding hand provided in a first robot arm set on the base, a second holding hand provided in a second robot arm set on the base, and a control device configured to control the first and second robot arms and the first and second holding hands. The first holding hand comprises an attachment connected to the first robot arm and having a rotation shaft, and an aligning holding mechanism provided in a rotation mechanism having a rotation shaft located to intersect the rotation shaft of the attachment or located in a skewed positional relationship with the rotation shaft of the attachment. A cooperative working area of the first and second holding hands is provided in an overlapping area where working areas of the first and second holding hands overlap with each other. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130199300 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING OBJECT INFORMATION AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An object information obtaining apparatus includes a signal processing unit configured to obtain weighted optical characteristic information about an object on the basis of feature information about the object obtained by elastography measurement or B-mode image measurement using an elastic wave signal acquired by transmission and reception of elastic waves to and from the object. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130199719 | DRAWING APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ARTICLE - A drawing apparatus which performs drawing on a substrate with a plurality of charged particle beams includes: a blanking device configured to individually blank the plurality of charged particle beams; a scanning deflector configured to deflect the plurality of charged particle beams to scan the plurality of charged particle beams on the substrate; and a controller configured to generate a periodic signal to control a periodic deflection operation of the plurality of charged particle beams by the scanning deflector. The controller is configured to adjust an amount of deflection of the plurality of charged particle beams by the scanning deflector in a period of the periodic signal so that a scanning speed of the plurality of charged particle beams becomes a target speed. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130200478 | SOLID-STATE IMAGING APPARATUS AND MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF - A solid-state imaging apparatus and a manufacturing method of a solid-state imaging apparatus are provided. Metal wirings | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130200485 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME - A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, the method comprising, forming an opening in an insulating layer, which is formed on a semiconductor substrate, using a photoresist pattern formed on the insulating layer as a mask, forming a first element isolation portion in the semiconductor substrate by implanting an ion into the semiconductor substrate using the photoresist pattern as a mask, forming a second element isolation portion, in the semiconductor substrate, whose outer edge is outside an outer edge of the opening, by implanting an ion into the semiconductor substrate through the opening, and forming a third element isolation portion, which is inside the outer edge of the second element isolation portion, by embedding an insulating member in the opening and removing the insulating layer. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130200505 | PACKAGE MANUFACTURING METHOD AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A method for manufacturing a package comprises a first step of forming a metal pattern including a frame and a plurality of leads extending inward from the frame, a second step of molding a resin pattern including a first resin portion which holds the plurality of leads from an inner side thereof, and second resin portions which cover bottom surfaces of peripheral portions, adjacent to portions to be removed, in the plurality of leads while exposing bottom surfaces of the portions to be removed in the plurality of leads, so as to hold the plurality of leads from a lower side thereof, and a third step of cutting the plurality of leads into a plurality of first leads and a plurality of second leads by removing the portions to be removed in the plurality of leads while the resin pattern keeps holding the peripheral portions in the plurality of leads. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130200750 | PREFERENTIALLY-ORIENTED OXIDE CERAMICS, PIEZOELECTRIC ELEMENT, LIQUID DISCHARGE HEAD, ULTRASONIC MOTOR, AND DUST REMOVING DEVICE - Provided is a manufacturing method for preferentially-oriented oxide ceramics having a high degree of crystal orientation. The manufacturing method includes: obtaining slurry containing an oxide crystal B having magnetic anisotropy; applying a magnetic field to the oxide crystal B, and obtaining a compact of the oxide crystal B; and subjecting the compact to oxidation treatment to obtain preferentially-oriented oxide ceramics including a compact of an oxide crystal C having a crystal system that is different from a crystal system of one of a part and a whole of the oxide crystal B. By (1) reacting raw materials, (2) reducing the oxide crystal A, or (3) keeping the oxide crystal A at high temperature and quenching the oxide crystal A, the oxide crystal B is obtained to be used in the slurry. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130200843 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An electronic apparatus includes a power receiving unit that receives power from a power transmitting apparatus wirelessly, a connection unit that connects an external apparatus, a detection unit that detects power received by the power receiving unit, and a control unit that changes a mode of the electronic apparatus to a first mode after the detection unit detects that power received by the power receiving unit is equal to or lower than a predetermined value if the electronic apparatus is in a second mode. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201128 | DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF DISPLAY CONTROL APPARATUS - When an item is selected with a touch from an item list, if display of a guidance is set to ON, the item is selected by a first touch and the guidance is displayed to view another item. A determination operation is performed by a second touch to the same item. If the display of the guidance is set to OFF, a determination operation of an touched item is performed by the first touch without displaying the guidance. Thus, when it is set that the guidance is not displayed, inconvenience that a user needs to touch the same option twice even the guidance display is not required to shift a screen to a sub-screen can be eliminated, and increase of troublesomeness for a shift operation to the sub-screen can be prevented. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201160 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - In a case where a plurality of touch points touching on a touch panel is detected, a touch point changed from a previous state among the plurality of touch points is determined to be valid, whether a touch point not changed is valid is determined, and information regarding the touch point determined to be valid is recognized as an input. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201182 | IMAGE DISPLAY APPARATUS, IMAGING APPARATUS, IMAGE DISPLAY METHOD, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - In a message exchange system, when an imaging apparatus transmits a photograph-attached message, the imaging apparatus transmits a captured image, position and orientation information of the imaging apparatus, feature point information of an object included in the captured image, and three-dimensional structure information of the object to a server. When an image display apparatus receives the message from the server, the image display apparatus corrects the captured image in a direction corresponding to a position and orientation of the image display apparatus based on the position and orientation information of the imaging apparatus, the feature point information of the object, and the three-dimensional structure information of the object. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201220 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM - It is difficult appropriately to select only a favorite image in a list display screen of small images such as a thumbnail image. An image processing apparatus is provided that has, in various embodiments, one or more of the features of an indicator for indicating a reduced image to be subjected to a specific image processing among displayed reduced images; a display controller for displaying an image in a size larger than the size of the reduced image indicated by the indicator; and an executor for executing the specific image processing on the stored image after the mentioned display controller displays the image in the size larger than the size of the reduced image. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201238 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND PRINTING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - This invention relates to suppression of density unevenness caused by occurrence of ink-landing position shifts between print scans. In an embodiment, upon printing by scanning an inkjet printhead including printing elements, the following control is executed. That is, in order to form an image by print scans of the printhead on a single print area on a print medium, image data are acquired in correspondence with the respective scans. Also, the printing elements are partitioned into plural groups each including continuously arrayed printing elements, and the printing elements in each of the plural groups are time-divisionally driven based on drive sequences. Then, the drive sequences upon time-divisional driving in respective scans are set to include elements having the same drive timings and those having different drive timings. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201241 | PRINTING APPARATUS AND OBJECT CONVEYANCE CONTROL METHOD - A printing apparatus and a conveyance control method are provided, both capable of detecting a print medium conveying state highly precisely in an entire process of conveying the print medium being printed. For this purpose, the surface of the print medium placed on the belt and the surface of the belt are detected to acquire the moving distance or moving speed of the print medium. Based on the moving distance or moving speed thus obtained, the driving of the belt is controlled. Even in a situation where the object being detected switches from the print medium to the belt in the middle of the conveying operation, the measurement of the moving distance can be performed without interruption by the same detection method using the same optical sensor unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201247 | LIQUID CONTAINER, LIQUID SUPPLYING SYSTEM AND CIRCUIT BOARD FOR LIQUID CONTAINER - A liquid container detachably mountable to a recording apparatus to which a plurality of liquid containers are detachably mountable, wherein the recording apparatus includes an apparatus antenna and photoreceptor means, the liquid container includes a container antenna communicatable with the apparatus antenna without physical contact therebetween; an information storing portion capable of storing at least individual information of the liquid container; a light emitting portion; and a controller for controlling light emission of the light emitting portion in response to a correspondence between a signal indicative individual information supplied through the container antenna and the information stored in the information storing portion. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201261 | INK TANK - An ink tank includes a light-emitting portion and a light-guiding portion for guiding light emitted from the light-emitting portion, wherein the light-guiding portion includes an output portion configured to output the guided light to project individual information about the ink tank and a display portion formed on a side surface different from the output portion and configured to display information about a status of the ink tank by outputting the guided light. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201269 | THERMAL PRINTER AND PROTECTION COAT PRINT METHOD - A thermal printer comprises a print unit which prints an image and forms a protection coat layer on a printed image, a designation unit which designates a glossy print mode or a matte print mode, and a control unit which controls the print unit, when the designation unit designates the glossy print mode, the control unit controls the print unit to execute printing of the protection coat layer without performing any preheating process, and when the designation unit designates the matte print mode, the control unit controls the print unit to perform the preheating process, and to then execute printing of the protection coat layer. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201270 | OPTICAL SCANNING APPARATUS AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS - An optical scanning apparatus, including: a deflector including deflection surfaces and configured to deflect, by the deflection surfaces, light beams respectively emitted from light emitting portions for scanning in a main scanning direction; an imaging optical system configured to guide the light beams deflected for scanning by the deflection surfaces to a surface to be scanned; a light source including the light emitting portions arranged so as to be separated from each other in a sub-scanning direction perpendicular to the main scanning direction and an optical axis direction of the imaging optical system; and a controller configured to control the light source in such a manner that a difference between scanning start timings of the light beams at two adjacent deflection surfaces among the deflection surfaces is different from a difference between scanning start timings of the light beams at other two adjacent deflection surfaces among the deflection surfaces. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201287 | THREE-DIMENSIONAL MEASUREMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD - A three-dimensional measurement system includes a projector | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201351 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING DATA TRANSMISSION - An image processing apparatus includes a control unit configured to control a transmission of an image to an external device, a shifting unit configured to shift a mode between an operation mode and a standby mode, a selection unit configured to select whether to permit shifting to the standby mode based on a user operation, and a determination unit configured to determine a type of the external device, wherein in a case where the determination unit determines that the type of the external device is a first type, the control unit enables transmission of an image to the external device in a mode associated with the first type without selection, and wherein in a case where the determination unit determines that the type of the external device is a second type, the control unit enables transmission of an image to the external device after selection. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201352 | IMAGE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An image management apparatus for managing an image, to which position information indicative of an image shooting location is appended, comprises a transmission unit configured to transmit map data corresponding to the position information to an information processing apparatus, and an identification unit configured to identify a user of the information processing apparatus, the transmission unit transmits, to the information processing apparatus, map data with a different scale in accordance with the user identified by the identification unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201353 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING SAME - The invention reduces the possibility that a state contrary to user volition will arise in a system that permits multiple masters. To accomplish this, a communication device includes a setting unit configured to set the communication device to be a master or to be a slave, a decision unit configured to decide whether to permit a plurality of masters to exist within the image sensing network, and a notifying unit configured to transmit a notification to change another master within the image sensing network to a slave. The notifying unit transmits the notification, if a plurality of masters have not been permitted to exist within the image sensing network by the decision unit and the communication device has been changed from a slave to a master by the setting unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201357 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL SYSTEM, COMMAND TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A control apparatus that is connected to at least one image capturing apparatus by wireless communication transmits, by multicast or broadcast via the wireless communication, a command for instructing to start a prescribed operation to each image capturing apparatus, in response to detection of an operation for instructing to start the prescribed operation, and transmits, by unicast via the wireless communication, a command for instructing to end the prescribed operation to each image capturing apparatus, in response to detection of the operation for instructing to end the prescribed operation. Then, the control apparatus confirms a response to transmission of the command for instructing to end the prescribed operation, and retransmits, by unicast, the command to end the prescribed operation to each image capturing apparatus whose response is not confirmed. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201362 | IMAGE CAPTURING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - An image capturing apparatus comprises an image sensor configured to photoelectrically convert incident light into an image signal and to output the image signal; an exposure time control unit configured to control exposure time when an image is sensed by the image sensor; a gain control unit configured to control a gain to be applied to the image signal; a temperature detection unit; and a color suppression unit configured to determine, from at least one of the exposure time and the temperature, a noise level that changes with the exposure time and the temperature and to suppress, on the basis of a level of color deviation that corresponds to the determined noise level and of the gain, a color component of the image signal so that the color deviation is reduced. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201367 | IMAGE ENCODING APPARATUS AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - Prediction image data corresponding to each of a plurality of different prediction methods is generated, an evaluation value of the prediction method is calculated, the prediction method corresponding to the evaluation value is evaluated on the basis of the calculated evaluation value, whether or not a corresponding prediction method is selected is determined on the basis of the evaluation result, and when the selection of the prediction method is determined, the decision of the selection based on the evaluation by an evaluating unit is not performed but the input image data is intra-picture encoded in accordance with the prediction method whose selection has been determined. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201369 | IMAGE PICKUP DEVICE, IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An image pickup device which makes it possible to expand the dynamic range of photometry. The image pickup device comprises a pixel array, a pixel reader, a row selector, a column selector, a gain circuit, a gain selector. The pixel array comprises a plurality of pixels including photoelectric conversion elements and arranged in the horizontal direction and in the vertical direction. The pixel reader reads out selected pixel signals from the pixel array. The gain circuit is capable of having at least two gains set therein, and amplifies and outputs the pixel signals read out from the pixel array by the pixel reader. The gain selector sets different gains in the gain circuit such that pixel signals amplified by the different gains can be obtained for one-time read-out from the pixel array by the pixel reader. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201370 | ZOOM LENS AND IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS INCLUDING THE SAME - A zoom lens includes, in order from an object side to an image side, a first lens unit having a positive refractive power, a second lens unit having a negative refractive power, and a rear lens group including lens units and as a whole having a positive refractive power. Distances between the lens units change during zooming. The second lens unit includes, in order from the object side to the image side, a negative lens component and a cemented lens including a negative lens component and a positive lens component. The second lens unit includes at least five lens components. A focal length f | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201372 | PHOTO-ELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE AND IMAGE CAPTURING SYSTEM - A photo-electric conversion device comprises a pixel array in which a plurality of pixels are arrayed, each pixel including a photo-electric converter, a floating diffusion portion, a transfer unit which transfers charges generated in the photo-electric converter to the floating diffusion portion, and an output unit which outputs a signal corresponding to a potential of the floating diffusion portion, a signal line which is connected to the plurality of pixels and transmits a signal output from each pixel, a load transistor including a drain connected to the signal line, and a source connected to a first reference potential, and a capacitance including a first electrode connected to a gate of the load transistor, and a second electrode connected to a second reference potential, wherein the signal line is arranged not to overlap the first electrode when viewed from a direction perpendicular to a light-receiving surface of the photo-electric converter. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201381 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS, LENS APPARATUS, AND CAMERA APPARATUS - Provided is an image pickup apparatus, including: a lens portion including a focus lens unit and a magnification-varying lens unit; an image pickup element movable in an optical axis direction; a moving unit for moving the image pickup element in the optical axis direction; a memory unit for storing, as a reference position, a position of the image pickup element serving as a reference in the optical axis direction, the position corresponding to a zoom position; an operation unit for operating a defocus amount; and a controller for controlling the moving unit to move the image pickup element based on the reference position and the defocus amount operated by the operation unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201385 | OPTICAL APPARATUS - An optical apparatus includes an image sensor that includes a focus detecting pixel and an image pickup pixel, a first focus detector configured to provide a focus detection based upon a phase difference between the pair of image signals detected by the focus detecting pixel of the image sensor, a second focus detector configured to provide a focus detection based upon a contrast value based upon an output of the image pickup pixel of the image sensor, and a controller configured to provide autofocus utilizing the first focus detector when a focus detection precision of the first focus detector is equal to or higher than a first value and an image magnification variation amount calculated from a wobbling amount of the image pickup optical system used for the second focus detector is equal to or higher than a second value. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201387 | IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS THAT MAKES MOVEMENT OF FOCUS LENS INCONSPICUOUS, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE IMAGE PICKUP APPARATUS - An image pickup apparatus includes a detector configured to detect an in-focus direction based on a focus signal that results from an output signal of an image pickup device by reciprocating a focus lens in an optical axis direction, and a focus controller configured to provide focusing by moving the focus lens in the in-focus direction. The focus controller is configured to set an amplitude of the focus lens when moving a center of a reciprocation of the focus lens, to be less than that of the focus lens when the center of the reciprocation of the focus lens is not moved. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201448 | ABERRATION CORRECTION METHOD AND ABERRATION CORRECTION APPARATUS - To increase the speed of aberration correction, provided is an aberration correction method, including: a step of selecting a first polarized component of reflected light obtained by irradiating an object to be inspected with measuring light; a step of measuring an aberration of the first polarized component; a step of correcting the aberration of the first polarized component by controlling a first aberration correction unit in accordance with a measured value of the aberration of the first polarized component; and a step of correcting, in a case where a value of the aberration corrected in the first aberration correcting step is smaller than a predetermined value, an aberration of a second polarized component of the reflected light, which is different from the first polarized component, by controlling a second aberration correction unit based on a control for the first aberration correction unit in the case. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201478 | SPECTROMETER AND IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS HAVING THE SAME - There is provided is a spectrometer having a concave reflection type diffraction element, wherein, among surfaces other than a diffraction surface of the diffraction element, non-diffraction surfaces which are located outside the diffraction surface at the same side as the diffraction surface are a glossy surface, the spectrometer includes a light detection unit which is located at an imaging position of a first-order diffracted light diffracted by the diffraction element to receive the first-order diffracted light, and the light detection unit is disposed inside optical paths of light beams regularly reflected on the non-diffraction surfaces outside the diffraction surface. Accordingly, it is possible to effectively suppress a stray light reflected on the surfaces other the diffraction surface from being incident into the light detection unit and to detect the light spectrally diffracted by the diffraction surface at high accuracy. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201510 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - The present invention is directed to an image forming apparatus including a switch configured to shift the image forming apparatus from a power-off state to a first power state. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201512 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus includes a first reception unit configured to receive a first type job via a network, a second reception unit configured to receive a second type job generated based on a user's operation received by an operation unit of the image forming apparatus, a setting unit configured to set a time at which shutdown processing for turning off the image forming apparatus is to be performed, and a control unit configured to, in a case where there is the first type job when the time set by the setting unit is reached, perform the shutdown processing without executing the first type job, and to, in a case where there is the second type job when the time set by the setting unit is reached, perform the shutdown processing with executing the second type job. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201513 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD AND PROGRAM OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - An information processing apparatus capable of communicating with a printing device includes an input unit for inputting a search condition for searching for a desired printing device, a display unit for displaying at least one printing device that satisfies the search condition, a selection unit for selecting a printing device from the at least one printing device displayed by the display unit, and a setting unit for setting the search condition input by the input unit as a printing setting for the printing device selected by the selection unit in accordance with selection of the printing device by the selection unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201514 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - An information processing apparatus which stores a table in which a destination group and a user having a browsing right to browse the destination group are associated with each other refers to the table based on user information, and displays a list of destination groups for which the user has the browsing right. The apparatus accepts, from the user, selection of a destination group from the displayed list, and displays destinations included in the selected destination group. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201516 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus configured to enter in a first power state and a second power state, a reception unit configured to receive a power down command, an operation unit configured to receive an operation of a user, and a control unit configured, if the reception unit receives the power down command, in a case where an elapse time without operating the operation unit is less than a preset time, to execute shift processing for shifting the power state of the image forming apparatus from the second power state to the first power state after elapse of a predetermined time after receiving the data, and in a case where the elapse time without operating the operation unit is equal to or more than the preset time, to execute the shift processing before the elapse of the predetermined time after receiving the power down command. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201520 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus which prints a printed product including a plurality of pages, the apparatus comprises: a display control unit which displays, when the setting for designating the paper sheet by a feed unit is made and a type of paper fed from the feed unit designated by the user is a predetermined type of paper, a screen for setting detail information of the predetermined type of paper, and displays, when the setting for designating the paper sheet by a paper type is made and a type of paper designated by the user is a predetermined type of paper, a screen for setting a feed unit which feeds the designated predetermined type of paper and detail information of the designated predetermined type of paper. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201521 | IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An image forming apparatus which displays a preview of a relevance according to output forms between a plurality of pages upon outputting images of the plurality of pages, a control method thereof, and a program are provided. To accomplish this, this image forming apparatus analyzes a predetermined relevance according to output forms between pages based on setting information of print data, generates a preview image including a plurality of pages having the predetermined relevance as a group for a page for which the predetermined relevance is specified, generates a preview image of only a page for which the predetermined relevance is not specified, and displays the preview image including the plurality of pages as the group on a display unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201522 | NETWORK PRINTER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, NETWORK PRINTER MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - In a network printer management apparatus, an inquiry regarding whether there exists a network printer that can execute a print job that was transmitted from a client computer is received from a print server. A network printer that can execute the print job and for which the distance from the client computer and a network printer power consumption amount satisfy a predetermined condition is then specified. If a network printer was specified, the print server is instructed to transfer the print job to that network printer. If a network printer was not specified, the print server is instructed to delay the transfer of the print job. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201529 | DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A data transmission apparatus configured to determine an operation screen to be shifted to from a history screen, with reference to a protocol type read from a transmission history selected on the history screen, an application ID when the transmission is performed, a setting value relating to the operation screen, information about the operation screen that has been displayed before shifting to the history screen, and information about an address that has been already set on the operation screen that has been displayed before the history screen is displayed. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201530 | IMAGE READING DEVICE AND IMAGE PROCESSING METHOD UTILIZING THE SAME - There is disclosed an image processing apparatus provided with a reader for reading an original image, a connection unit for connection with a network to which plural computers are connected, and a transfer units for transferring the image data, read by the reader, to a computer through the connection unit, the apparatus comprises a specifying unit for specifying desired one among the computers connected through the connection unit, and a designation unit for designating image reading by the reader, wherein the transfer unit is adapted to transfer the image data, read by the reader in response to the designation by the designation unit, to a computer specified by the specifying unit. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201531 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE HAVING THE CAPABILITY OF PERFORMING INFORMATION EXCHANGE BETWEEN A FACSIMILE MEDIUM AND AN ELECTRONIC INFORMATION MEDIUM SUCH AS AN E-MAIL MEDIUM - A communication device allows a user to get access from the outside via an external public line to obtain e-mail data stored in a device connected to an internal system via a computer network such as a LAN without causing a reduction in security. More specifically, the communication device is connected to a LAN via a LAN I/F and also connected to the public line via a line I/F. If the communication device receives a remote operation command via the public line, a CPU of the communication device gets access to a post office of an e-mail server so as to get e-mail data in accordance with the remote operation command. The obtained e-mail data is converted to facsimile image data and transmitted by means of facsimile to a specified destination. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130201871 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - When a wireless communication network is built in an ad hoc mode, it is possible to appropriately build the wireless communication network regardless of start timings of wireless communication functions of image capturing apparatuses. In order to achieve the object, there is provided the image capturing apparatus which is capable of building a wireless communication network by wirelessly connecting to another image capturing apparatus in an ad hoc mode, and which is capable of switching between a function as a creator and a function as a joiner, including a start unit configured to start as the creator, a unit configured to execute a scan process, and a unit configured to determine based on a result of the scan process whether to function as the creator and to function as the joiner, and to control the image capturing apparatus in accordance with the determination result. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130202082 | MULTI-X-RAY GENERATING APPARATUS AND X-RAY IMAGING APPARATUS - A multi-X-ray generating apparatus which has a plurality of electron sources arranged two-dimensionally and targets arranged at positions opposite to the electron sources includes a multi-electron source which includes a plurality of electron sources and outputs electrons from driven electron sources by selectively driving a plurality of electron sources in accordance with supplied driving signals, and a target unit which includes a plurality of targets which generate X-rays in accordance with irradiation of electrons output from the multi-electron source and outputs X-rays with different radiation qualities in accordance with the generation locations of X-rays. The generation locations and radiation qualities of X-rays from the target unit are controlled by selectively driving the electron sources of the multi-electron source. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130202122 | Loudspeaker Driver With Sensing Coils For Sensing The Position And Velocity Of a Voice-Coil - This invention concerns a loudspeaker driver includes at least one actuator connected to a vibrating support to impart excitation to the latter when caused to move, wherein the loudspeaker driver further includes a plurality of sensing members arranged to move with the at least one actuator, each sensing member providing output sensing data dependent on the velocity of said at least one actuator, and means for determining the position of the at least one actuator based on at least one ratio (X/Y) of output sensing data or of linear combinations of output sensing data provided from the plurality of sensing members, said at least one ratio being independent of the velocity of the at least one actuator. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130202143 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A foldable tongue piece portion formed to extend at an end of a microphone bush. An insertion hole in which a lead wire is inserted is formed near the tongue piece portion. By storing a microphone, to which the microphone bush is attached, in a container portion, the tongue piece portion is folded and the lead wire drawn through the insertion hole is pressed. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130202204 | IMAGE PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - Disclosed is an image processing apparatus for converting an original image. Processing of blurring an input original image is performed to generate a blurred image. A difference image that is the difference between the original image and an adjusted image obtained by adjusting the density of the blurred image is generated. The difference image and the original image are composited based on the density of the difference image and the density of the original image. This allows to easily obtain a painting-like effect even in, for example, a low-contrast portion of an image. | 08-08-2013 |
| 20130202215 | SURFACE SHAPE MEASUREMENT METHOD, SURFACE SHAPE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS, NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, OPTICAL ELEMENT, AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING OPTICAL ELEMENT - A surface shape measurement method that divide |
